Skip to main content

Full text of "Marine Corps manual"

See other formats


•'-■ '■!•,: »•■ 



_J—i 



Kffi 



H 



MARINE CORPS HISTORICAL LIBRARY. 

HQMC ROOM 3127 



MARINE CORPS 



Marine Corps 
Manual 



1921 




MARINE CORPS 

***ADQUARTER 8 
*JBRARY 



Washington 

Government Printing Office 

1922 



SEP 2 6 m 

600 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Articles. 

Chapter 1. — General Instructions 1-44 

Correspondence 1-6 

Official orders, etc 7-8 

Officers 9-15 

Enlisted men 16-34 

Department of the Pacific 35 

Brigade at San Diego 36 

Miscellaneous 37-44 

Chapter 2. —£nt£ xJnto the Service 201-209 

Officers 201-203 

Enlisted men 204-209 

Chapter 3. — Clothing and Equipment 301-306 

Officers 301-303 

Enlisted men 304-307 

Chapter 4. — Pay and Allowances 401-410 

Chapter 5. — Operations and Training 501-532 

Training of officers ; staff details 501 

When regulations of Army and Navy govern 502 

Duties of officer of the day 503 

Field equipment 504 

Advanced Base Force 505 

Military schools 506 

Marine Corps Institute 507 

Target practice 508-532 

Chapter 6. — Promotion and Reduction 601-620 

Officers i 601-605 

Enlisted men 606-620 

Chapter 7. — Discipline 701-720 

Punishments 701 

Deserters and stragglers 702-715 

Deck and summary court memoranda 716-717 

General courts-martial 718-719 

Conduct classes 720 

Chapter 8.— Transfers 801-810 

Chapter 9. — Records, Reports, etc 901-933 

Muster rolfe 901-922 

Other records and reports 923-933 

Chapter 10.— Medals and Badges 1001-1012 

Medals 1001-1004 

Campaign badges _* 1005-1006 

Presentation, wearing, and issue of medals, etc 1007-1010 

Marksmanship badges 1011 

Buttons 1X)12 

Chapter 11.— Post Funds, etc 1101-1123 

Chapter 12.— Exchange Regulations 1201-1223 

Chapter 13. — Separation from the Service 1301-1329 

Death 1301-1303 

Discharge 1304-1328 

Retirement 1329 

in 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Articles. 

Chaptee 14. — Marine Corps Reserve 1401-1409 

Establishment 1401 

Classes >. 1402 

Enrollment 1403 

Rank, promotion, and reduction 1404 

Administration 1 = 1405 

Uniform and insignia 1406 

Discharge and retirement 1407 

Records and reports • a 1408 

Pay and allowances 1409 



IV 



Changes in Marine Corps Manual. 

[Enter number and dates of changes as indicated.] 



C. M. C. M. No. 


Dated. 


Effective. 


Date made. 











































































































































































































t 




Afrh- 



CHANGES IN MARINE CORPS MANUAL NO. 1. 

Headquarters Marine Corps, 

Washington, March 14, 1923. 
The following changes in the Marine Corps Manual shall be made immediately 
upon receipt of this order. 

John A. Lejeune, 
Major General Commandant. 
Approved : 

T. Roosevelt, 

Acting Secretary of the Navii. 



Make the following changes in ink: 
y Art. 205. Strike out. 

Art. 306 (1). After the eleventh line on page 25 insert the following: 

2 pajamas, suits. 

Art. 604 (3). In the last line change " authorized " to " unauthorized." 

Art. 916 (12). In the sixteenth line change the word " known " to " shown." 

Art. 1304 (5). In the last line strike out the words "Army appropriation act 
of June 30, 1921," and insert the words " act of September 22, 1922." 

Art. 1318 (1). In the seventh line, before the word "certificate," insert the 
word " discharge." 

Art. 1318 (3). In the first line strike out the words "hi ;\ similar manner" 
and insert in lien thereof the words "by (he man's immediate commanding 
officer." 

Art. 1322 (5). In the fourth line, after the word "of" insert the words "ac- 
ceptance for," and after the word " enlistment." same line, strike out the words 
" or bona fide home or residence, whichever is elected." 

Art, 1329 (3). Strike out. 

/Index page 148. Insert the following entry: 
Enlisted men, arrival in U. S. from foreign station * 934 

Index page 149. Insert : 
Enlisted men, time lost, entry of, in service -record book 935,936 

Index page 154. Insert : 

Guard duty and drills at navy yards and naval stations 533 

^Index page 155. Insert : 
Insignia, when withheld 1013 

Index page 157. Insert : 

Mess, detachment, cashbook for 1124 

Index page 165. Insert : 

Staff sergeants 405 

Index page 167. Insert : 

Time lost, entry of, in service-record book ,_.„,_ 935,936 

40677—23 



The following changes are made in the accompanying pages of the Marine 
Corps Manual. These pages will be inserted in their proper places. 

Art. 8. Modified and reprinted on page 2. e— ~ 

Art. 206 (1). Modified and reprinted on page 21. """"" 

Art. 206 (9). New paragraph inserted and printed on page 22, "■"""" 

Art. 207. Modified and reprinted on page 22.- " 

Art. 404. Modified and reprinted on pages 27 and 28.™ — ■ 

Art. 405. Modified and reprinted on page 28. 

Art, 508 (2). Modified and reprinted on page 86. '"" 

Arts. 519, 520, and 522. Modified and reprinted on pages 38 and 38a.— 

Art. 530 (3), (8), (21), (22), (23), (27), (28), (32), and (40). Modified and 

reprinted on pages 40-44r v 

Art. 532 (2). Modified and reprinted on page 45J ' , 

Art. 533. New article inserted and printed on page^S."™' 

Art. 607 (5). Modified and reprinted on page 55.*"" 

Art. 608 (9). Modified and reprinted on page 56. 

Arts. 615 (3) and 616 (1). Modified and reprinted on page 58. 

Arts. 934, 935, and 936. New articles inserted and printed on page 84. « 

Art. 1004 (1). Modified and reprinted on page 85. "* 

Art. 1013. New article inserted and printed on page 89. * 
Art. 1124. New article inserted and printed on page 94_— - - 
Art. 1304. Modified and reprinted on page 126. ~ 



/ 



MARINE GORPS 

HEADQUARTERS 

LIBRARY 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



Headquarters U. S. Marine Corps, 

Washington, December SI, 1921. 
The accompanying Marine Corps Manual is for the instruction and guidance 
of the United States Marine Corps and supersedes Marine Corps Orders of prior 
date, except No. 46, series of 1921. 

John A. Lejeune, 
Major General Commandant. 
Approved : 

Edwin Denby, 

Secretary of the Navy. 

VII 



^LJ— 



CHAPTER 1. 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 



Correspondence. 



Addressed to Major General Commandant. — All communications relating to 
details of officers, transfers, applications for orders or for revocation thereof, 
as well as applications for leaves of absence and furloughs which are not 
granted by other authority, and applications for extensions of such leaves and 
furloughs beyond 30 days shall be addressed to the Major General Commandant 
and forwarded through official channels. 

2 

From officers at Headquarters. — All official communications between officers of 
the Corps stationed at Headquarters and other officers (except letters contain- 
ing money and checks, and such routine correspondence by or with officers of 
or between the staff departments as requires no action of the Major General 
Commandant) shall be forwarded through that officer. 



Genera/ officers of the Marine Corps commanding departments, posts, stations, 
brigades, or other organizations of the Marine Corps, will be addressed, and will 
style themselves in all official correspondence as " The Commanding General.'' 
followed by the name of the department, post, station, etc. 



Names in full. — To avoid error, confusion, and delay in conducting correspond- 
ence, official communications, other than those by wire, containing the names 
of officers or enlisted men shall in every instance give both the Christian and 
the surname of such officers and enlisted men written in full, except middle 
names, for which initials only may be used. In case there is more than one 
enlisted man of the same name at a given post or station, the one to whom it is 
intended to refer must be identified by giving the place and date of his enlist- 
ment, or otherwise. 



(1) Registered mail. — The Post Office Department considers that its responsi- 
bility ceases with the delivery of registered mail to a duly authorized mail 
orderly, and that in the event of its loss after delivery to him the sender must 
look to the naval authorities for reimbursement. 

(2) Commanding officers will require every person handling registered mail 
to receipt for it, making sure that such ma 4 l is delivered to and signed for 
by the person to whom it is addressed. Registry receipt books will be kept 
for this purpose. 

1 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



Personal mail. — When mail is received at a post for an officer or enlisted man 
who has just been transferred, it will be redirected and forwarded to the new 
station of the officer or enlisted man concerned and not returned to the sender 
or forwarded to the Adjutant and Inspector. 



Official Orders, etc. 



File of. — The commanding officer of marines shall keep in his office a file of all 
orders and circulars relating to his command and shall cause all general orders 
affecting the officers and enlisted men to be published at the first parade follow- 
ing the receipt of such orders. 

8 

(1) Distribution. — Commanding officers of Marine Corps posts A and organiza- 
tions will see that all officers under their command are furnished with copies 
of orders issued from Headquarters. 

(2) If the supply of orders issued is not sufficient, report should be made at 
once in order that the mailing list may be corrected. 

(3) Orders shall be distributed by commanding officers' as follows: 

(a) Marine Corps Orders, circular letters, and changes in Marine Corps pub- 
lications: To all officers, commanding officers' offices, staff offices, and com- 
panies. 

(&) Navy Department General Orders, changes in Navy Department publi- 
cations, court-martial orders, changes in Army Regulations : To all officers, com- 
manding officers' offices, and staff offices. 

(c) War Department General Orders: To commanding officers' offices and 
staff offices. 

(d) Marksmanship qualifications: To commanding officers' offices and assist- 
ant paymasters. 

Duties of Officers. 

9 

Officers serving with a command shall familiarize themselves with the details 
of its administration, and shall perform such duties connected therewith as 
may be prescribed by the commanding officer. 

Report of Address. 

10 

On leave. — An officer of the Marine Corps on leave of absence granted by the 
Major General Commandant, or on the retired list, shall report his address and 
change of residence to the Major General Commandant. 

II 

While delaying on proceed orders. — An officer who takes advantage of any delay 
allowed him on " proceed " or " proceed without delay " travel orders will leave 
at his last station his telegraphic and mail addresses during the delay period. 

Aviation Officer Personnel. 

12? 

(1) Officers detailed to aviation duty will be detailed for a period of five 
years unless sooner relieved. 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 16 

(2) Officers showing marked aptitude for aviation duty may be redetailed 
after a period of three years or more with troops in order that officers of com- 
mand experience and field rank may be available for aviation. 

(3) In submitting fitness reports of officers on aviation duty, commanding 
officers will note thereon the desirability of a redetail to aviation duty of the 
officer concerned, giving particular consideration to the officer's ability for either 
executive or command assignments in aviation. 

Relations Between Officers and Men. 

15 

(1) Comradeship and brotherhood. — The World War wrought a great change in 
the relations between officers and enlisted men in the military services. A 
spirit of comradeship and brotherhood in arms came into being in the training 
camps and on the battlefields. This spirit is too fine a thing to be allowed to 
die. It must be fostered and kept alive and made the moving force in all 
Marine Corps organizations. 

(2) Teacher and scholar. — The relation between officers and enlisted men 
should in no sense be that of superior and inferior nor that of master and 
servant, but rather that of teacher and scholar. In fact, it should partake of 
the nature of the relation between father and son, to the extent that officers, 
especially commanding officers, are responsible for the physical, mental, and 
moral welfare, as well as the discipline and military training of the young men 
under their command who are serving the nation in the Marine Corps. 

(3) The realization of this responsibility on the part of officers is vital to the 
well-being of the Marine Corps. It is especially so, for the reason that so large 
a proportion of the men enlisting are under twenty-one years of age. These 
men are in the formative period of their lives, and officers owe it to them, to 
their parents, and to the nation, that when discharged from the service they 
should be far better men physically, mentally, and morally than they were when 
they enlisted. 

(4) To accomplish this task successfully a constant effort must be made by all 
officers to fill each day with useful and interesting instruction and wholesome 
entertainment for the men. This effort must be intelligent and not perfunctory, 
the object being not only to do away with idleness, but to train and cultivate 
the bodies, the minds, and the spirit of our men. 

(5) Love of corps and country. — To be more specific, it will be necessary for 
officers not only to devote their close attention to the many questions affecting 
the comfort, health, military training and discipline of the men under their 
command, but also actively to promote athletics and to endeavor to enlist the 
interest of their men in building up and maintaining their bodies in the finest 
physical condition; to encourage them to enroll in the Marine Corps Institute 
and to keep up their studies after enrollment ; and to make every effort by 
means of historical, educational and patriotic addresses to cultivate in their 
hearts a deep abiding love of the corps and country. 

(6) Leadership. — Finally, it must be kept in mind that the American soldier 
responds quickly and readily to the exhibition of qualities of leadership on the 
part of his officers. Some of these qualities are industry, energy, initiative, 
determination, enthusiasm, firmness, kindness, justness, self-control, unselfish- 
ness, honor, and courage. Every officer should endeavor by all means in his 
power to make himself the possessor of these qualities and thereby to fit himself 
to be a real leader of men. 

Enlisted Men. 

16 

Whenever an enlisted man is injured or becomes ill special effort will be made 
to ascertain the name and address of his next of kin. 

S 



17 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

17 

Enlisted men should be advised of their privilege to request correction of any 
erroneous entry appearing in their enlistment papers or service-record books. 

18 

The detail of an enlisted man in the dual capacity of commissary sergeant and 
mess steward is prohibited. 

19 

(1) Employment as servants. — Article 553, U. S. Navy Regulations, provides 
that : " Under no circumstances shall any enlisted man be employed as a 
servant." 

(2) At all marine barracks and Marine Corps posts and offices within and 
without the continental limits of the United States this regulation will be 
interpreted to have the following meaning, viz: 

(a) No enlisted man will be employed by officers to perform any duty which 
in civil life is performed by a man or woman employed as a servant. 

(&) Enlisted men will not be employed as chauffeurs of privately owned 
automobiles. 

(c) Enlisted men may be used to deliver horses to officers' quarters and to 
call for same. 

(d) Coal, and wood of desired lengths, commissary and other supplies will 
be delivered to quarters of officers and enlisted men. 

(e) Firemen will be detailed to care for the heating plants of public quarters, 
not more than one man to be employed for each five sets of quarters. These 
men will perform their duties under the post quartermaster and will not be 
requested or ordered to perform any work in or around the quarters by officers 
occupying the quarters or any members of their families. 

(f) Officers on commutation of quarters status will not be' allowed the 
services of an enlisted man in their quarters in any capacity. 

.iff) The necessary repairs to, and upkeep of, public quarters will be made 
by the quartermaster's department. 

(h) Only those officers commanding administrative units will be entitled to 
orderlies ; such orderlies will be used for official purposes only in connection 
with the official duties of the officers concerned. 

(i) Subparagraph 2(h) is not intended to apply to general officers occupying 
public quarters, except in so far as it provides that orderlies assigned to gen- 
eral officers will not be used as servants. 

20 

Engaging in business. — Hereafter no enlisted man in the active service of the 
United States in the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps, respectively, whether a 
noncommissioned officer, musician, or private, shall be detailed, ordered, or 
permitted to leave his post to engage in any pursuit, business, or perform- 
ance in civil life for emolument, hire, or otherwise, when the same shall inter- 
fere with the customary employment and regular engagement of local civilians 
in their respective arts, trades, or professions. (Act of June 3, 1916 — 39 S. 188.) 

SI 

Posi and regimental bands, or members thereof, shall not receive remuneration 
for furnishing music outside the limits of their respective commands when tli« 
furnishing of such music places them in competition with local civilian 
musicians. 

4 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 25 

22 

In acknowledging verbal orders or instructions, enlisted men will use the expres- 
sion " aye, aye, sir." " Very well, sir," and " yes, sir," or similar expressions 
will not be used for this purpose. 

23 

Hair cuts. — Enlisted men will, at all times, wear the hair neatly and closely 
trimmed. The hair may be clipped at the edges of the sides and back, but 
must be so trimmed as to present an evenly graduated appearance, and must 
not be over one inch in length on top of the head and above the forehead. The 
back of the neck must not be shaved. 

Beneficiaey Slips. 

24 

(1) Dependent relatives. — Commanding and other officers will impress on en- 
listed men the necessity for designation of dependent relatives. The death 
gratuity can not be paid unless the names of dependent relatives have been 
duly recorded. 

(2) A new beneficiary slip is not required upon reenlistment unless there is a 
change of beneficiary. 

Identification Tags. 

25 

(1) Two identification tags will be issued to each officer and enlisted man 
of the Marine Corps, to be worn when engaged in field service. One tag will 
be suspended from the neck underneath the clothing by a cord or thong passed 
through the small hole in the tag, the second tag to be suspended from the first 
one by a short piece of string or tape. These tags are prescribed as a part of 
the uniform, and when not worn as directed herein will be habitually kept in 
the possession of the owner. When not worn they will be regarded as part of 
the field kit and will be regularly inspected. 

(2) In order to secure the proper interment of those who fall in battle, and 
to establish beyond a doubt their identity, should it become desirable subse- 
quently to disinter the remains for removal to a national or post cemetery or 
for shipment home, the identification tag suspended from the neck of the officer 
or enlisted man will in all cases be interred with the body. The duplicate 
tag attached thereto will be removed at the time of burial and turned over to 
the surgeon or person in charge of the burial, from which a record of same, 
together with the cause and date of death, shall be made and reported to the 
commanding officer. 

(3) "These tags will be stamped as follows: Officers, full name and rank at 
date of issue ; enlisted men, full name and date of first enlistment in the Marine 
Corps, the tags of both officers and enlisted men to have the letters " U. S. M. C." 
plainly stamped thereon. 

(4) Tags for men enlisting will be stamped and issued at the recruit depots, 
except in the case of reenlisted men who have not previously been supplied with 
them. In such cases tags will be stamped and issued at the posts to which the 
men are transferred. 

(5) The original issue of tags and tape will be made gratuitously, but issues 
made to replace those lost will be checked against the man's pay account. 

(6) The Secretary of the Navy has authorized the use of the Marine Corps 
identification tag until the exhaustion of the present supply, after which the tag 
prescribed in the Navy Regulations will be used. 

5 



27 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



Mess Stewabds, Cooks, Messmen. 
27 



Mess stewards. — Where organizations or detachments are merged into a gen- 
eral mess or where there is no company organization, additional compensation 
may be given a mess steward, one for each general mess. Mess stewards shall 
be detailed from the grade of sergeant or below. 

28 

(1) Details. — At regularly established posts and other shore stations ail 
details as mess stewards, cooks, and messmen shall be made on the first day of 
the month ; and the number detailed shall be based on the ration strength of the 
command on that date. No further detail of cooks or messmen will be permitted 
on intermediate days of the month, except to fill a vacancy caused by sickness, 
confinement, promotion, transfer, discharge, death, or desertion, or where the 
ration strength of the command is increased by 25 per cent of the number as 
shown on the 1st day of the month, nor thereafter except upon a like increase. 
For all commands whose ration strength on the 1st day of the month is 400 or 
more there will be allowed additional details of cooks and messmen for each 100 
increase in ration strength during the month. 

(2) Ships. — Commanding officers of ships are authorized to assign privates of 
marines to duty as cooks. 

29 

(1) Cooks, allowance. — Cooks shall invariably be detailed from the grades of 
private and private first class ; and in no case shall men receiving extra com- 
pensation as such be detailed on or receive additional pay for any other special 
duty. In detailing cooks the following apportionment shall be observed : 



Number of men. 



Cooks 
first 
class. 



Cooks 
second 
class. 



Cooks 
third 
class. 



Cooks 
fourth 
class. 



50 men or under, serving separately 

51 to 75 men, serving separately 

Less than 75 men, serving as a company 

76 to 150 men, serving as a company 

151 to 200 men, serving as a company 

. When over 200 men are serving as a company the garrison allowance 

will apply 

100 men or less, serving in garrison 

101 to 200 men, serving in garrison 

201 to 300 men, serving in garrison 1 

301 to 400 men, serving in garrison 1 

401 to 500 men, serving in garrison 1 

501 to 600 men, serving in garrison * 

601 to 700 men, serving in garrison * 

701 to 800 men, serving in garrison i 

801 to 900 men, serving in garrison i 

901 to 1,000 men, servingin garrison * 

1,001 to 1,100 men, serving in garrison * 

1,101 to 1,200 men, serving in garrison * 

1,201 to 1,300 men, serving in garrison i 

1,301 to 1,400 men, servingin garrison 1 

1,401 to 1,500 men, serving in garrison 1 

1,501 to 1,600 men, serving in garrison * 

1,601 to 1,700 men, serving in garrison i 

1,701 to 1,800 men, serving in garrison i 

For each additional hundred men over 1,800 



1 Except where there are two or more distinct messes, when cooks shall be allowed 
Indicated above. 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 



31 



(2) Bakers. — At places where bread is baked the allowance of additional 
cooks as bakers shall be as follows : 



Number of men. 


Cooks 
first 
class. 


Cooks 
second 
class. 


Cooks 
third 
class. 


Cooks 
fourth 
class. 




1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
2 
2 
1 








2. 101 to 300 men 






1 


3. 301 to 1,000 men 


1 

2 
2 
2 
2 
1 


1 

i' 

2 




4. 1,001 to 1,500 men 


1 


5. 1,501 to 2,000 men 


2 


6. 2,001 to 2,500 men 


3 


7. 2,501 to 3,000 men 


3 


8. For each 1,000 men additional 


1 







30 

Messmen, not exceeding 1 for every 20 men, shall be detailed from the grades 
of private and private first class. Under no circumstances shall noncommis- 
sioned officers be so detailed. Enlisted men of the Marine Corps detailed as 
messmen afloat are also entitled to the same extra compensation for service with 
crew messes as is allowed enlisted men of the Navy under like circumstances. 



Signalmen. 
31 

(1) Examination by board. — Candidates for detail as signalmen will be exam- 
ined by a board of officers (three, if practicable) designated by the appointing 
power. 

(2) Standards for examination. — The following standards are adopted for the 
guidance of boards appointed to examine men for detail as signalmen and will 
be considered the minimum for qualification in each class : 

(a) Signalman first class — 

Wigwag : Send and receive 5 words a minute. 
Semaphore : Send and receive 12 words a minute. 

Heliograph, Colt lantern or other flashlight instrument in use in the 
command : Send and receive 8 words a minute. 
(6) Signalman second class — 

Wigwag : Send and receive 4 words a minute. 
Semaphore : Send and receive 10 words a minute. 

Heliograph, Colt lantern or other flashlight instrument in use in the 
command : Send and receive 6 words a minute, 
(c) Signalman third class — 

Wigwag : Send and receive 3 words a minute. 
Semaphore : Send and receive 8 words a minute. 

Heliograph, Colt lantern or other flashlight instrument in use in the 
command : Send and receive 4 words a minute. 
(d) Note. — Each five letters in a message will be counted as one word. Can- 
didates must be able to set up and operate heliograph and Colt lantern appara- 
tus. For the test stations will be at least 300 yards apart. 

(3) The standard for radio, telegraph, and buzzer operators of the signal 
companies will include a knowledge of the instruments used and will neces- 
sarily be variable. This standard must be decided by the examining board. 



32 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

32 



Complements. — Following are the complements of signalmen authorized for 
organizations of the Marine Corps : 



Organization. 



Class 


of signalman. 


First. 


Second. 


Third. 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 





1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


4 


4 


4 


1 


1 


1 


3 


2 


2 


17 


17 


17 


23 


23 


23 


1 


1 


1 


4 


4 


4 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


2 


1 


1 


1 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


2 


1 


1 


1 


3 


3 


3 


1 


1 


1 


2 


2- 


2 



Total. 



Marine Barracks, Pearl Harbor, Hawaii 

Marine Barracks, Naval Station, Cavite, P.I 

Marine Barracks, Naval Station, Olongapo, P.I 

Marine Detachment, Managua, Nicaragua 

Marine Barracks, Naval Station, Guantanamo, Cuba 

Marine Barracks, Naval Station, Guam 

Marine Barracks, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands 

Marine Detachment, American Legation, Peking, China 

First Brigade, Haiti 

Second Brigade, Santo Domingo 

Fourth Brigade (while at Quantico): 

Each rifle company 

A brigade on independent expeditionary duty: 

Brigade headquarters communication platoon 

Each regimental communication platoon. 

Each battalion communication platoon 

Each rifle company 

A regiment on independent expeditionary duty: 

Regimental communication platoon 

Each battalion communication platoon 

Each rifle company 

A battalion on independent expeditionary duty: 

Battalion communication platoon 

Each rifle company 

A company on independent expeditionary duty 



12 



33 

(1) Officers authorized to detail. — The commanding officer of any command is 
authorized to fill any vacancies in the authorized complement of signalmen 
thereof by the detail of men who shall have been found qualified by a board as 
provided in art. 31. 

(2) Details as signalmen will be shown on the muster and pay rolls of the 
organization next rendered after the details are made. 

(3) The. detail of a marine as signalman may be terminated at the pleasure 
of the. appointing power, and automatically ceases upon the transfer of the man 
from the organization in which he was detailed. 

Specialists. 

34 

(1) Authority to rate. — Commanding officers are authorized to rate privates 
and privates first class as specialists, in numbers and ratings not to exceed the 
allowance prescribed for their respective commands, except that in computing 
such allowance for any class of specialists a result including 50 per cent or more 
of one will be taken to allow the next higher whole number; thus a command 
having an authorized strength of 50 privates and privates first class and an 
authorized allowance of third class specialists of 1 per cent of such strength 
would be allowed one third class specialist. Cooks, bakers, and messmen will 
not be rated as specialists. 

(2) Posts in United Siates. — For a marine barracks or marine post in the con- 
tinental United States (not including marine detachments), which does not 

8 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 34 

have a special allowance otherwise authorized, there is authorized an allowance 
of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of 
privates and privates first class: 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1 

Fourth class specialists 2 

Fifth class specialists 1 

(3) Posts outside United States. — For a marine barracks or marine post out- 
side the continental limits of the United States (not including marine detach- 
ments), which does not have a special allowance otherwise authorized, there is 
authorized an allowance of not to exceed the following percentages of the total 
authorized strength of privates and privates first class : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1. 

Fourth class specialists 1. 5 

Fifth class specialists 1.0 

(4) For the Marine Barracks, Mare Island, Calif., there is authorized an allow- 
ance of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength 
of privates and privates first class (excluding recruits) : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1.5 

F'ourth class specialists 2. 

Fifth class specialists 2. 

(5) For the Marine Barracks, P arris Island, S. C, there is authorized an allow- 
ance of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength 
of privates and privates first class (excluding recruits) : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1. 5 

Fourth class specialists 3.0 

Fifth class specialists 4.0 

(6) For the Marine Barracks, Quant ico, l/a., there is authorized an allowance of 
not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of 
privates and privates first class (excluding the third and fourth brigades) : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1. 5 

Fourth class specialists 3.0 

Fifth class specialists 4. 

(7) For the Marine Barracks, Peking, China, there is authorized an allowance of 
not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of 
privates and privates, first class : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1 

Fourth class specialists 2 

Fifth class specialists 1 

(8) For the First Brigade of marines, Haiti, there is authorized an allowance 
of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of 
privates and privates, first class (in determining the allowance of specialists for 
the First Brigade, the number of privates and privates, first class, detailed to the 
Gendarmerie d'Haiti will not be included as part of the authorized strength of 
the brigade) : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1 

Fourth class specialists 2 

Fifth class specialists 2 

8S610— 22 2 9 



34 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

The brigade commander is authorized to allot allowances to the units of his 
command as in his opinion the interests of the service demand. 

(9) For the Second Brigade of marines, Dominican Republic, there is authorized 
an allowance of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized 
strength of privates and privates, first class (in determining the allowance of 
specialists for the Second Brigade, the number of privates and privates, first 
class, detailed to the Policia Nacional Dominicana will not be included as 
part of the authorized strength of the brigade) : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1 

Fourth class specialists 2 

Fifth class specialists 2 

The brigade commander is authorized to allot allowances to the units of his 
command as in his opinion the interests of the service demand. 

(10) For the Tenth Regiment of marines there is authorized an allowance of 
not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of 
privates and privates, first class: 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 0. 7 

Fourth class specialists 2. 5 

Fifth class specialists 2. 5 

(11) For the Third Separate Company (Signal) there is authorized an allowance 
of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of 
privates and privates, first class: 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 0. 7 

Fourth class specialists 3. 

Fifth class specialists 3. 

(12) For the First Separate Battalion (Engineer) there is authorized an allow- 
ance of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength 
of privates and privates, first class: 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 0. 7 

Fourth class specialists — 3. 

Fifth class specialists 3. 

(13) For the Fourth Brigade of marines, there is authorized an allowance of 
not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of pri- 
vates and privates, first class. 

Forward echelon, Brigade headquarters : Per cent - 

Third class specialists 6 

Fourth class specialists 4 

Each Infantry regiment: Percent. 

Third class specialists 0. 5 

Fourth class specialists 1.0 

Fifth class specialists 2.0 

(14) For the Marine Detachment, Managua, Nicaragua, there is authorized an 
allowance of not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized 
strength of privates and privates, first class : 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 1 

Fourth class specialists 2 

Fifth class specialists 1 

10 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 34 

(15) For the Fifth Brigade of marines there is authorized an allowance of 
not to exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of 
privates and privates, first class: 

Forward echelon, Brigade headquarters: Percent. 

Third class specialists 6 

Fourth .class specialists 4 

Each Infantry regiment: Percent. 

Third class specialists 0. 5 

Fourth class specialists 1. 

Fifth class specialists 2.0 

(16) For Marine Corps aviation, there is authorized an allowance of not to 
exceed the following percentages of the total authorized strength of privates 
and privates, first class ; such allowances not to be charged to the allowances 
authorized for any command to which aviation units may be attached, but to be 
exclusive of and in addition thereto: 

Per cent. 

Third class specialists 7 

Fourth class specialists 5 

Fifth class specialists 3 

The total allowance for Marine Corps aviation shall be allotted to the 
various aviation units as directed by the officer in charge of Marine Corps avia- 
tion, and the commanding officers of such units are authorized to rate specialists 
within such allotments, subject to instructions from the officer in charge of 
Marine Corps aviation. 

(17) Bands. — For commands which have bands authorized by the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant the allowance of specialists will be increased by the number 
and ratings of specialists allowed for such bands. Enlisted men of the grades of 
private, first class, and private, who are assigned to duty as musicians with 
Marine Corps bands, except the Marine Band, will be given ratings as musicians, 
first, second, or third class, with extra monthly pay as specialists, as follows : 

Specialists, third class ($15.00). 

Musicians, first class. 
Specialists, fourth class ($12.00). 

Musicians, second class. 
Specialists, fifth class ($8.00). 
Musicians, third class. 
Men covered by this paragraph will be carried on muster rolls as privates, 
first class, or privates, with appropriate specialists ratings. 

(18) Headquarters and staff officers. — All privates or privates, first class, de- 
tailed as clerks and messengers for duty at Headquarters Marine Corps, 
Headquarters Department of the Pacific, and in other staff offices within the 
United States, by the Major General Commandant or department commanders, 
will, when so detailed, thereby become entitled to the rating of specialist, 
third class, if detailed as clerks, and specialist, fourth class, if detailed as 
messengers. 

(19) Commanding officers will personally control the policy of rating men of their 
commands as specialists within the authorized allowances, to the end that only 
men who are in fact competent specialists shall receive extra compensation. 
The extra compensation is not to be granted simply because men are detailed 
for special duties, but will be given only where the men are especially com- 
petent to perform the duties assigned. 

(20) First and second class specialists. — In exceptional cases, where the Gov- 
ernment would be manifestly benefited by the rating of a private or private, 
first class, as a specialist of the first or the second class, the Major General 
Commandant may authorize particular men to be so rated. In recommending 
sfuch a rating for any man, the commanding officer will state the specific 

11 



34 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

reasons why he believes it would be to the advantage of the Government in 
the particular case. 

(21) New commands. — Whenever a new command is organized, it will be 
assigned an allowance of specialists by the Major General Commandant, un- 
less such command is included within the terms of this article. 

Department of the Pacific. 

35 

(1) Limits. — The Department of the Pacific will include all posts, detach- 
ments, depots, offices, and other organizations of the Marine Corps (except the 
recruiting service and the detachments afloat ) on the Pacific coast of the United 
States and those in the Hawaiian Islands and Guam. 

(2) Command. — The departmental commander will, under the direction of the 
Major General Commandant, command all marines included in the department 
in so far as the command is not reserved by law or regulation to other au- 
thority. 

(3) The staff of the departmental commander will consist of the assistant adju- 
tant and inspector, the assistant quartermaster, and the assistant paymaster, 
stationed at San Francisco, Calif., and of such other officers as may be ordered 
to report to the departmental commander for duty on the staff. 

(4) Next in command.— -During the absence or disability of the departmental 
commander, or in case of a vacancy, the assistant adjutant and inspector on 
the staff will perform the duties of the office, unless or until another officer 
is ordered by the Major General Commandant to perform them. 

(5) Duties. — The departmental commander will maintain the strength of the 
posts, detachments, offices, and other organizations included within the depart- 
ment, by transfer of officers and men, in accordance with the necessities 
of the service, and with the general and special instructions issued by the 
Major General Commandant, and will transfer enlisted men to the recruit- 
ing service, western and mountain divisions, to detachments afloat upon 
application of commanding officers to fill vacancies in authorized comple- 
ments, and from detachments afloat upon application of commanding offi- 
cers in cases of undesirables, and may effect mutual transfers of individuals 
between ships of the Pacific Fleet and shore stations in the department when 
applications are submitted through proper channels. 

(6) Promotion and reduction. — The departmental commander will, within the 
department, appoint and reduce noncommissioned officers (except as provided 
in article 555, Navy Regulations) in accordance with the necessities of the 
service and pursuant to article 607, Marine Corps Manual, and the general and 
special instructions of the Major General Commandant. 

(7) Discharges. — The departmental commander will, within the department, 
issue the necessary orders and prepare discharge certificates for the discharge 
of enlisted, men (a) upon expiration of enlistment, (&) for nndesirability, inapti- 
tude, or unfitness, (c) for physical or mental disability (disability to be deter- 
mined by a board of medical survey), or (cl) in pursuance of a sentence of a 
court-martial, all in accordance with established policy and general and special 
instructions issued by the Major General Commandant. He will also award 
good-conduct insignia in accordance with article 1003. 

Brigade at San Diego, Calif. 

36 

(1) Advanced Base Force. — The organized units of the Advanced Base Force, 
U. S. Marine Corps, which are stationed in the Department of the Pacific shall 
be attached to the U. S. Marine Corps brigade therein located. 

(2) Other organizations. — While such brigade remains at the naval base, San 
Diego, Calif., there shall be included under the command of the commanding 

12 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 37 

general thereof all officers and men and all organizations of the Marine Corps 
attached to and serving at the naval base, San Diego, Calif. 

(3) The commanding general of this brigade shall exercise, subject to superior 
authority, full military authority over the units of his command ; but he shall 
not direct or be responsible for the administration of such units and detach- 
ments of his command as may be attached to any of the various naval adminis- 
trative establishments of the naval base. He shall, however, be kept informed 
of the military training, the discipline, and condition of the Marine Corps 
units attached to such establishments, and shall make such inspections from 
t'me to time as may be necessary to keep him acquainted with the condition 
of all parts of his command. 

(4) Correspondence shall be routed through the commanding officer of the 
establishment concerned. 

(5) Next in command. — In the absence of the commanding general of this 
brigade from station or duty at the naval base, the senior line officer of the 
Marine Corps on duty at such base shall exercise military authority over 
officers and men and organizations of the Marine Corps attached to and serv- 
ing thereat in the manner prescribed in paragraph (3) of this article for the 
commanding general, and while so in command he shall be addressed and sign 
himself as " Commanding Officer of Marines, Naval Base, San Diego, Calif." 

Recokd of Events. 

37 

(1) When kept. — A record of events on expeditionary duty, advanced base 
duty, and in campaign, will be kept by each company and higher organization 
of the Marine Corps. Entries will be made daily, the day comprising the 24 
hours covered by the date and should form a concise Mstory of military 
operations. 

(2) Arrangement. — Each day's record will commence with a march table, or 
statement of the operations or location of the organization, including an ac- 
count of weather, roads, camp, health of command, etc., and a statement of the 
supply of ammunition and rations. This will be followed by a chronological 
record of events, including time and place of issue and receipt of orders and 
messages, with a copy or synopsis of contents. 

(3) Exactness. — It is of special importance that the exact hour and place at 
which movements are begun and ended, and orders or important messages sent 
or received, be noted. After an engagement, the record of events will contain 
a report of losses and captures and will be accompanied by a sketch showing 
the positions of the command at the most important phases. 

(4) Each day's record will be attested by the commander and with attached 
copies of orders and messages sent and received, will be forwarded daily to 
the next higher commander, who, as soon as practicable after the receipt 
thereof, will forward them to the Major General Commandant. Commanders 
of units not components of a higher command will forward their record of 
events direct to the Major General Commandant. 

(5) Suspension of record. — Commanding officers of expeditions, advanced base 
forces, and marine forces in campaign are authorized to modify or suspend 
the preparation of the record of events if in their opinion the nature of the 
duty does not justify committing all or any part of the events to record, in 
which case the modification or suspension will be reported to the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant. 

(6) An extra copy of reports required of commanding marine officers in 
accordance with article 805, Navy Regulations, will be made and marked " For 
the Major General Commandant, United States Marine Corps." 

(7) In addition to the above there will be rendered periodical operations 
reports and intelligence reports. 

13 



38 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Birthday of the Marine Corps. 

38 

The following will be read to the command on the 10th of November of every 
year: 

( 1 ) On November 10, 1775, a Corps of Marines was created by a resolution of 
Continental Congress. Since that date many thousand men have borne the 
name Marine. In memory of them it is fitting that we who are marines should 
commemorate the birthday of our corps by calling to mind the glories of its 
long and illustrious history. 

(2) The record of our corps is one which will bear comparison with that of 
the most famous military organizations in the world's history. During 90 of 
the 146 years of its existence the Marine Corps has been in action against the 
Nation's foes. From the Battle of Trenton to the Argonne, marines have won 
foremost honors in war, and in the long eras of tranquillity at home genera- 
tion after generation of marines have grown gray in war in both hemispheres, 
and in every corner of the seven seas that our country and its citizens might 
enjoy peace and security. 

(3) In every battle and skirmish since the birth of our corps marines have 
acquitted themselves with the greatest distinction, winning new honors on 
each occasion until the term marine has come to signify all that is highest in 
military efficiency and soldierly virtue. 

(4) This high name of distinction and soldierly repute we who are marines 
to-day have received from those who preceded us in the corps. With it we 
also received from them the eternal spirit which has animated our corps from 
generation to generation and has been the distinguishing mark of the marines 
in every age. So long as that spirit continues to flourish marines will be 
found equal to every emergency in the future as they have been in the past, 
and the men of our Nation will regard us as worthy successors to the long 
line of illustrious men who have served as " Soldiers of the Sea " since the 
founding of the corps. 

Flags. 

39 

The following flags, pennants, and guidons are authorized for use in the 
Marine Corps: 
Flags: 

Marine Corps standard, silk, with staff. 

National colors, silk, with staff. 

Regimental, silk, with staff. 

Garrison, bunting. 

Post, bunting: 

Storm, bunting. 

Recruiting, bunting, with staff (for automobiles). 

Recruiting, blue, bunting. 

Recruiting, red, bunting. 

Automobile, major general, bunting, with staff. 

Automobile, brigadier general, bunting, with staff. 

Boat, major general, bunting, with staff. 

Boat, brigadier general, bunting, with staff. 

Hospital, field, bunting. 

Quarantine, field hospital, bunting. 

Sanitary, cordon, bunting, with staff. 

Signal, red, 2-foot, bunting, with staff. 

Signal, white, 2-foot, bunting, with staff. 

Signal, red, 4-foot bunting, with staff. 

Signal, white, 4-foot, bunting, with staff. 

Semaphore, bunting, with staff. 

14 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. _ 43 

Pennants: 

Brigade, large, bunting. 

Brigade, small, bunting. 

Post commander, boat, bunting, with staff. 

Quartermaster's supply depot and train, bunting. 

Guidons: 

Silk, with staff. 

Ambulance and dressing station, bunting, with staff. 

Command of Maeines on Army Transpokts. 

40 

When regularly organized units of the Marine Corps are embarked for trans- 
portation on an Army transport the commanding officer of such units will 
command all members of the Marine Corps on board junior in rank. When 
marines who are not regularly organized as a unit or units are so embarked 
and there is no regularly organized unit on board, the senior line officer of the 
Marine Corps junior to the commanding officer of troops of the Army, or the 
senior line noncommissioned officer in the absence of such a commissioned or 
warrant officer, will command the members of the Marine Corps junior in rank. 

Pistols. 

41 

(1) Safe-keeping. — All commanding officers shall, by the promulgation of a 
post order, designate a suitable place (or places) properly secured by locks or 
other safeguards, where automatic pistols in use by individual enlisted men shall 
be kept at all times when not in actual use. 

(2) Checkage for loss. — The value of any pistol lost through the failure of any 
person to keep his automatic pistol in the place designated by his commanding 
officer for the purpose will, upon due investigation and after responsibility has 
been fixed, be checked against the account of the enlisted man concerned. 

(3) Instruction before arming. — Men will not be armed with automatic pistols 
until after they have received a thorough course of pistol instruction and drill 
and have fired the Navy Pistol Course or the course prescribed in Pistol Marks- 
manship. 

Economy in Motor Transportation. 
42 

(1) The strictest economy in the use of motor transportation must be observed 
at all posts and stations of the Marine Corps. 

(2) The use of motor transportation will be confined strictly to official pur- 
poses, and every effort will be made to limit the use thereof to absolutely neces- 
sary work. 

(3) A large truck will not be used when a small truck will do, or a small 
truck when a motor cycle will do. 

Transportation of Recreation Supplies. 

43 

Supplies and equipment turned over by the Bureau of Navigation, Sixth 
Division, intended for Marine Corps organizations, may, w T here no Government 
transportation is available, be received and transported on Government bills ol 
lading, the transportation charges to be billed against the Marine Corps, 

15 



44 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Assistance foe Ex-Sekvice Men in Their Relations with the Veterans' 

Bureau. 

44 

(1) It is the purpose of Marine Corps Headquarters, acting through its avail- 
able personnel, to assist ex-service men in every possible way in securing con- 
tact with the Veterans' Bureau, thus enabling them without delay to renew 
or convert their insurance, to secure medical or dental treatment, hospitaliza- 
tion, or vocational training, or to present their claims for compensation. 

(2) The obligation is imposed upon all post commanders and recruiting offi- 
cers of the Marine Corps to aid their less fortunate comrades. Such officers 
will at once familiarize themselves with the orders and circulars relating to 
the Veterans' Bureau, in so far as these instructions refer to renewal or eon- 
version of insurance, compensation, medical or dental treatment, hospitaliza- 
tion and vocational training, so that intelligent assistance and advice may be 
afforded ex-service men in regard to their relations with the bureau. 

(3) The officers mentioned will obtain direct from the Veterans' Bureau a 
supply of all blank forms needed by ex-service men in their contact w T ith that 
bureau. 

(4) Upon application from ex-service men the officers mentioned in paragraph 
(2) will furnish blank forms, will assist in the preparation of applications, will 
carefully examine all papers cr instructions on the forms in question, and will 
themselves promptly forward the completed applications or statements directly 
to the United States Veterans' Bureau, Washington, D. C. 

(5) In cases where it is necessary to forward a copy of the discharge certifi- 
cate of the ex-service man the copy will be made by the post commander or 
recruiting officer, adding the words " Copy of discharge certificate, to be used 
only with claims against the United States Veterans' Bureau," at the begin- 
ning of the ccpy, and the words " I hereby certify that the foregoing is a true. 

literal, and exact copy of the discharge certificate of ," with 

signature and rank of the attesting officer, at the end of the copy. Ordinary 
blank paper or the regular discharge certificate blanks (in the case of ex- 
marines) may be used in making these copies, except that parchment or arti- 
ficial parchment shall not be used for this purpose. The attestation must be by 
a pest commander, recruiting officer, notary public, or other person authorized 
to administer oaths. 



16 



CHAPTER 2. 



ENTRY INTO THE SERVICE. 



Section 1 .—OFFICERS. 
xVppointment as Second Lieutenant. 

201 

(1) Officers authorized to recommend for. — General and field officers and officers 
in command of companies and detachments of the Marine Corps are authorized 
to recommend, through official channels, meritorious noncommissioned officers 
for advancement to the grade of second lieutenant. In making such recommenda- 
tions, the officer will be guided by the following instructions. 

(2) Age. — In accordance with the law governing appointments to the grade 
of second lieutenant, a noncommissioned officer candidate must be between the 
ages of 21 and 27 when appointed. 

(3) Recommendations. — The recommendations will contain specific statements 
as to the physical, mental, and moral fitness of the proposed candidate, and 
will be accompanied by available documentary evidence of character, experi- 
ence, and personal history. 

(4) Statements as to physical fitness will be based upon a medical examina- 
tion, to determine if any physical defects exist, and upon observation, to de- 
termine if physical energy or the contrary is indicated. Statements as to 
mental fitness will be based upon obtainable evidence of scholastic education 
and upon observation of mental qualities indicated, such as mental energy, 
endurance, alertness, intelligence, adaptability, interest in the service, and their 
contraries. Statements as to moral fitness will be based upon evidence ob- 
tained from those in a position to have reliable knowledge of the moral develop- 
ment of the proposed candidate during the formative period of his life — during 
the ages from about 10 to 20 years — and upon personal observations and 
reports, official or otherwise, relating to the character and habits of the 
proposed candidate. His associates, language, deportment, and methods of 
amusement and recreation should be carefully noted and mentioned. H:s atti- 
tude in relation to self-discipline and willing obedience to orders, regulations, 
and law should be studied and reported upon. 

(5) Recommendations received at Headquarters will be studied in connec- 
tion with the military history of the proposed candidates and selections will 
be made by the Major General Commandant. 

(6) Preliminary examinations. — When any proposed candidate has been se- 
lected, by the Major General Commandant, a set of preliminary examination 
questions will be sent to the noncommissioned officer's commanding officer, who 
will have him take the examination under proper supervision. Upon comple- 
tion of the examination, the papers thereof will be forwarded to the Major 

17 



201 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

General Commandant. After the results of the examination shall have been 
considered, the proposed candidate will be informed as to whether he has been 
selected as a candidate for a commission. 

(7) Selected candidates. — Those noncommissioned officers selected as candi- 
dates will be transferred to the candidates' class at the Marine Barracks, 
Washington, where they will be under special observation and instruction pre- 
liminary to taking the final examinations for appointment to the grade of sec- 
ond lieutenant. 

(8) During the period of instruction and observation the officers designated 
for that purpose will report from time to time relative to the indicated quali- 
fications and disqualifications of the respective candidates. In case an opinion 
is formed that any candidate is in any respect unqualified for a commission, or 
in case a serious doubt is raised as to the positive fitness of any candidate, the 
Major General Commandant will direct his detachment and he will cease to hold 
the status of a candidate. 

(9) Withdrawal of nomination, — An officer who has nominated any noncommis- 
sioned officer as a candidate 'may, for cause, withdraw his nomination at any 
time prior to the actual commissioning of such noncommissioned officer. 

(10) Scope of examination. — The scope of the preliminary examination and of 
the final mental and professional examinations will be announced annually by 
the Major General Commandant. 

(11) Policy of Major General Commandant. — It is the policy of the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant to give full effect to the legislative provisions which open 
the way for advancement to the commissioned grades to meritorious enlisted 
men of the Marine Corps. At the same time, the mere fact of honest and faith- 
ful service in the ranks will not be accepted in lieu of other essential character- 
istics which are considered essential in one who is to serve as a commissioned 
officer in the Marine Corps. Keeping the door open, but selecting those who 
are to pass through, is one of the most important of the duties with which any 
officer may interest himself. While calling for specially intelligent thought 
and some additional labor, the officer who aids in making effective the general 
policy indicated will do much to assure the high professional standing of the 
near and the distant future Marine Corps. 

Appointment or Maeine Gtjnneks, Quartermaster Clerks, and Pay Clerks. 

202 

(1) Law and regulations. — The act of August 29, 1916, provides that marine 
gunners and quartermaster clerks shall be appointed from the noncommissioned 
officers of the Marine Corps. Article 1645, Navy Regulations, provides that 
warrant officers and pay clerks of the Marine Corps shall be appointed in such 
manner as may be prescribed by law after their qualifications have been estab- 
lished in such manner as the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe. 

(2) Qualifications. — The Secretary of the Navy has prescribed that the quali- 
fications of candidates for appointment as marine gunner, quartermaster clerk, 
and pay clerk shall be established as follows : 

" Men who have held temporary commissions, warrants, or appointments as 
pay clerk in the Marine Corps may, upon passing the necessary physical exami- 
nation before a board of medical examiners, be appointed warrant officers or 
pay clerks if the Major General Commandant is satisfied from ther records 
that they are mentally, morally, and professionally qualified for appointment. 
All other candidates shall, in addition to the physical examination, be subject 
to such mental, moral, and professional examination as the Major General 
Commandant may prescribe." 

(3) Examinations. — Candidates for appointment as marine gunner, quarter- 
master clerk, and pay clerk shall submit to boards appointed for their exami- 

18 



ENTRY INTO THE SERVICE. 203 

nation such evidence as may be required in respect to their mental and moral 
qualifications. In addition they shall be examined as follows : 

For marine gunner, in the subjects of — 

Grammar and composition. 

Arithmetic. 

Infantry Drill Regulations, up to and including the platoon; organization 
and administration of the squad, platoon, and company; the nomencla- 
ture and functioning of infantry weapons (including machine guns 
adopted for use in the Marine Corps) ; visual signaling; knotting, splic- 
ing, and lashing; physical training; personal hygiene for the soldier; 
first aid. 
For quartermaster clerk, in the subjects of — 

Grammar and composition. 

Geography. 

American history. 

Arithmetic. 

Regulations and orders. 

Administration, quartermaster's department. 
For quartermaster clerk, adjutant and inspector's department, in the sub- 
jects of — 

Grammar and composition. 

Geography. 

American history. 

Arithmetic. 

Regulations and orders. 

Administration, adjutant and inspector's department. 
For pay clerk, in the subjects of — ■ 

Grammar and composition. 

Geography. 

American history. 

Arithmetic. 

Regulations and orders. 

Administration, paymaster's department. 

General Policy and Instructions Concerning Appointment as Marine 

Gunner. 

203 

(1) Selections of noncommissioned officers for advancement to the rank of 
marine gunner will be based upon (1) the man's excellent moral character; 
(2) his excellent military character; (3) his knowledge and experience in 
Marine Corps activities. 

(2) The development of military character, particularly those traits which 
inspire respect and confidence in both seniors and juniors, generally requires 
considerable service, as does, the acquiring of experience. Knowledge may be 
acquired in a comparatively short time if a man is intelligent and has a fair 
basic education. 

(3) A great deal of knowledge that would be most useful to a marine gunner 
might be acquired before he enters military service; but such knowledge is a 
secondary consideration to the military characteristics of a successful marine 
gunner. 

(4) One of the purposes in establishing the rank of marine gunner was to 
offer a respectable and valuable reward to those who give long years of valuable 
service as enlisted men in the performance of line duties — the duties that carry 
them aboard ship, to foreign countries, to hardships. of expedition and cam- 
paign, as well as the more or less routine duties of post and barracks. 

19 



QajAT 



r h 



203 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(5) The general policy of the Major General Commandant is to fill vacancies 
by selections made on the foregoing basis. Ambitious self-improvement in the 
military profession will be recognized, as will exceptionally meritorious conduct 
in action. At the same time it will be an exceptional case where a noncommis- 
sioned officer will be advanced to the rank of marine gunner who has less than 
10 years' service, or less than two discharges with " Character excellent." 

(6) General and field officers, and post, company, and detachment com- 
manders are authorized to submit recommendations for the advancement of 
noncommissioned officers to the rank of marine gunner at any time, keeping in 
mind the above general policy of the Major General Commandant in the matter. 
Such recommendations should state in detail the general and special qualifica- 
tions of the proposed candidate ; his military knowledge and experience in 
command, as well as his moral and military character, as disclosed to the 
officer submitting the recommendation. 

(7) A file of such recommendations will be kept at Headquarters and will be 
consulted as vacancies are to be filled from time to time. 

Section 2.— ENLISTED MEN. 

204 

Enlistment. 

(1) The place of acceptance of an applicant for enlistment is the place at 
which he applied for enlistment, was examined by the doctor, and was accepted 
by the recruiting officer or noncommissioned officer in charge. 

(2) Where an applicant is examined and passed by the doctor and accepted 
at a station where there is no recruiting officer, the words " Examined and 

accepted at , 192 — ," will be inserted in the margin of the enlistment 

paper, N. M. C. 321 or N. M. C. 321B, and signed by the noncommissioned officer 
in charge. 

205 

(1) Bona fide home or residence.- — Each man on enlisting or reenlistmg must 
certify over his signature on both the enlistment paper and service-record book 
as to his bona fide home or residence, including town, county, and/State. The 
entry on the enlistment paper, N. M. C. 321, may be accomplished by inserting 
in the declaration, after the words, " and that I am a citizen of the United 
States," or other convenient place, the words " and that my" bona fide home or 

residence is ." The entry in the service-recorcMSook will be made on 

page 1 by writing or stamping in the place provided T iof former residence " Bona 
fide home or residence ." 

(2) The bona fide home or residence is req«fired in connection with the pay- 
ment of travel allowance on discharge and for the- purpose of compiling statis- 
tical data for crediting enlistments to .the several States. 

(3) At the time the certificate is furnished by the enlisted man he will be 
advised of its purpose, and informed that thereafter no change will be made 
therein except on approval of the Major General Commandant. 

Extension of Enlistment. 
206 

(1) How and when made. — The term of enlistment of any man may, by his 
written voluntary agreement, be extended for a period of either one, two, three, 
or four full years from the date of expiration of the then existing term of 
enlistment. An agreement to extend an enlistment must be executed prior to 
or at expiration of original enlistment ; and a man serving an extension of 

20 



ENTRY INTO THE SERVICE. 206 

less than four years may, before expiration of such extension, further extend 
his term repeatedly by one or more full years, the aggregate of all extensions 
not to exceed four full years from the date of expiration of the original term ; 
but no man shall be permitted to extend or reextend his term of enlistment 
•where his retention in the service is not desirable, and at any time before an 
extension term begins to run the commanding officer may cancel the extension 
agreement should the man's conduct so warrant. However, unless specially 
authorized by the Major General Commandant, extensions for one year will be 
accepted only in the case of — 

(a) A man on foreign or sea service, for the purpose of continuing thereon 
after expiration of term of enlistment. 

(&) A man on shore duty within the continental limits of the United States 
who has appl.-ed for sea or foreign service, for the purpose of extending his en- 
listment period sufficiently to meet requirements for transfer for such service. 

(c) A man on recruiting duty, or on duty at Headquarters Marine Corps or 
at detached staff offices or depots. 

(2) Supplemental to original contract of enlistment. — The voluntary agreement 
to extend a term of enlistment shall be supplemental to the original contract 
of enlistment and form a part of it, and shall be executed in the terms and 
on the blank forms prescribed by the Major General Commandant. 

(3) Forwarding. — When an agreement to extend enlistment has been com- 
pleted it shall be immediately forwarded to the Adjutant and Inspector, Marine 
Corps, and entries of the extension made in red ink in the man's service-record 
book, over the signature of the commanding officer, at the bottom of page 1, 
and also on the line below the last markings on pages 4 to 9. Similar entries 
shall be made for any subsequent extensions, noting in addition the fact of its 
being a second, third, or fourth extension. 

(4) The records of men extending enlistments shall be kept continuously in the 
service-record books of the enlistments extended, additional pages being irr- 
serted when necessary. 

(5) Upon the first extension of an enlistment a transcript of the service mark- 
ings, obtained as in closing the service-record book for discharge, a statement 
of the offenses committed during the enlistment, and appropriate recommenda- 
tion as to character and good conduct medal as in case of discharge, will be 
entered on the written agreement of extension. In case the extension is accom- 
plished before the day that the book and accounts will ordinarily be closed for 
discharge, the transcript, statement, and recommendation will be omitted ; but 
the man's commanding officer will on that day forward to the officer authorized 
to award good-conduct medals a similar transcript, statement, and recom- 
mendation covering the entire period of the original enlistment. The good- 
conduct medal will not be awarded until the time that the discharge would 
ordinarily be issued. 

(6) Physical examination. — A man desiring to extend his enlistment shall be 
required to pass the same physical examination as is required for reenlistment, 
and the examining surgeon's certificate shall be attached to the completed 
"Agreement to extend enlistment." 

(7) Who may extend. — Commanding officers are authorized to accept the exten- 
sion of enlistments of men who, in their opinion, are desirable for retention 
in the service and who would ordinarily be recommended for reenlistment. 
Such cases require no reference to the Major General Commandant, the agree- 
ment to extend enlistment being forwarded to the Adjutant and Inspector im- 
mediately upon its completion. 

(8) When executed. — Generally, a man shall not be allowed to extend his en- 
listment until about the completion of his original term of enlistment, in order 
that it may be more satisfactorily determined whether he is specially desirable, 
what markings and character should be given him, and whether or not he 
should be recommended for a good-conduct medal. 



207 - MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

,\> 

* w % Furloughs. 

V^ 207 

Commanding officers of posts and recruiting officers are authorized to grant 
furloughs to men upon reenlistment as follows: 

Upon reenlistment for three years, a furlough of two months. 
Upon reenlistment for four years, a furlough of three months. 

Men with Dependents. 
208 

Recruiting officers will inform all men upon enlistment as follows : 

(1) Quarters. — That there are no accommodations at Marine Corps posts for 
families or dependents of enlisted men, except a few for the highest noncom- 
missioned officers. 

(2) Support. — That an enlisted man whose permanent rank is not higher than 
sergeant can not properly expect to support any dependents on his pay and 
allowances. 

(3) Discharge. — That requests for discharge based on dependency of wife or 
child will not be considered in cases in which marriage has taken place since 
enlistment, unless the marriage has received the prior approval of the Major 
General Commandant. 

Recruiting Instructions. 

209 

Complete instructions as to physical and other requirements for entry into the 
service as enlisted men will be found in " Recruiting Instructions, U. S. Marine 
Corps." 



22 



CHAPTEE 3. 



CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. 



Section /.— OFFICERS. 

301 

Sale of clothing, etc., to officers. — The depot quartermaster, Philadelphia, is 
authorized to sell uniforms, accouterments, and equipment at cost price to of- 
ficers of the Marine Corps. Officers who have access to the Depot of Supplies, 
Philadelphia, may have uniforms manufactured at that depot. The depot quar- 
termaster is, however, authorized to refuse to manufacture clothing for officers 
except in those cases where two or more " try-ons " can be made, unless the 
officer concerned agrees to accept the clothing as manufactured without such 
" try-ons," in which latter event the officer concerned will be required to make 
payment for. the clothing manufactured whether or not the fit proves satisfac- 
tory. Those officers who are not in position to visit the depot may purchase 
the necessary uniform cloth, accouterments and equipment from the depot 
quartermaster, Philadelphia, or from the depot quartermaster, San Francisco. 
Applications should be made direct to the depot quartermasters mentioned for 
such articles as are required, or for information in reference thereto. 

Section 2.— ENLISTED MEN. 

304 

Retention by Government, men dishonorably discharged, etc. — When a man is dis- 
honorably discharged, or is discharged with a bad-conduct discharge pursuant to 
the sentence of a summary court-martial on conviction of theft or other offense 
involving great moral turpitude, the outer uniform clothing in his possession 
will be retained by the Government. 

Issue of Equipment. 

305 

(1) To recruits. — All men under instruction at recruit depots, upon going on 
the range, or upon transfer before going on the range, shall be issued the fol- 
lowing equipment : 

• (a) Rifle, United States, caliber .30. 

Bayonet for. 

Brush and thong for. 

Cover, front sight, for. 

Case, oiler, and thong for. 

Scabbard, bayonet, for. 

Sling for. 

23 



305 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(6) One Infantry equipment complete, consisting of the following: 
1 belt, cartridge, rifle, model 1910. 
1 canteen, model 1910. 
1 can, bacon. 
1 can, condiment. 
1 can, meat. 

1 carrier, pack (haversack). 
1 cover, canteen. 
1 cup, canteen. 
1 haversack. 
1 knife, haversack. 
1 fork, haversack. 
1 spoon, haversack. 
1 poncho. 

1 package, first-aid. 
1 pouch, first-aid. 
1 pouch, meat can (haversack). 

(2) To others. — The above-mentioned equipment will be issued to all other 
enlisted men of the Marine Corps, except men on duty at Headquarters Marine 
Corps or one of the staff offices or on recruiting duty, and members of the 
Marine Band. Sergeants major, quartermaster sergeants, first sergeants, gun- 
nery sergeants, and field musicians will have permanently issued to them oil!? 
the equipment, enumerated under paragraph (1) (&) and the belt, pistol, will 
be substituted for the cartridge belt, rifle. 

(3) Disposition of equipment. — All men having once been issued this equip- 
ment will retain it in their possession until discharged, except that men trans- 
ferred from ships outside the continental limits of the United States and 
foreign shore station to naval hospitals in the United States, upon report of 
medical survey, and men transferred to the Army and Navy General Hospital, 
Hot Springs, Ark., the Fitzsimmons General Hospital, Denver, Colo., or to St. 
Elizabeths Hospital, Washington, and men transferred to duty at Headquarters 
Marine Corps or one of the staff offices, or to recruiting duty, will be required 
to turn in the equipment at time of transfer. In the case of men on board 
ship in the United States transferred to a naval hospital, the equipment will be 
invoiced and sent to the post quartermaster at the marine barracks to which 
the man's staff returns are sent, the invoice being marked with the man's name, 
so that the equipment may be reissued to him on reporting for duty. 

(4) Rifle used at target practice. — Each man will be required to use his own 
rifle at target practice. Any rifle the shooting qualities of which are poor will 
be exchanged for a good rifle. 

(5) Replacement. — This article will not prevent replacing of any part of equip- 
ment which may become unserviceable. 

(6) Inspection. — Officers are cautioned as to the necessity of frequently in- 
specting the arms and equipment of men whose duties do not provide for their 
presence at the usual routine inspections. 

(7) Rifle, care of. — Bores of rifles will habitually be kept coated with a thin 
coating of light oil. The use of emery powder or any other polishing material 
in cleaning the rifle is forbidden. 

(8). Rifle, number of. — The number of the rifle issued each man will be entered 
in his service-record book. 

(9) Price list. — The price list of clothing, equipment, etc., is published yearly 
in Marine Corps Orders. 

Issue of Clothing. 

306 

(1) Recruits. — In order to prevent hardships being imposed upon men enter- 
ing the Marine Corps, only such quantities and articles of clothing as are listed 
below will be issued upon enlistment or reenlistment : 

24 



CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. 307 

1 belt, trousers, web. 

2 blankets, woolen. 

2 coats, service, summer. m J 

1 coat, service, winter^!, aVWAhass 
3 ^ drawers, knee or/woolen. 

1 gloves, woolen, pair. 

1 hat, field. 
/ #L leggings-, pairs. 

1 ornament, bronze. 

1 ornaments, collar, bronze, set. 

J. overcoat, service, winter. • _/- , /? / 

-^2 shirts, flannel. ^- P^^^— ~° , *^-~ ^ O • ( 

i € s ? irts ' unde i'' cotton o^woolen. , *£J5 AA^duurr 

/ # shoes, russet or oordovan , pairfr. v ' 
J *f socks, cotton or woolen, pairs, 
f, $ trousers, service, summer. 
1 trousers, service, winter. 
Woolen underwear, gloves, and socks will only be issued when the season 

so warrants. 
Hat letters may be issued where required. 
(2) The above should be sufficient to last for three months, and no additional 
clothing will be issued to a man during the first three months of his enlistment 
except in case of an emergency, such as extreme weather requiring an additional 
blanket, and then only with the approval of his commanding officer, or in case 
a man is transferred to tropical or sea service. 

307 

Genera/ court-martial prisoners. — Commanding officers authorizing the issue 
of necessary clothing to marines sentenced to forfeiture of pay and allowances 
will name the articles so authorized in a written order on the issuing or ac- 
countable officer, who will place on each issue slip a notation reading as 
follows : 

11 This clothing issued as necessary for the health and comfort of the prisoner 
named hereon by order of 

Name 

Rank, USN or USMO 

Letter dated " 

88610—22 3 m 



25 



U^ 



CHAPTEK 4. 



PAY AND ALLOWANCES. 



401 

Paid monthly. — Enlisted men of the Marine Corps serving" at navy yards or 
barracks shall be paid monthly. 

402 

(1) Entry of pay data in service-record books. — Commanding officers of marines 
ashore and afloat charged with the keeping of the service-record book of any 
marine will immediately after the payment of each monthly pay roll cause to 
be entered and verified without delay, in the space provided in the service-record 
book, a record of the payment or settlement as shown by the pay roll as 
audited and settled by the paymaster concerned, entering balance " Overpaid " 
or " Unpaid " if any ; and if none, entering by means of stamp the words 
" paid in full " through the space provided for the entering of such balances. 

(2) At the time of transfer of an enlisted man whose pay account records, 
as shown in the service-record book, stands overpaid or due and unpaid at 
date of last settlement, care will be taken to see that such balances agree with 
the pay roll upon which such settlement appears. If correct, the entry (in 
figures only) will be initialed in the opposite space by the commanding officer 
having charge of the record. If not correct, proper correction will be made in 
the figures and immediately on the line following an entry will be made thus : 

■ Corrected to read — Overpaid dollars," or " Corrected to read — Due 

and unpaid dollars," as the case may be, writing such amount in words, 

this entry to be signed by the commanding officer concerned. 

403 

Closing accounts. — To enable the pay officers of ships or stations, carrying the 
rolls of enlisted men, to transfer the accounts of dead men, deserters, and gen- 
eral court-martial prisoners to the General Accounting Office, Navy Department 
Division, Washington, D. C, to the deserters' roll at Headquarters, U. S. Marine 
Corps, and to naval prisons, respectively, as well as to enable them to prepare 
final settlements preliminary to discharge, commanding officers of marines will 
furnish such pay officers with a detailed statement of account in all such cases, 
prepared on form N. M. C. 90, revised. 

Teavel Pay. 
404 

(1) Travel Pay. — When an enlisted man who enlisted or reenlisted prior to 
August 1, 1921, is about to be discharged, the commanding officer will take the 
man's affidavit as to his bona fide home, or residence, and will enter the follow- 

27 



404 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

ing information under "Remarks" on form N. M. 0. 90 (Statement closing 
account for settlement), in his case, or will attach the same thereto: 

" Actual bona Me home or residence as sworn to this date . 

" ' Home post office ' or address as shown on Form 1-B attached to service- 
record book . Claimant elects travel pay to the more distant point." (If 

such be the case.) 

(2) Affidavits taken in accordance with instructions contained herein will 
be permanently attached to service-record books. 

(3) Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article do not apply to members of the 
Marine Corps Reserve, since information of the actual bona fide home or resi- 
dence in their cases is on file at Headquarters, and is furnished in orders 
for disenrollment or to inactive status. 

(4) When an enlisted man who enlisted or reenlisted after July 31, 1921, is 
about to be discharged under conditions entitling him to travel allowance, the 
commanding officer in submitting form N. M. C. 90 (statement closing ac- 
count for settlement) to the pay officer concerned, will enter under " Remarks," 
the following information, or will attach the same thereto : 

" Enlisted at . Actual bona fide home or residence as certified 

(Place) 

at date of enlistment. : , (or as changed and approved by the Major 

(Place) 

General Commandant, 

(Date) 
"Claimant elects travel allowance to the more distant point." (If such be 
the case.) 

405 

The enlisted grades of the Marine Corps are grouped, in order to classify 
them with their corresponding grades of the Infantry of the Army, for pay 
purposes, as follows: 

First grade (master sergeants, Army) : 

Sergeants major,. Marine Corps. 

Quartermaster sergeants, Marine Corps. 
Second grade (first sergeants, Army) : 

First sergeants, Marine Corps. 

Gunnery sergeants, Marine Corps. 

Drum majors, Marine Corps. 
Third grade (staff sergeants, Army) : 

(None) Marine Corps. 
Fourth grade (sergeants, Army) : 

Sergeants, Marine Corps. 
Fifth grade (corporals, Army) : 

Corporals, Marine Corps. 
Sixth grade (privates, first class, Army) : 

Privates, first class, Marine Corps. 
Seventh grade (privates, Army) : 

Drummers, Marine Corps. 

Trumpeters, Marine Corps. 

Privates, Marine Corps. 

Extea Compensation. 

406 

(1) Signalmen. — Enlisted men of the Marine Corps regularly detailed as 
signalmen are entitled to the same extra compensation in addition to pay as is 
now or may hereafter be allowed enlisted men of the Navy. 

(2) Cooks, etc. — The following extra compensation, which shall be credited on 
the monthly pay rolls, is allowed enlisted men of the Marine Corps, under regu- 

23 



PAY AND ALLOWANCES. 410 

larly authorized assignments or details, for service with messes composed of 

enlisted men of the corps ashore or afloat, viz : 

Per month. 

First-class cook 10. 00 

Second-class cook 8.00 

Third-class cook 7. 00 

Fourth-class cook 5. 00 

Messman 5. 00 

409 

Longevity pay affected by unauthorized absence. — Enlisted men will be denied 
credit for periods of unauthorized absence involving checkages of pay in fixing 
the dates which will control the rate of pay described by the act of Juue 4, 1920, 
and for longevity increase. The original dates in each case will be extended 
by an amount equal to the aggregate of unauthorized absences for which pay 
has been checked. 

410 

Detailed instructions regarding pay and allowances will be found in the Pay- 
master's Manual and the System of Accountability. 



29 



CHAPTER 5. 



OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 



Section 1.— GENERAL. 

Training of Officers, Staff Details. 

501 

( J ) Infantry is the foundation on which the military structure is builded. It 
is the first duty of every Marine officer, therefore, to make himself a good 
infantryman. This does not mean that it is necessary for officers to devote 
all of their time to the study of infantry tactics. During the years of peace 
officers have at their disposal ample time in which to become proficient in all 
branches of the profession of arms. 

(2) Especially is it essential that officers should familiarize themselves with 
the duties of the military and administrative staffs. An efficient staff is of 
vital importance to the successful functioning of a military organization. 
Under the detail system, all officers of the Marine Corps are eligible for tem- 
porary assignment to any of the staff departments in exactly the same manner 
as they are eligible for assignment to any other duty which the Marine Corps 
is required to perform. Their records as Marine officers, therefore, depend on 
the efficiency shown by them in the performance of both line and staff duties. 

(3) In conformity with the principles enunciated in the preceding paragraphs, 
the following policy will be followed, viz : 

(a) All officers will be prepared for assignment to either line or staff duty. 
(&) Approximately one-fourth of the officers detailed in each staff department 
will be relieved therefrom during each calendar year. 

(c) Officers, after relief from staff details, will not be detailed in a staff de- 
partment for a period of at least two years. 

(d) Officers below the grade of field officer, after relief from a detail in a 
staff department, will perform straight line duty with troops for a period of 
two years. This precludes their assignment during this period to duty as adju- 
tant, acting assistant quartermaster, acting assistant paymaster, inspector, post- 
exchange officer, recruiting officer, aid-de-camp, permanent judge advocate of a 
general court-martial, or duty at Headquarters Marine Corps, or at any head- 
quarters or staff office. 

(e) No officer below the rank of captain will be regularly detailed as a mem- 
ber of a staff department. First lieutenants are eligible for assignment for duty 
as adjutant, acting assistant quartermaster, acting assistant paymaster, post 
exchange officer, recruiting officer, aide-de-camp, permanent judge advocate of 
a general court-martial, or to duty at Headquarters U. S. Marine Corps, or at 
any headquarters or staff office. Second lieutenants will not be assigned to any 
of the above-mentioned duties, but will be required to perform line duty with 
troops. ^^^ 

(4) Officers detailed in a staff department should give to the performance of 
staff duty the same initiative, industry, and energy as they give to the per- 
formance of line duty. 

Broadly speaking, there is in the Marine Corps no separation of the line and 
staff. All are Marine officers, and all duties are Marine Corps duties. 

31 



502 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Regulations Army, Navy, when Governing. 
502 

The exercises and formation of marines at parades, reviews, inspections, escort, 
guard mount, funerals, and the regulations prescribing salutes, shall be the same 
as those prescribed for the Navy (see Landing Force Manual). Other than as 
prescribed in the foregoing, the Infantry Drill Regulations, the Small Arms 
Firing Regulations and the Bayonet Training Regulations for the Marine Corps 
shall be the same as those prescribed for the Army. Duties of sentinels and 
internal regulations for camp and garrison duties shall be similar to those pre- 
scribed for the Army. 

Duties of Officer of the Day. 

503 

(1) The duties of the officer of the day shall be conducted in accordance with 
instructions and regulations established for the Army. 

(2) He shall visit the guards and the sentinels at such times, during his tour 
of duty, as may be prescribed. 

(3) He shall attend all roll calls, and at posts where there are no organized 
companies shall inspect the men at all mess formations. 

(4) At the hour designated by h's commanding officer, he shall thoroughly in- 
spect the grounds, quarters, bakehouse, mess room, cells, and sinks. 

(5) In case of fire at the station, he shall immediately have the alarm sounded 
in the prescribed way, and inform the commandant of the station and his com- 
manding officer and carry out the fire regulations of the station. 

(6) He shall enter each day, in the sergeant of the guard's report book, the 
hours he visited sentries, and such other data as may be directed by his command- 
ing officer. 

(7) He shall carefully examine the sergeant of the guard's report book be- 
fore guard mounting, and have any errors therein corrected. After having 
assured himself as to its correctness and completeness, he shall make the follow- 
ing entry over his own signature : " I have personally examined this report and 
find it to be correct," and will present it at office hours to the commanding officer 
for his inspection. 

Field Equipment. 

504 

(1) Officers.— The following is the field equipment prescribed for officers of 
all ranks up to and including the rank of colonel : 

(a) Automatic pistol, .45 caliber. 3 magaz'nes, holster, lanyard, and 21 

rounds of ammun'tion. 
(h) Pistol belt, with suspenders and pouch. 
(c) First aid package and pouch. 
((/) Canteen, with cover and cup. ! 

(e) N. C. staff haversack, with meat can, knife, fork, and spoon. 

(f) Field glasses. 

(g) Whistle. 
(h) Poncho. 

(i) Flashlight, electric. 
(/) Wrist watch, with illuminated dial, 
(fc) Compass, with illuminated dial. 
(I) D'spatch case, notebook, black, blue, and red pencils. 
(m) Clothing roll, 
(n) Bedding roll. 

(o) Trunk locker. (Field officers, 2 trunk lockers.) 

32 



OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 505 

(2) Articles (a) to (70 may be obtained from tbe Quartermaster's Depart- 
ment upon memorandum receipt; articles (i) to (o) may be purchased from 
the Quartermaster's Department. 

(3) Enlisted men; for foreign tropical expeditionary duty. — When orders are 
received to transfer detachments to foreign tropical expeditionary service, it 
shall be the duty of the commanding officer, company, or detachment commander 
to personally satisfy himself that each man to be so transferred is supplied, 
prior to transfer, with all articles of equipment specified in article 305, and 
that each article is in good serviceable condition, issues being made to replace 
worn-out or damaged articles. He will also see that each man is supplied with 
a clothing bag, and the necessary toilet articles, including toilet and washing 
soap. 

(4) Companies and detachments will leave their posts in complete field uni- 
form and fully equipped, except that shelter-halves will not be taken unless 
specifically directed. Overcoats will always be taken, being worn when the 
weather requires. While abroad, especially in the tropics, overcoats will accom- 
pany the men wherever they are serving, this being required in order that they 
may have overcoats when ordered to the United States. 

(5) Officers commanding detachments in the tropics will, before the men 
are transferred to the United States, see that they are properly supplied with a 
sufficient number of flannel shirts to assure their warmth and comfort upon 
their arrival in the United States during cold weather. 

(6) The men will carry with them in their clothing bags, so far as may be 
practicable, all their clothing and personal effects. (See par. 213, System of Ac- 
countability. ) 

(7) Should any clothing be left at posts, it will be packed in accordance with 
instructions contained in the System of Accountability. 

(8) Each company will take its company typewriter, desk, and four auto- 
matic pistols, one for each field musician and one each for the first sergeant and 
gunnery sergeant. 

The Advanced Base Foece. 
505 

(1) Marine Corps organizations available for overseas service with the fleet 
shall be known as " The Advanced Base Force, U. S. Marine Corps." 

(2) Permanently organized units of the Advanced Base Force will normally 
be known by their numerical designation. Any part of the Advanced Base Force 
assigned to a special duty (force of occupation, landing forces, raiding forces, 
etc.) will be named in accordance with its mission. 

(3) The training centers of the Advanced Base Force will be at Marine Bar- 
racks. Quantico, Va., and Marine Barracks, San Diego, Calif. 

(4) The Advanced Base Force, or any part thereof, shall comprise such in- 
fantry, artillery, and specialist troops as may be assigned to it by Headquarters. 
U. S. Marine Corps, and shall receive instruction in the following branches and 
such other kindred subjects as may be designated by Headquarters, U. S. Marine 
Corps, to enable it to operate efficiently on any duty which may be assigned : 

Artillery : Field guns, naval guns, howitzers, mortars, antiaircraft arma- 
ment. 

Fire control. 

Machine guns, ground and antiaircraft. 

Searchlights : Harbor defense, antiaircraft, and field. 

Signals: Radio, telephone, and telegraph, visual, radio director, micro- 
phone sound detector. 

Engineering. 

Infantry and attached weapons, grenades, 37 mm., Stokes mortar, etc. 

Air forces : Land and water planes, observation balloons. 



506 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Military Schools. 
506 

(1) Policy. — The following is tbe policy of the Marine Corps in connection 
with the military schooling of commissioned officers. All officers mediately or 
immediately connected with the administration of such schooling will cooperate 
in the endeavor to obtain the desired results. 

(2) The principal agency for such military schooling will be the Marine 
Corps schools at Quantico, Va. 

(3) Courses. — The Marine Corps schools will conduct three regular courses 
for commissioned, officers; one, the basic course; two, the company officers' 
course ; and, three, the field officers' course. 

(4) Basic course. — All officers appointed second lieutenants will be given the 
basic course as soon as practicable after appointment. 

(5) Company officers' course. — All lieutenants will be given the company 
officers' course when practicable anterior to becoming due for promotion to the 
grade of captain, except those who shall have had the benefit of equivalent 
schooling theretofore. In addition, all captains who have not had the benefit of 
equivalent cchooling will be gven the campany officers' course when the exigen- 
cies of the service permit. 

(6) Field officers' course. — All captains will be given the field officers' course 
when practicable anterior to becoming due for promotion to the grade of major, 
except those who shall have had the benefit of equivalent schooling theretofore. 
In addition, all lieutenant colonels and majors who have not had the benefit of 
equivalent schooling will be given the company officers' course when the exigen- 
cies of the service permit. 

(7) Infantry School, Camp Benning, Ga.—I\\ lieu of taking the company officers' 
course of the Marine Corps schools, a limited number of captains and senior 
first lieutenants who are graduates of the basic course or have had equivalent 
schooling may be assigned to take the company officers' course at the Infantry 
School, Camp Benning, Ga. Similarly a limited number of majors and senior 
captains who are graduates of the company officers' course or have had equiva- 
lent schooling may be assigned to take the field officers' course at the Infantry 
School. 

(8) School of the Line, General Staff School, Army General Staff College. — A lim- 
ited number of the field officer graduates of the field officers' course of either the 
Marine Corps schools or the Infantry School may be assigned to take the course 
at the School of the Line, Fort Leavenworth, Kans., and from graduates of that 
school there may be selected a limited number to take the course at the General 
Staff School at Fort Leavenworth. From graduates of the latter school a lim- 
ited number may be selected to take the course at the Army General Staff Col- 
lege, Washington. 

(9) Naval War College. — A limited number of officers above the grade of cap- 
tain who are graduates of one of the prescribed field officers' courses or have 
bad equivalent schooling may be assigned to take the course at the Naval War 
College, Newport, R. I. 

(10) Army Artillery schools. — A limited number of officers may be assigned to 
take the battery officers' or the field officers' course at the artillery schools 
of the Army. Such officers will be selected from graduates of the company 
officers' course, Marine Corps schools, or from field officers, captain, and senior 
first lieutenants with equivalent schooling, depending upon the artillery course 
which they are to take. 

(11) Chemical Warfare School, Signal Corps School, Army. — A limited number of 
officers may be assigned to take courses in other special service schools of the 
Army where courses are open to officers of the Marine Corps by courtesy of the 
Army, such as the Chemical Warfare School and the Signal Corps School. Such 
officers will be selected from senior first lieutenants and captains who are grad- 

34 



OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 508 

uates of the company officers' course, Marine Corps schools, or who have equiva- 
lent schooling. 

(12) Other military schools, Naval Aviation School. — Assignments to other mili- 
tary schooling which may be available for commissioned officers of the Marine 
Corps as, for instance, Naval Aviation School, will be confined to those who 
shall have had the requisite schooling in infantry subjects for their respective 
ranks as herein indicated. In every such case the beneficial results to the 
service to be expected will be the determining factor. 

(13) Office of Judge Advocate General. — In connection with the last preceding 
statement, junior officers with comparatively short commissioned service will 
not be assigned to duty in the office of the Judge Advocate General of the Navy. 

(14) Object. — The particular object of the policy in question is to assure and 
hasten the military schooling of the commissioned personnel as a whole, as 
opposed to the more comprehensive schooling of a small minority, to assure to 
each officer basic schooling according to his rank, in connection with the main 
requirement that marines be excellent infantry men trained as well to serve at 
sea. At the same time it is not proposed to overlook opportunities for addi- 
tional schooling whereby officers may not only specially educate themselves in 
particular military subjects but, also, extend their general military education. 

Marine Corps Institute. 
507 

(1) Enrollment. — Officers and enlisted men desiring to enroll as students in 
the Marine Corps Institute, or wishing information relative to the courses 
offered, should communicate through their commanding officer direct with the 
director, Marine Corps Institute, Marine Barracks. Washington, D. C. Upon 
the receipt of inquiries or requests for enrollments, the director of the institute 
will forward all information and necessary enrollment papers to the applicant 
via his commanding officer. 

(2) Correspondence. — After enrollment has been accomplished, correspondence 
with regard to the course will be carried on direct between the director of the 
Marine Corps Institute and the student. 

(3) Diploma. — When an enlisted man satisfactorily completes a course in the 
Marine Corps Institute, a diploma or certificate will be awarded and trans- 
mitted to the student via his commanding officer, by the director. The com- 
manding officer will make an appropriate entry in the service record of the 
man concerned, showing course satisfactorily completed and elate of completion. 
The presentation of a diploma should be an occasion of ceremony. 

(4) Transfers. — Upon the transfer of an enrolled student of the Marine Corps 
Institute, his immediate commanding officer will inform the director. Marine 
Corps Institute, Marine Barracks, Washington, D. C, of the fact, giving name 
of station or ship to which transferred, and date. A report should be made 
also in case of death, desertion, or discharge. 

Section 2.— TARGET PRACTICE. 

Courses Adopted. 
508 

(1) The course in small-arms target practice prescribed by War Department 
Document No. 1021, entitled " Rifle Marksmanship," as approved by the Sec- 
retary of War on June 23, 1920, has been adopted for use by the Marine Corps. 

(2) The course in pistol practice prescribed by Parts I, II, IV, War Depart- 
ment Document No. 1050, entitled " Pistol Marksmanship," approved by the War 
Department on November 26, 1920, has been adopted for use by the Marine 

35 



508 MARINE COEPS MANUAL. 

Corps and will be fired in addition to the pistol course as outlined in Small- 
Arms Firing Regulations, U. S. Navy,, by all officers and men whose duties may 
require skill in pistol marksmanship. 

(3) The course outlined in "Automatic Rifle Marksmanship," War Department 
Document No. 1011, as approved by the War Department on April 16, 1920, 
has been adopted for use by the Marine Corps. 

509 

Preliminary instruction. — Steps will be taken by commanding officers to have 
all men thoroughly instructed in the preliminary drills and in part 1 of the 
Marine Corps score book and in Rifle Marksmanship, and wherever practicable 
an officer will be detailed to supervise this instruction. It has been found that 
men from posts where attention is given to the preliminary drills qualify in 
large numbers, while the percentage of men qualifying from posts where this 
important work is neglected is small. All the preliminary drills, including in- 
struction in part 1 of the score book and Rifle Marksmanship and gallery 
practice, simulating range firing in all its details to the greatest possible 
extent, can be carried on during the winter months with profitable results. 

510 

Insignia. — A man will be furnished appropriate insignia for his first qualifi- 
cation as expert rifleman, sharpshooter, or marksman. When a man qualifies 
three times (not necessarily successive) as expert rifleman or as sharpshooter, 
he will be awarded an expert rifleman's or sharpshooter's bar as may be appro- 
priate. This provision also applies to officers. 

511 

(1) Record course to be fired each year. — It is the desire of Headquarters U. S. 
Marine Corps that every man fire the record course each year, and commanding 
officers will make every effort to carry out this desire. Each commanding 
officer, upon receiving the information that the rifle range to which he is 
required to send the men of his command for qualification is open, is author- 
ized to communicate with this range direct and to arrange for the transfer of 
such members of his command as are available for target practice. The de- 
tachments sent from each post should be of such size as will enable the men 
of the command to complete the target firing about one month before the 
probable closing date for the rifle range. The last month will be used to fire 
such men as have joined during the season and such other men as have not 
been able to fire before that time. 

(2) Transportation. — Where ranges are located at points distant from stations 
commanding officers, for the purpose of holding regular practice under Rifle 
Marksmanship or under Firing Regulations for Small Arms, United States 
Navy, are hereby authorized to direct post quartermasters to furnish the neces- 
sary transportation to officers and enlisted men, and to order the travel neces- 
sary. For the purposes mentioned, officers will generally perform travel with 
troops, and no orders for the above purposes issued by commanding officers to 
officers will entitle them to mileage unless orders are approved by the Major 
General Commandant. 

Qualification s . 

512 

(1) Extra pay. — Enlisted men of the Marine Corps who are now qualified or 
who may hereafter qualify as expert riflemen, sharpshooters, or marksmen 
under tests in all respects the same as those authorized for the Army shall 

36 



OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 517 

receive the same extra pay under the same conditions as may now or here- 
after be provided for enlisted men of the Army by Army Regulations. 

(2) Marine Band. — Qualifications can not be made in the Marine Band, nor 
will extra compensation for markmanship be paid to enlisted men in the 
Marine Band. 

(3) Eligibility for qualification. — All other enlisted men in the Marine Corps 
are eligible for qualification and entitled to extra compensation therefor. 

(4) Credit on pay rolls. — Immediately upon qualification under the Army 
course men will be credited upon the next succeeding pay roll with the extra 
compensation from the date of qualification, and the following notation will be 
made upon the first pay roll upon which credit is made : Qualified as marksman 
(sharpshooter or expert rifleman), (date), per certification by (name of officer 
certifying target record). 

(5) Publication of qualification. — The fact of qualification will be published in 
orders from Headquarters, United States Marine Corps, and upon receipt of 
such order the date and number of the order will be noted in the service record 
book of each man concerned. 

513 

Original record. — The original record of marksmanship qualification is the 
entry in the service-record book. Officers signing pay rolls are responsible for 
the entry of necessary data in regard to qualifications on the pay rolls, and 
such officers are cautioned as to the necessity for using care to prevent over- 
payment when qualification has ceased under the regulations, particularly when 
preparing N. M. C. 90 in closing accounts for discharge. 

514 

Qualifications, duration of. — All qualifications announced in these orders begin 
on the date of qualification as noted in the order and continue until the next 
opportunity to requalify or for one year if no opportunity for requalification 
is presented within that period, provided that, if discharged during that time, 
the man reenlists within three months from the date of discharge. 

515 

Reenlistment. — When a man who is entitled to extra compensation for marks- 
manship at the time of his discharge reenlists within three months from the 
date of said discharge, his qualification continues and he is entitled to the 
extra compensation therefor until the first opportunity to fire subsequent to 
reenlistment, or for one year from the date of his last qualification if no oppor- 
tunity to fire for qualification is presented within that period. 

516 

Requalification. — When men holding qualifications in marksmanship increase 
their qualifications, the new qualifications become effective on the dates on 
which made. This applies also to qualifications equal to those already held. 
When men holding qualifications in marksmanship fire and requalify in lower 
grades, the new qualifications do not become effective until the dates on which 
the previous qualifications expire. Such qualifications remain in effect only for 
one year from the dates on which made. 

517 

Qualification effective. — Any qualification attained after the previous qualifica- 
tion has expired takes effect on the date on which it is made. 

37 



518 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

518 

Men qualified in Army. — When men claiming regular classification as expert 
riflemen, sharpshooters, or marksmen reenlist from the Army within three 
months from the date of their discharge, the fact will be reported to the Major 
General Commandant by their commanding officer, and such data will be fur- 
nished regarding their previous organization and the date of qualification as 
will enable the claim to be verified. The right of such men to continue their 
classification will be announced in Marksmanship Qualification Orders, but 
upon the production of other properly authenticated evidence, pending receipt of 
such orders, credit for the extra compensation from the date of reenlistment 
may be made upon the first succeeding pay rolls. 

519 

J To fire for qualification only once a year. — No man may fire the record course 
with the same type arm for qualification more than once during any target 
year ; this also applies to reenlisted men who have fired the course during the 

j target year in which they were discharged. 

520 

Junior officers to fire. — All officers of the line of the Marine Corps, of and 
below the grade of major, will be required by commanding officers to fire the 
Army course once per year and the Navy course as prescribed in Firing Regula- 
tions for Small Arms, United States Navy. 

521 

Qualification, officer, duration. — The qualification of an officer remains in effect 
for the same period of time as that of an enlisted man. 

522 

(1) Report, entries in service-record book. — As soon as a number of officers 
and men have completed firing the record practice of the Army course, their 
qualification, if any, the total score, the date of completion of firing, and the 
range upon which firing is held, will be reported to the Major General Com- 
mandant, and the same facts will be entered in the service-record book of each 
man concerned, and such entries will be signed by the custodian of the service- 
record book or the officer in charge of the range practice. 

(2) Partial firing. — If a marine has not completed the firing begun on the 
regular course such partial firing will not be entered in his service-record book. 

523 

(1) Muster roll and service-record book entries. — The following shall be noted 
on the first muster roll after the fact, a like entry made in service-record book, 
and the fact will be noted on the discharge certificate of the man concerned : 

(a) Membership on Marine Corps rifle (pistol) team in national match, either 
as captain, coach, spotter, principal, or alternate, thus: "Participated as (cap- 
tain, coach, spotter, principal, or alternate) on Marine Corps rifle (pistol) 

team in national team match at (place), (date)." "Awarded 

national team match medal for membership on (first, second, third, etc.) team " 
(if such is the case). 

38 



OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 528 

(&) Winning a prize in the national rifle (pistol) individual match, thus: 
"Awarded (first, second, third, etc.) prize (gold, silver, or bronze) medal, na- 
tional rifle (pistol) individual match at (place), (date)." 

(c) Winning a prize in the Marine Corps match, an individual match, sub- 
scribed for by the officers of the Marine Corps, thus: "Awarded (number) 
prize, Marine Corps match (individual) at (place), ■ — (date)." 

(d) Membership on Marine Corps tennis corresponding to the departmental 
teams authorized in Rifle Marksmanship, thus: "Awarded (gold, silver or 

bronze) medal for (first, etc., to twelfth) place on Marine Corps team, 

(date). Competition held at (place)." 

(e) "Awarded distinguished marksman's badge, 19 , by reason of holding 

following medals ." 

(/) Classification of expert rifleman, sharpshooter, or marksman under Army 
course. 

(g) The data required to be entered in the service-record book under Firing 
Regulations for Small Arms, United States Navy. 

(2) The captain of the Marine Corps rifle team is charged with the duty 
of furnishing the information under heads (a), (&), and (c) to the officer on 
whose muster rolls the names of the respective officers or men appear and to 
the Major General Commandant. 

(3) Information for (d) and (e) for muster rolls to be obtained from pub- 
lished orders. 

524 

Small-arms firing, Navy. — For practice under the Firing Regulations for Small 
Arms, United States Navy, records will be kept and reports submitted as 
required therein. 

Prizes. 
525 

When men entitled to prizes are transferred, or when their pay accounts 
are closed for discharge, before the prizes are paid, or credited on the pay 
rolls, the fact will be noted in the service-record book, and the prizes will be 
credited at their new station or included in the amount paid on discharge. In 
other cases the notation of the award of prizes will not be made in the service- 
record book. 

526 

The award or prizes will not be noted on the muster roll. 

527 

In addition to the prizes awarded from public funds there may be appro- 
priated from the exchange, post, or company fund in the regular manner other 
prizes for marksmanship competitions, either rifle, revolver, gallery, machine 
gun, field pieces, automatic guns, or marksmanship tests of any kind. Officers 
are not debarred from these competitions and may be granted prizes therein. 
In like manner matches may be arranged and prizes paid from funds received 
by donation, voluntary entrance fees, or from any proper source. 

528 

(1) Officers to be present. — When record practice under Rifle Marksmanship 
is held an officer will be present at the targets, if practicable, to supervise the 
marking. When no officer is available for this duty the officer in charge of the 

39 



528 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

firing will take such precautions as may be in his power to insure fair and 
accurate marking. 

(2) The presence of an officer at the firing point during record firing will 
never be dispensed with, and the officer should preferably be the company com- 
mander or other officer responsible for the instruction of the men. 

529 

The practice season for the Marine Corps will be from January 1 to Decem- 
ber 31, inclusive, of each year. 

Rifle and Pistol Competitions. 

530 

(1) Kind of competitions. — The following rifle and pistol competitions will be 
held each year at such times as may be designated by the Major General Com- 
mandant : Eastern Division rifle and pistol competitions at Quantico, Va. ; 
Southeastern Division rifle and pistol competitions at Parris Island, S. C. ; 
Western Division rifle and pistol competitions at Mare Island, Calif. ; West 
Indies Division rifle and pistol competitions at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba ; Marine 
Corps rifle and pistol competitions at Quantico, Va. ; Elliott Trophy match 
at Quantico, Va. ; San Diego Trophy match at Mare Island, Calif. ; Lauchheimer 
Trophy match at Quantico, Va. 

(2) Eligibility. — All officers and enlisted men, except distinguished marksmen 
and distinguished pistol shots, are eligible to participate in division and Marine 
Corps rifle and pistol competitions. Commanding officers, in making selections, 
should give due regard to steadiness, good soldierly habits, and conduct, as well 
as to excellence in marksmanship, and all men whose past performances or 
range records for the current year indicate their proficiency should be given an 
opportunity to qualify as competitors. 

(3) Transfer of enlisted competitors. — Upon the receipt of authorization from 
the Major General Commandant to send men to compete in rifle and pistol com- 
petitions, commanding officers will select such men as they desire, within the 
prescribed quota, and transfer them to the place of competition without further 
reference to Headquarters. Immediately following their transfer, report thereof 
should be made, showing the names of the men thus transferred. 

(4) Transfer of officers. — Commanding officers desiring to send officers of 
their commands to the competitions will telegraph their names to the Major 
General Commandant and request orders. Officers sent to competitions will be 
in addition to the quotas assigned the various posts. The detail of officers to 
attend this competition is desirable and should be made wherever practicable. 

(5) Distinguished rifle and pistol shots, while not eligible to shoot for medals 
in division and Marine Corps rifle and pistol competitions, should be encour- 
aged to shoot for places in order that they may be considered in connection 
with assignment to the team squad and the award of the Lauchheimer Trophy. 
Scores made by distinguished rifle and pistol shots will be included in the 
official report of competitions. Men in the distinguished class, when sent to 
competitions, will be in addition to the quotas assigned the various posts. 

(6) Officers in charge. — The officer in charge of each competition will be desig- 
nated by the Major General Commandant, and the competitions will be con- 
ducted in accordance with the general provisions outlined in Chapter VIII of 
Rifle Marksmanship, and Chapter IV, Part IV, of Pistol Marksmanship, and 
such special instructions as may be issued from Headquarters, Marine Corps. 

(7) Preliminary practice. — In order that no officer or enlisted man may be 
handicapped by lack of practice, competitors will be sent to the place of com- 

4e 






OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 530 

petition at least one week in advance of the date set for the beginning of the 
competition proper for preliminary shooting. 

(8) Arms. — The United States magazine rifle, model of 1903, fitted with the 
No. 10 front and rear sight, and the Colt automatic pistol, caliber .45, will be 
used in all rifle and pistol competitions. Alterations in these weapons as 
issued or the use of special sights will not be permitted. In preliminary rifle 
iiring and the competition proper, either the open or peep sight may be used 
at all ranges. 

(9) Ammunition. — Standard service rifle and pistol ammunition, of the same 
lot if possible, will be issued by the officer in charge of the competition, and 
will be used by all competitors. 

(10) Uniform.— In all rifle and pistol competitions uniform clothing and field 
belts will be worn. The use of leggings will be optional. 

(11) Rapid fire. — In rapid fire all loading will be from the belt. 

(12) Reports. — As soon as possible after the completion of competitions 
officers in charge will prepare reports and submit them to the Major General 
Commandant, showing the names of officers and enlisted men entered, medals 
awarded and to whom, dates of enlistment, together with such remarks and 
recommendations as may be deemed pertinent. These reports will also show 
the scores of each competitor at each range fired, and the total scores at all 
ranges. The scores of distinguished marksmen and distinguished pistol shots 
will be shown at the bottom of the reports. 

(13) The presentation of medals will be made, when practicable, at the close 
of competitions, and will be conducted with the ceremony and formality war- 
ranted by the importance of the occasion. 

(14) Method of procedure. — The officers in charge of the various competitions 
will prescribe rules for marking and scoring, settling protests, etc., and the 
general method of procedure of the competitions, which will be as nearly as 
possible the same as those prescribed for competitions in Rifle Marksmanship 
and Pisfol Marksmanship. 

(15) Assignment to relays and targets. — In division and Marine Corps rifle and 
pistol competitions competitors will be reassigned to relays and targets after 
each stage is fired, in the order of their standing in the preceding stage. 

(16) Time. — The endurance of the competitors is a part of the test; there- 
fore the entire program should be fired in one day, if possible. In the event 
that it is not possible to complete the competition proper in one day, the day's 
firing will cease at the completion of a stage, in order that each stage may be 
completed for the competitors under as nearly the same conditions as possible. 

DIVISION RIFLE COMPETITIONS. 

(17) Entry list. — The number of entries, commissioned and enlisted, in each 
division rifle competition shall be determined each year by the Major General 
Commandant. The entries will ,in all cases, be those men representing the 
quotas assigned the various posts by the Major General Commandant. If, for 
any reason, it is found impracticable to assemble the prescribed quota of enlisted 
men, commanding officers will inform the Major General Commandant by wire, 
and the competition w T ill be delayed pending the receipt of instructions. 

(18) The preliminary practice course will be that designated for competition 
in rifle marksmanship, and will be fired at least one time by each entrant prior 
to the firing of the competition proper. 

(19) The competition proper will consist of the course as outlined in paragraph 
209, page 132, Rifle Marksmanship, and the course will be fired through twice. 

(20) Stages. — The order of sequence in firing will be determined by the officer 
in charge of the competitions. 

(21) Medals. — Gold, silver, and bronze medals, in numbers to be determined 
by the Major General Commandant, will be awarded the enlisted competitors 
making the highest scores in each division rifle competition. The 15 winners 

88610—22 4 41 



530 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

shall comprise the division rifle team. Commissioned competitors (except dis- 
tinguished marksmen) making a score equal to that of any enlisted competitor 
winning a medal shall receive a medal similar in all respects to that awarded 
the enlisted man, and be carried as extra numbers on the division rifle team. 

MARINE CORPS RIFLE COMPETITION. 

* (22) Eligibility. — Only those officers and enlisted men who were awarded 
medals as a result of division rifle competitions fired prior to the Marine Corps 
rifle competition and in the same calendar year, distinguished marksmen, and 
such officers and men as may be specially designated by the Major General 
Commandant shall be eligible to enter this competition. 

(23) Transfers. — Upon the completion of each division competition the name 
of the commissioned competitors winning places in these competitions will be 
telegraphed to Headquarters, Marine Corps, with the request for further in- 
structions. Upon the receipt of this telegram orders will be issued to transfer 
such of these officers as may be considered available to Quantico, Va., to par- 
ticipate in the Marine Corps competition. Commanding officers under whose 
jurisdiction each division competition is held are authorized to direct the post 
quartermasters to furnish the necessary transportation to all enlisted com- 
petitors winning medal places in the division competition, together with such 
commissioned competitors as may be directed by Headquarters, Marine Corps, 
and to order the travel necessary. 

(24) Pre/ mi nary practice for the Marine Corps rifle competition will be the 
same as that prescribed for division rifle competitions, and will be fired at least 
one time by each competitor prior to the competition proper. 

(25) Competition proper. — The course prescribed for division rifle competitions 
will be fired. 

(26) Stages. — The Marine Corps rifle competition will be fired by stages in 
the same manner as division rifle competitions. 

(27) Medal s. — Gold and silver medals, in numbers to be determined by the 
Major General Commandant, will be awarded to the enlisted competitors making 
the highest scores in this competition. These 12 men will be assigned to the 
Marine Corps team squad for further training, with a view to their participa- 
tion in the national matches if found qualified. Commissioned competitors 
(except distinguished marksmen) making a score equal to that of any enlisted 
man winning a, medal will receive a medal similar in all respects to that 
awarded the enlisted man, and, where possible, will be assigned to the Marine 
Corps team squad. 

ELLIOTT TROPHY MATCH. 

(28) Eligibility. — Bach post in the Marine Corps with an authorized strength 
of 50 men or more shall enter a team of 8 firing members in this competition. 
Distinguished marksmen and officers may compete in this match on even terms 
with other participants, no restriction being imposed upon them because of the 
fact that they are distinguished in the use of the rifle. In order that posts not 
having a rifle range situated thereon may be given the same opportunity to 
win this match as posts having ranges, no man who is or has been a member of 
an organized rifle range detachment for the four months preceding the match 
shall be eligible to compete. Team captains shall certify to the eligibility of 
their teams to the officer in charge before the match. 

(29) Time. — The Elliott Trophy match will be held each year on the rifle 
range at Quantico, Va., immediately following the Marine Corps competitions. 
Participants in division and the Marine Corps rifle and pistol competitions shall 
be eligible to fire in this match as members of the teams representing their 
respective posts. The membership of each post team, however, is a matter for 
each comanding officer to determine. 

42 



OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 530 

(30) The competition proper shall consist of the complete firing of the Army 
qualification course, plus 2, sighting shots and 10 shots for record at 1,000 yards. 

(31) Award. — The team attaining the highest aggregate score in this competi- 
tion will be awarded the Elliott Trophy, which shall be engraved with the name 
of the post represented by the winning team and be held by the commanding 
officer of such post until the next competition is held. 

SAN DIEGO TROPHY MATCH. 

(32) Eligibility. — Each Marine Corps post on the west coast of the United 
States with an enlisted strength of 50 men or more, and the Pacific Advanced 
Base Force and Marine Barracks*, Naval Station, Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, shall 
enter a team of 8 firing members in the competition. Distinguished marksmen 
and officers may compete in this match on even terms with the other par- 
ticipants, no restriction being imposed upon them because of the fact that 
they are distinguished in the use of the rifle. In order that posts not having 
a- rifle range situated thereon may be given the same opportunity to win this 
match as posts having ranges, no man who is or has been a member of an 
organized rifle-range detachment for the four months preceding the match 
shall be eligible to compete. Team captains shall certify to the eligibility of 
their teams to the officer in charge before the match. 

(33) Time. — The San Diego Trophy match will be held each year on the rifle 
range at Mare Island, Calif., immediately following the Western Division com- 
petition. Participants in the division competitions, both rifle and pistol, shall 
be eligible to fire in the match as members of the teams representing their re- 
spective posts. The membership of each post team, however, is a matter for 
each commanding officer to determine. 

(34) The competition proper shall consist of the complete firing of the Army 
qualification course, plus 2 sighting shots and 10 shots for record at 1,000 yards. 

(35) Award. — The team attaining the highest aggregate score in this competi- 
tion will be awarded the San Diego Trophy, which shall be engraved with the 
name of the post represented by the winning team, and be held by the com- 
manding officer of such post until the next competition is held. 

DIVISION PISTOL COMPETITIONS. 

(36) Entry list. — The number of entries, commissioned and enlisted, in each 
division pistol competition shall be determined each year by the Major General 
Commandant. The entries will, in all cases, be those men representing the 
quotas assigned the various posts by the Major General Commandant. When 
commanding officers so desire the entire quota for the pistol competition, or any 
part of it, may be comprised of men selected to represent their posts in the 
division rifle competition. If, for any reason, it is found impracticable to as- 
semble the prescribed quota of enlisted men, commanding officers will inform 
the Major General Commandant by wire and the competition will be delayed 
pending the receipt of instructions. 

(37) The preliminary course as outlined in Chapter IV, Part IV, of Pistol 
Marksmanship will be fired at least one time by each entrant prior to the firing 
of the competition proper. 

(38) The competition proper will consist of the firing by each competitor of 
the course prescribed for preliminary practice, except that the course will be 
fired through twice. 

(39) Medals.— Gold, silver, and bronze medals, in numbers to be determined 
by the Major General Commandant, will be awarded the enlisted competitors 
making the highest scores in each division pistol competition. The men winning 
medals shall comprise the division pistol team. Commissioned competitors 
making a score equal to that of any enlisted competitor winning a medal shall 
receive a medal similar in all respects to that awarded the enlisted man, and 
be carried as extra numbers on the division pistol team. 

43 



530 MARINE COUPS MANUAL. 

MARINE CORPS PISTOL COMPETITION. 

(40) Eligibility. — Only those officers and enlisted men who were awarded 
medals as a result of division pistol competitions fired prior to the Marine 
Corps pistol competition and in the same calendar year, distinguished pistol 
shots, and such officers and men as may be specially designated by the Major 
General Commandant, will be eligible to enter this competition. 

(41) Transfers. — The transfers 4)f medal winners in the division pistol com- 
petition will be effected in the same manner as prescribed above for medal 
winners in the division rifle competition. 

(42) Preliminary practice for Marine Corps pistol competitions will be the 
same as that prescribed for division pistol competitions, and will be fired at 
least one time by each competitor, prior to the competition proper. 

(43) Competition proper. — The course prescribed for division pistol competi- 
tions will be fired. 

(44) Medals. — Gold and silver medals, in numbers to be determined by the 
Major General Commandant, will be awarded the enlisted competitors making 
the highest scores in the Marine Corps pistol competition. These men shall 
be assigned to the Mamie Corps team squad for further training, with a 
view to their participation in the National matches, if found qualified. Com- 
missioned competitors (except distinguished pistol shots) making a score equal 
to that of any enlisted competitor receiving a medal shall be awarded a medal 
similar in all respects to that awarded the enlisted man, and, where possible, 
will be assigned to the Marine Corps team squad. 

LAUCHHEIMEE TROPHY MATCH. 

(45) Conditions of award. — The Lauchheimer Trophy will be awarded annu- 
ally to the officer or enlisted man who makes the highest final score, computed 
in accordance with the formula given below, with both rifle and pistol during 
the Marine Corps competitions. The winner will receive a letter of commenda- 
tion from the Major General Commandant and will be considered the indi- 
vidual shooting champion of the Marine Corps for the year. 

(46) Men In distinguished class. — Distinguished marksmen and distinguished 
pistol shots are eligible to receive this trophy, and the scores made by them 
while shooting in Marine Corps competitions will be considered in connection 
with its award. 

(47) Method of determining the winners. — Immediately after the completion of 
the Marine Corps rifle and pistol competitions, referred to above, the total rifle 
and pistol scores of each competitor, both commissioned and enlisted, will be 
computed as indicated below: 

Total rifle score times 67.8 l Divide bv 100 
Total pistol score times 32.2 } ulYme D * 1UU » 

and the competitor attaining the highest final score will be declared the winner, 
and will receive a gold medal and a letter of commendation from the Major 
General Commandant. The name of the whinner will be engraved upon the 
trophy, which is emblematic of the rifle and pistol championship of the Marine 
Corps, and which, under the conditions of award, must be kept in the office of 
the Major General Commandant at Headquarters, U. S. Marine Corps. 

531 

(1) Ammunition. — There shall be kept on hand at all Marine Corps posts, and 
at all powder magazines and radio stations where marines are stationed, not 
less than 100 rounds caliber .30 ball ammunition per man, of authorized 
strength. This does not contemplate the reduction of the ammunition reserve 
at any post where a larger amount has been or may be specifically designated. 

44 



OPERATIONS AND TRAINING. 532 

Commanding officers should maintain a larger reserve where military consid- 
erations require. 

(2) Oldest ammunition to be used in preliminary practice. — At all posts in the 
Marine Corps which have rifle ranges attached or in the immediate vicinity 
thereof, the commanding officer will cause the preliminary target practice of all 
marines firing on the range under his jurisdiction to be held with the oldest 
lot of ammunition on hand in order to prevent the deterioration of the am- 
munition supply. 

532 

(1) Marine Corps distinguished marksman. — Any officer or enlisted man of the 
Marine Corps who since 1906 has won a inedal in a division or Marine Corps 
competition, and, including such medal, has won any three of the following 
authorized medals, shall be classed as a distinguished marksman and awarded 
a medal as such : 

Division competition, Marine Corps. 
Marine Corps competition. 
National individual match. 

National team match, as a shooting member of the highest team repre- 
senting the Marine Corps. 
Expert team rifleman, U. S. Navy. 

(2) In addition to the above medals any officer or enlisted man of the Marine 
Corps who while serving in the Army, or while detached for service with the 
Army, has been awarded a badge for representing any branch of the Army on 
a team at a National match as a shooting member, or has won any of the badges 
authorized in Rifle Marksmanship, as a credit towards a distinguished marks- 
man, shall include such badge among those which will count in determining 
eligibility for classification as a distinguished marksman, Marine Corps. 

(3) Officers and enlisted men of the Marine Corps who have won three of 
the above medals will make application to the Major General Commandant for 
classification as a distinguished marksman, giving full data concerning their 
eligibility for such classification, in order that a medal may be awarded. 



/ 



45 



^ 



CHAPTER 6. 



PROMOTION AND REDUCTION. 



Section L— OFFICERS. 

Examination foe Promotion. 
601 

vl) Procedure. — Boards for the examination of officers of the Marine Corps 
lor promotion shall be governed by the procedure laid down in Naval Courts 
and Boards, latest edition. 

(2) Publications used. — The board will base its questions on the latest edition 
of the following publications, except as noted in paragraph 725, Naval Courts 
and Boards, 1917: 

Navy Regulations. 

Navy Department General Orders. 

Marine Corps Orders and Instructions. 

System of Accountability. 

Instructions Governing Transportation of Troops and Supplies for U. S. 
Marine Corps. 

Manual of the Paymaster's Department, U. S. Marine Corps. 

Military Topography — Sherrill. 

Army Regulations. 

Naval Ordnance, U. S. Naval Academy — 1921. 

Naval Courts and Boards. 

Elements of International Law — Davis. 

Field Service Regulations. 

Deck and Boat Book, U. S. Navy. 

Infantry Drill Regulations (Provisional), U. S. Army, 1919. 

Bayonet Training Manual, U. S. Army. 

Landing Force Manual, U. S. Navy, 1920. 

Rifle Markmanship, U. S. Army. 

Pistol Markmanship, U. S. Army. 

Musketry Bulletins, A. E. F. (1919). 

Description and Rules for the Use of Musketry Rule Model, 1917. 

Engineer Field Manual, 1917. 

Engineer Field Notes, A. E. F. 

Pamphlet on Equitation, General Service Schools. 

Horses, Bridles, and Saddles — Carter. 

Army Regulations. 

Rules of Land Warfare. 

47 



601 • MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(3) The scope of professional examinations shall be as follows: 

(4) For officers of the Quartermaster's Department: 

(a) Administration of Quartermaster's Department. 
(&) General efficiency. 

(5) For officers of the Paymaster's Department: 

(a) Administration of the Paymaster's Department. 
(&) General efficiency. 

(6) For officers of the fine: 

(A) For promotion from second lieutenant to first lieutenant — 

(a) Administration — 

Navy Regulations, Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 16, 17, 36, 39, 
44, 45, 46, 47, and 52. 

Navy Department General Orders in force applicable 
to the Marine Corps. 

Marine Corps Orders. 

System of Accountability. 

Manual of Paymaster's Department. 

Instructions governing the transportation of troops 
and supplies. 

The preparation of all rolls, returns, and papers con- 
nected with a detachment and company. 

The examination shall be sufficiently extended to 
determine whether the candidate is entirely familiar 
with the subject generally, as well as his own 
duties, arising under the regulations and orders 
specified, both on shore and on board ship. 

(b) Drill Regulations — 

Landing Force Manual, U. S. Navy, 1920, as follows : 
Part I, Chapter I, The Landing Force, 
Part I, Chapter II, Interior Guard Duty, 
Part I, Chapter IX, First Aid and Military Hy- 
giene. 
Infantry Drill Regulations (Provisional), 1919, U. S. 
Army, as follows — 

Definitions ; introduction ; orders, commands, and 

signals. 
School of the Platoon, close and extended order. 
School of the Company, close order. 
Bayonet Training Manual, U. S. Army. 
Practical : The candidate will be required to dem- 
onstrate his ability to handle a company or 
platoon in close and extended order. 

(c) Marksmanship: 

Rifle Marksmanship. 

Pistol Marksmanship, omitting Part III. 

(d) Signals, Practical: To be sufficiently extended to demon- 

strate ability of candidate to send and receive messages 
by (1) Army and Navy Code (wigwag), and (2) Two 
Arm Semaphore System. 

(e) Musketry: 

Musketry Bulletins, American Expeditionary Forces, 
1919; Descriptions and Rules for the use of the 
Musketry Rule, model of 1917 ; Musketry, Practical : 
Such individual demonstration without troops as 
the board may require to show that the candidate 
has a practical knowledge of musketry, 

48 



PROMOTION AND REDUCTION. 601 

(6) For officers of the line: — Continued. 

(A) For promotion from second lieutenant to first lieutenant — Continued. 

(f) Military Field Engineering: 

Field Engineer's Manual, U. S .Army, Part II, pars. 
1, 2, and 46-66, inclusive, omitting tables. Part 
V, pars, 24-36, 4&-64, 119-131. Engineer's Field 
Notes, A. E. F. : Nos. 2, 3, 12, 14, 19, 20, 23, 24, 26, 
27, 28, 29, 31, 32. 33, 34, 35, 38, and 42. 

(g) Naval and Military Law: 

Naval Courts and Boards, latest edition; the exami- 
nation shall be such as to determine whether the 
candidate is entirely familiar with the duties of a 
recorder of courts and boards, the most common 
rules of evidence and the powers and limitations 
of officers in connection with the administration of 
justice in the Marine Corps. 
(h) Tactics: 

Infantry Drill Regulations (Provisional) 1919, U. S. 
Army: Combat and Offensive Combat: Field Serv- 
ice Regulations, U. S. Army, Part II, Articles I 
(Information) ; II (Security) ; III (Orders) ; and 
IV (Marches), omitting Convoys by Water; Engi- 
neer Field Notes, American Expeditionary Forces; 
E. F. N. No. 13 : Landing Force Manual, U. S. Navy, 
1920; Part I, Chapter VII (Minor Warfare). Prac- 
tical: A suitable number of troops being assigned 
and the desired terrain being available, the can- 
didate shall be required to work out in the vicinity 
of the post a practical problem when in command 
of a platoon in offensive combat. If this is not 
practicable the board shall so state, with reasons 
therefor, in its record of proceedings and shall re- 
quire the candidate to solve a map problem involv- 
ing offensive combat where the force at his disposal 
shall not exceed a company, the situations given 
and the solutions thereto to be written and ap- 
pended to the report, 
(i) Naval Ordnance and Gunnery. For all second lieutenants : 
Naval Ordnance, U. S. Naval Academy, 1921 edition. 
Arts. 27-54, 126, 142-175, 356-373, 427-500, 506-559 
(omitting Turret Gun Sights), 560-579 (omitting Tur- 
ret Firing Circuits and Gas-Expelling Devices for Tur- 
ret Guns), 617-722, 817-819. 
O') Boats: Deck and Boat Book, U. S. Navy: Boats in Gen- 
eral; Boat Gear and Equipment. Life Boats; Drills 
and Exercises; Detailed Notes on Boat Duty; Boat 
Salutes, etc. ; Rules of the Road, 
(fc) Military Topography: Military Topography, Sherrill. 
Parts I and III. Practical: A position or road sketch. 
The Board will select the ground, assign the limits to 
be covered, and establish the time limit. Upon comple- 
tion of the field work the officer will at once report to 
the officer in charge of the examination room with the 
result of his work, and complete the necessary maps, 
reports, etc. 
(?) General efficiency. 



601 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(6) For officers of the line: — Continued. 

(B) For promotion from first lieutenant to captain — 

(a) Administration: Same as for promotion to first lieuten- 
ant; in addition, the examination shall be sufficiently 
extended to determine whether the candiate is familiar 
with and has the necessary knowledge to perform the 
duties of a post exchange officer, a post quartermaster, 
a regimental quartermaster, and a regimental pay- 
master. 
(6) Drill Regulations: 

Landing Force Manual, U. S. Navy, 1920, Part I, 
Chapter I. Infantry Drill Regulations (Provi- 
sional), 1919, U. S. Army. 
School of the Company. 

Practical: The candidate will be required to demon- 
strate his ability to handle a company in close order. 

(c) Naval and Military Law: Naval Courts and Boards, latest 

edition. The examination shall be such as to determine 
whether the candidate is entirely familiar with the 
whole subject matter of the text in so far as it applies 
to the Marine Corps. 

(d) Rules of Land Warfare. 

(e) Military Field Engineering: Field Engineer's Manual, 

U. S. Army: Part II, pars. 1, 2, and 46-66, inclusive, 
omitting tables. Part V, pars. 24-36, 49-64, 119-131, 
Engineer's Field Notes, A. E. F. ; Nos. 2, 3, 12, 14, 19, 20, 
23, 24, 26, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 38, and 42. 

(f) Tactics: Infantry Drill Regulations (Provisional), 1919, 

U. S. Army ; Combat and Offensive Combat ; Field Serv- 
ice Regulations, U. S. Army: Parts II, except Convoys 
by water; Engineer Field Notes, American Expedition- 
ary Forces ; E. F. N. No. 13 ; Landing Force Manual, 
U. S. Navy, 1920, Part I, Chapter VII (Minor Warfare). 
Practical : The candidate will be given a practical prob- 
lem in some phase of combat or security to solve on 
varied terrain in the vicinity of the post when in com- 
mand of a company of infantry. If this is not practi- 
cable the board shall so state, with reasons therefor, in 
its record of proceedings and shall require the candidate 
to solve a map problem involving offensive combat or 
security where the force at his disposal shall not exceed 
a battalion of infantry, the situations given and the 
solutions thereto to be written and appended to the 
report. 

(g) General efficiency. 

(C) For promotion from captain to major — 

(a) International Law — Davis. Omit chapters V, VI, and 
VIII, and appendices ; Field Service Regulations, ap- 
pendix 6. 

(&) Tactics: Infantry Drill Regulations (Provisional), 1919, 
U. S. Army ; Combat and Offensive Combat ; Field Serv- 
ice Regulations, U. S. Army, omitting appendices ; Engi- 
neer Field Notes. American Expeditionary Forces. E. F. 
N. No. 13; Landing Force Manual, U. S. Navy, 1920. 
Part I, Chapter VII (Minor Warfare). Practical: The 
candidate will be required to solve a map problem in 
volving combat or security where the force at his dis- 

50 



PROMOTION AND REDUCTION. 602 

(6) For officers of the fine: — Continued. 

(C) For promotion from captain to major — Continued. 

( b ) Tactics : — Continued. 

posal shall not be greater than a regiment of infantry 
plus a proportionate addition of other arms. The prob- 
lem to be such as to require an estimate of the situation, 
preparation of the necessary orders, and a tracing 
showing disposition of troops at a certain phase in the 
situation as determined by the board and announced 
to the candidate. The problem and the written solution 
shall be appended to the report. 

(c) Administration: Navy Regulations; Navy Department 

General Orders; Marine Corps Manual; Marine Corps 
Orders; System of Accountability; Manual of the 
Paymaster's Department. The examination shall be 
sufficiently extended to determine whether the candidate 
is familiar with and has sufficient knowledge to perform 
the duties of a quartermaster of an expeditionary 
brigade. 

(d) Equitation — 

General Service Schools pamphlet. 
Hippology : Horses, Saddles, and Bridles — Carter. 

(e) Rules for Land Warfare. 

(f) General efficiency. 

(D) For promotion to lieutenant colonel and colonel — 

( a ) Tactics. Practical : The candidate to be required to solve 
a map problem involving the higher functions of staff 
duties and command. The problem and the written 
solution shall be appended to the report. 

(&) General efficiency. 

(7) Election to be examined under Marine Corps Order No. 25 (Series 1920). — 
Prior to July 1, 1922, officers may elect to be examined under the provisions 
of Marine Corps Order No. 25 (Series 1920) as originally issued. 

Exemptions. 

602 

(1) Service schools. — When a candidate for promotion has attended and com- 
pleted a regular course at any Army, Navy, or Marine Corps school or college 
for commissioned officers, except post schools, his certificate of graduation 
therefrom will be accepted in lieu of examination in the subjects in which 
graduated, upon examination for promotion next after the date of graduation. 
In addition, certificates of graduation already issued, or hereafter issued toV 
officers now attending the courses, will be accepted in lieu of such examination, 
in accordance with section 729, Naval Courts and Boards, as originally 
published. 

(2) Prior examination in special subjects. — The marine examining board, Head- 
quarters, U. S. Marine Corps, will examine an officer, upon application, in any 
subject or subjects, except general efficiency, required for professional exami- 
nation for promotion to the next higher grade or rank, and if the officer passes, 
will issue a certificate of qualification, which will be accepted upon his next 
examination for promotion in lieu of professional examination in such subject 
or subjects. The board will not, under the provisions of this paragraph, again 
examine an officer in any subject in which he fails to pass prior to his next 
promotion, but such failure will not deprive the officer of the right to the 
usual examination for promotion, as provided by law. When an officer does 
not appear before the board, written examination will be conducted before a 

51 



602 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



supervisory officer, upon questions prepared and marked by the board, and 
practical exercises designated by the board will be conducted and marked by 
a subsidiary examining board of one or more officers, appointed by the Major 
General Commandant, or by his authority. 

(3) Diplomas from schools and colleges. — The marine examining board. Head- 
quarters, U. S. Marine Corps, will also, upon application, consider a diploma 
or certificate received by an officer from any school, college, or university for 
proficiency in any professional subject or subjects required for his examina- 
tion for promotion to the next higher grade or rank, and if satisfied that the 
diploma or certificate is evidence of qualification in such subject or subjects 
equivalent to that of passing the usual examination, will issue a certificate of 
qualification, which will be accepted upon his next examination for promotion 
in lieu of professional examination in such subject or subjects. 

Probationary Officers. 
603 

(1) The competitive examination provided by the act of August 29, 1916, for 
officers at the end of their probationary period, will be conducted by the 
marine examining board, Headquarters, U. S. Marine Corps. 

(2) The examination will be written, and will include all subjects required for 
written examination for promotion to first lieutenant. The questions will be 
prepared by the examining board, and will be answered by the competitors in 
the presence of supervising officers, at the place of duty. 

(3) The complete records of candidates, with all papers pertaining thereto, will 
be submitted to the board for consideration in connection with marks to be 
assigned under subject " General efficiency." 

(4) The weights assigned to each subject in determining the final mark on 
which relative standing is based, will be as follows : 



Administration 3 

Drill Regulations 3 

Signals—. 1 

Musketry _ 2 

Military field engineering 1 

Military topography 3 



Naval and military law 3 

Naval ordnance and gunnery 2 

Tactics . 5 

General efficiency 10 

Boats 1 

Marksmanship 1 



(5) The board will issue a certificate to each probationary officer examined, 
stating the mark attained in each subject, which will be accepted upon the next 
examination for promotion in lieu of professional examination in subjects, 
except general efficiency, in which the mark is 2.5 or over. 

Examining Boards. 
604 

(1) Supervisory examining boards will be appointed by the Major General 
Commandant, or by his authority, and supervising officers for examinations will 
be designated by the commanding officer upon request by a marine examining 
board. The following rules will govern : 

(2) The candidate will be furnished only such number of questions or be 
required to conduct such practical exercises as he may be able to answer or 
complete before a recess or adjournment is taken. Examinations shall continue 
from day to day, Sundays and holidays excepted 1 , until completed. 

(3) The candidate will be required to submit, at the completion of the exami- 
nation, a certificate in the form prescribed by Naval Courts and Boards for 
examination of marine officers that he has received no authorized assistance. 

52 ^" 



- - 







PROMOTION AND REDUCTION. 606 

(4) All papers will be forwarded by the supervisory board or supervising 
officer, direct to the marine examining board having cognizance, as soon after 
the completion of the examination as may be practicable. 

(5) Supervisory boards and supervising officers will be further governed by 
the instructions of the marine examining board having cognizance. 

(G) Examination questions, preparation of. — The Marine examining board, 
Headquarters, Washington, D. C, will, in order to make the examination of 
officers of the several grades and ranks uniform, prepare examination questions 
as guides for other marine examining boards which may be ordered. 

Graduation. 

605 

(1) Graduates from any class of the Marine Corps schoo/s shall have the fact 
of graduation entered on their official record. 

(2) Navy Register. — The names of officer graduates will be borne on the Navy 
Register with the note " Graduate Marine Corps schools," followed by the 
course from which graduated, as " Field officers' course." 

Section 2.— ENLISTED MEN. 

Appointment to the Naval Academy. 

606 

(1) Eligibility. — Enlisted men of the Marine Corps are eligible for appoint- 
ment to the Naval Academy under the following instructions in the Bureau of 
Navigation Manual which are published for the information of all concerned. 
Applications for leave or for detail to one of the service schools referred to 
in articles D-5000 and D-5010 will be sent through official channels to the 
Major General Commandant. 

(2) Instructions. — "D-5000. Enlisted men who receive congressional appoint- 
ments as principals or alternates for appointment to the Naval Academy or to 
the Military Academy, upon their own applications, submitted through regular 
channels, may be granted leave in order to return to their homes and make 
special preparation at private schools for entrance examinations. Such 
requests will be approved only by the bureau. Leave granted under this 
authority will expire 10 days after the completion of the examinations. 

11 D-5010. Men who do not desire to take leave as provided in article D-5000 
may, upon application through official channels to the bureau, be detailed to 
one of the service schools referred to in article D-5015. 

" D-5011. The law authorizes the appointment to the Naval Academy each 
year of 100 midshipmen, to be selected as a result of the competitive examina- 
tion given enlisted men of the regular Navy and Marine Corps, members of the 
Naval Reserve Force, and Marine Corps Reserve on active duty. Candidates 
must be not over 20 years of age on April 1 and have been in the service at 
least one year by August 15 of the year of entrance. The mental and physical 
requirements for these candidates are the same as for other candidates for 
appointment as midshipmen. The examinations will be held in April of each 
year at the naval training stations, San Francisco, Calif., and Newport, R. I., 
on dates designated by the bureau. 

" D-5012. Men who desire to take the examination must have the following 
qualifications : 

"(a.) Must have enlisted in the regular Navy or Marine Corps or in the 
reserve of either branch of the service on or before August 15 of the year 
preceding the examination. 

53 



606^ 







MANUAL. 






1 of 



"(&) Must be not less than 16 nor more than 20 years of age on April 
the year in which they take the examination. 

"(c) Must be citizens of the United States. 

'(d) Must be able to pass a rigid physical examination. 

"(e) Must have had two years in high school or equivalent education.^ 

"(f) Must be of officer caliber. 

" D-5013. Commanding officers of all ships and stations will ascertain the 
names of all enlisted men in their commands who are eligible and who desire 
to compete in the examinations. They will have each candidate given a pre- 
liminary physical and mental examination, and none who is manifestly unfitted 
to be a competitor should be considered. The names of those selected will be 
submitted to the Bureau of Navigation, in duplicate, on the following form, 
arranged in order of merit : 






Name in full (surname first). 


Rate. 


Date enlisted. 


Date and place of birth. 



















































1^> 



" The necessary steps should be taken by all those charged with the respon- 
sibility of selecting candidates to see that no eligible candidate is overlooked. 

" D-5014. On the receipt of the above-described list, which must be sub 
mitted prior to December 1 of each year, the bureau will direct to which school 
the candidates will be transferred. In case there is a possibility of any list 
not reaching the bureau from cruising ships or from stations without the con- 
tinental limits of the United States by JDecember 1, the list of names will be 
telegraphed to the bureau. A/^^/^^^^^C^ 

" D-5015. To provide for intensive instruction of these candidatesXspecial 
schools are established at the naval training stations, Ne wp o rt, It. I ., and 
-g&j i Fr ancisco, Calif. The course of instruction will begin in Januaryr on a/V^O 
date set by the bureau, and will continue until the date set for the beginning of 
the competitive examination. It is desired that as large a number of men as 
it may be possible to obtain under the law and the required mental and physical 
qualifications be selected. The course of instruction shall be such as to pre- 
pare each candidate for the entrance examination as described in the " Regu-' 
lations Governing the Admission of Candidates into the United States Naval 
Academy as Midshipmen " and " Examination Papers." Copies of these pam- 
phlets will be forwarded to the training stations concerned. Existing facilities 
and equipment should be utilized to the fullest possible extent. Textbooks not 
already available must be supplied by the students. On completion of the final 
competitive examinations, the completed examination papers will be for- 
warded by the commandants concerned direct to the Superintendent, Naval 
Academy, Annapolis, Md., where the papers will be marked. Students under 
instruction will be kept under strict military discipline and required to observe 
the rules and regulations of the station ; but all due consideration shall be 
given to the purpose for which they are detailed to this three months' special 
duty, and there shall be as little interference as possible with the schedule of 
school work." 

54 



PROMOTION AND REDUCTION. 608 

NONCOMMISSONED OFFICERS. 
WARRANTS. 

607 

(1) Classes. — Warrants are divided into two general classes — regular and 
technical. Regular warrants are either temporary or permanent. All tech- 
nical warrants are temporary. 

(2) All war ranis shall be probationary for a period of six months, and while 
probationary are subject to revocation for cause by appointing powers. At the 
expiration of the probationary period of six months probationary warrants 
shall, whether regular or technical, either be revoked by the appointing power 
or forwarded to the Major General Commandant (or the departmental com- 
mander, in the Department of the Pacific) with recommendation for confirma- 
tion. Confirmed warrants shall be revoked only by sentence of court-martial 
or by the Major General Commandant or departmental commander. 

(3) Technical warrants will be issued for technical duties and will state the 
nature of such duties, as " technical warrant for duty as clerk," " technical war- 
rant for duty as plumber," " technical warrant for aviation duty," etc. They 
will contain no notation regarding duty with a specified organization. 

(4) Revocation of probationary warrants. — Upon the cessation of the detail for 
the duty for which issued, probationary warrants, whether regular or technical, 
will be revoked by the appointing power, and confirmed temporary warrants will 
be referred to the Major General Commandant or to the departmental com- 
mander for instructions, except that in case of transfer a temporary warrant 
will continue to the new post of duty, where, if there be no vacancy for the non- 
commissioned officer in the capacity for which appointed, the commanding officer 
will revoke the warrant, if probationary, or refer it to the Major General Com- 
mandant, or the departmental commander, if confirmed. 

(5) Transfer for discharge. — A technical noncommissioned officer transferred 
to the United States for discharge will retain and be discharged in his technical 
rank. 

(6) Sergeants major receive probationary regular warrants, which upon con- 
firmation are permanent. 

(7) Quartermaster sergeants, sergeants, and corporals receive probationary 
regular warrants, which upon confirmation become permanent, or probationary 
technical warrants, which upon confirmation are temporary. 

(8) First sergeants receive probationary regular warrants, which upon con- 
firmation are temporary. 

(9) Gunnery sergeants receive probationary technical warrants, which upon 
confirmation are temporary. 

Examinations. 

608 

(1) Examining board. — In all cases of promotion of privates or noncommis- 
sioned officers the commanding officer of marines shall convene a board to con- 
duct the prescribed examination, except where no examination is required. 

(2) Board for technical appointments. — Examining boards for candidates for 
technical appointments shall be composed as nearly as may be practicable of 
field officer of the regiment or other organization, and of two officers of the com- 
pany or detachment in which the appointment is to be made. The examination 
shall consist of such technical subjects as will demonstrate the candidates' 
fitness for the duties to be required of them. 

55 



608 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(3) Corporals. — The examination of privates to be corporals shall consist of 
reading, writing, and the simple rules of arithmetic, a knowledge of the duties 
of a corporal, and of the school of the soldier, of the squad in close and ex- 
tended order, and of the platoon, and the manual of guard duty. 

(4) Sergeants. — The examination of corporals to be sergeants shall consist 
of the examination of privates to be corporals, with the addition of a knowl- 
edge of the company in extended order drill, the duties of a sergeant, and the 
keeping of necessary accounts, making out muster rolls and the various blanks 
and returns required to be rendered by a sergeant in charge of a detachment. 

(5) Quartermaster sergeants. — Candidates for appointment to the grade of 
quartermaster sergeant (regular warrant) shall be examined in arithmetic, 
composition of official letters, spelling, and typewriting. In addition, they shall 
be examined in accountability and administration of the staff department 
(adjutant and inspector's, quartermaster's, or paymaster's) to which they are 
candidates for appointment for duty, and in the use and preparation of blank 
forms pertaining to that department. 

(6) Sergeants major should be selected from men of considerable military 
experience, preferably from the list of first sergeants or gunnery sergeants, and 
may be appointed without examination. 

(7) First sergeants should be selected from the list of gunnery sergeants or 
sergeants, and may be appointed without examination. 

(8) A reenlisted marine who at the time of his discharge from the Marine 
Corps was a noncommissioned officer may be warranted in the noncommissioned 
rank he held at the time of his discharge by the Major General Commandant 
without examination. 

(9) Duties of gunnery sergeants. — Gunnery sergeants shall not be detailed as 
clerks, orderlies, or chauffeurs, or for mess, commissary, post exchange, guard, 
or police duties, but they shall be detailed for such military duties as the com- 
mand of sections or platoons, or to act as coaches in connection with prelimi- 
nary target instruction and on the rifle range; as assistants in the instruction 
of the enlisted personnel in military drills, military topography, signals, pa- 
trolling outposts, field engineering, combat firing, estimating distances, machine 
guns, field artillery, rapid fire and other guns, portable searchlights, submarine 
mines, fire control, handling boats, seamanship, etc., and to take charge of 
arms, guns, and other military or technical material in the custody of organiza- 
tions to which they are attached. A gunnery sergeant in the absence of the 
first sergeant, may be detailed as acting first sergeant. 

General. 
609 

(1) Complements of noncomissioned officers for posts and organizations will be 
announced from time to time by the Major General Commandant and shall not 
be exceeded. 

(2) If the organization is not up to authorized strength the number of non- 
commissioned officers will be kept in proportion to the number of privates and 
privates, first class, unless specially authorized by the Major General Com- 
mandant. 

(3) If, through transfer or reenlistment, the noncommissioned strength ex- 
ceeds the authorized or proportionate strength, such noncommissioned officers 
may be retained in excess until the number is reduced to that authorized. 

(4) Promotions shall not be made to any grade at any post, in any battalion 
not a part of a regiment, in any regiment not brigaded, or in any brigade so 
long as there is an excess of the total number in that grade in the whole major 
organization over the total complement allowed. 

56 



PROMOTION AND REDUCTION. 615 

610 

(1) Authority to make probationary appointments of noncommissioned officers 
within authorized complements is conferred on the following : 

(a) Commanding general Department of the Pacific. 

(6) Commanding officers of advanced base or expeditionary forces among 
troops belonging to their headquarters. 

(c) Brigade commanders among the troops belonging to their headquarters. 

(d) Commanding officers of regularly organized regiments, separate battalions, 
and aviation squadrons. 

(e) Marine officers commanding separate marine organizations on armed 
transports of the Navy. 

(Note. — The authority given to commanding officers of various organiza- 
tions in paragraphs (?>) to (d) will be exercised by them when the organi- 
zations are on vessels of the Navy as well as on shore.) 

(f) Commanding officers of vessels of the Navy having marine detachments as 
part of the ship's complement. 

(g) Commanding officers of posts and separate detachments on shore within 
and without the United States. 

(2) Blank warrants will be furnished, upon requisition, by the depot quarter- 
master, Philadelphia, or, as provided by article 927, by the Assistant Adjutant 
and Inspector, San Francisco. 

611 

Transfers. — Except in cases of emergency, a noncommissioned officer will 
not be transferred away from his post or station during his probationary period. 

612 

Warrants of those recommended for commissions. — When noncommissioned 
officers who are recommended for commissions are sent for training to a se- 
lected post they will be transferred to such post, but their absence will not be 
considered as creating vacancies in their respective grades and no promotions 
will be made to fill the vacancies of such men at the post from which trans- 
ferred pending the result of the examination for commission. 

613 

Reductions will be effected by letter addressed to the noncommissioned officer, 
to be attached to his warrant, giving date and reason for reduction. 

614 

Desertion. — Should a noncommissioned officer or private first class be de- 
clared a deserter, his position shall be considered as vacated from the date of 
his unauthorized absence, and if he be subsequently returned to the service he 
shall be taken up as a private. 

615 

(1) Discharge. — Commanding officers of marines, upon delivery of discharge 
certificates of noncommissioned officers or privates first class, shall always in- 
dorse thereon, under " Recommendations," a statement as to whether or not the 
man is recommended for reappointment to his former grade should he reenlist. 

(2) Noncommissioned officers so reappointed will immediately assume the 
rank, insignia, and duties, and will be entitled to the pay of their respective 
grades, from the date of such reappointment. 

88610—22 5 57 



615 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(3) An enlisted man snail not be advanced in rankJLoju^&e^urpose of dis- 
charge. The advanced rank gives certain ng^setgaa^eased bounty upon re- 
enlistment, and conferring the advanced rank just priorto~atsebajcge gives the 
man an unearned benefit at the expense of the Government. 

616 

(1) Reenlistment. — Upon the reenlistment within three months from date of 
discharge of any private first class or of any noncommissioned officer who 
at the time of discharge was not serving under a probationary warrant, the 
enlisting officer shall at once reappoint him to the grade in which discharged 
if discharged with character " Excellent," or if discharged with character 
/ " Very good," and recommended on his discharge certificate for reappointment 

v s upon reenlistment ; but if discharged with character " Very good " and his dis- 
\\ \ charge certificate contains no recommendation as to reappointment, the question 
. V s of his reappointment shall be referred to the Major General Commandant. 
X (2) If the noncommissioned officer is discharged while serving under a 

probationary warrant, and holds a permanent or confirmed warrant in a lower 
grade, the recommendation on his discharge certificate shall refer to his per- 
manent or confirmed rank, and if reappointed upon reenlistment he shall be 
reappointed in such permanent or confirmed rank. 

(3) Where, however, a noncommissioned officer holding a probationary war- 
rant immediately reenlists at his place of duty and continues to perform the 
duty, he will be reappointed upon reenlistment to the rank in which he held 
a probationary warrant when discharged. 

(4) Upon reenlistment, a noncommissioned officer holding a temporary war- 
rant (regular or technical) will not be transferred to a post or organization 
in which there is no vacancy for a noncommissioned officer of his grade unless 
he elects to be reduced to his permanent grade. 

(5) The reappointment of a noncommissioned officer or private, first class, 
shall be evidenced by a letter addressed to him by the appointing officer. This 
letter shall state the fact and date of reappointment and the reason therefor, 
such as "Upon reenlistment (date)," or "Upon relief from recruiting duty 
(date)," etc. 

617 

A copy of each appointment, reappointment, or reduction shall, as made, 
be forwarded to the Major General Commandant, and, if within the Depart- 
ment of the Pacific, an additional copy shall be forwarded to the departmental 
commander. 

618 

Abbreviations for entries in service-record books regarding kinds of warrants 
will be as follows : 

P. wrnt Permanent warrant. 

Con. tern, reg - '.Confirmed temporary regular. 

Prob. reg_ Probationary regular. 

*Prob. tech Probationary technical. 

*Con. tern, tech Confirmed temporary technical. 

S. wrnt Ship's warrant. 

R. wrnt Recruiting warrant. 

* The nature of the technical duties for which appointed should be stated 
as " Prob. tech. clerk," or " Con. tern. tech. mechanic." 

58 



2165-15 
1990-35 

AQ-17-vvw HEADQUARTERS U. S. MARIHE CORPS 

Washington, 17 November , 1922. 

From: The Major General Commandant* 

To: All Commanding Officers and Recruiting Officers 

Subject: Reappointment of sergeants major and quartermas 
sergeants upon reenli stment ♦ 

Reference: (a) Art. 616, Marine Corps Manual. 

1. The time from date of discharge within which a : 
commissioned officer may reenlist in order to be reappoin 
the enlisting officer to the grade in which discharged is 
by changed, in the case of sergeants major and quartermas 
sergeants, including quartermaster sergeants (P.D.), from 
months to one month. 

2* This change will be effective in the case of th« 
discharged after December 31, 1922. 

3. Appropriate change in Marine Corps Manual will 
announced later. 



J0H14 A* LEJEUiJE 



1365-35-20 HEADQUARTERS 0- ». KARIHE CORPS 

1999*95 Washington 1 jP&aember, 1922 

AQ-i$-VW 



Prom: The Major General Commandant . 
To: All Officers* 

Subject: Promotion of enlisted men* 

Reference: (a) Art. 615 (3), Marine Corps Manual. 

1* Reference (a) is hereby amended to read as fo 11 oYtfi 
effective immediately, 

u (3) An enlisted nan shall not be advanced in 
rank for the purpose of discharge. However, whoa 
a man is on duty at a staff office, or upon re- 
cruiting or other duty, and was reduced in rank 
upon transfer to such dutv with the understanding 
that he would he reappointed upon return to general 
service duty, he may, upon discharge, "be reappointed 
to the rank not above that of sergeant from which 
he was so reduced, or appointed sergeant if he was 
reduced from a higher rank." 

2 A The above change will be included in Changes in 
Marine Corps Manual, Ho* 1. 



JOHN A. LEJEUHE 



first da 
I 




PROMOTION AND REDUCTION. 620 

Peivates, Fibst Class. 
619 



(1) Appointments. — Authority is given to the following to appoint privates 
first class within their commands not to exceed.20 per cent of the privates of 

<s«cla-commands : 

(a) Commanding general, Department of the Pacific. 
(6) Commanding officers of all posts. 

(c) brigade commanders among the troops belonging to brigade head- 

quarters ; commanding officers of advanced base forces, regularly or- 
ganized regiments, separate or detached battalions, and companies. 

(d) Commanding officers of organized marine detachments on armed 

transports of the Navy. 

(e) Commanding officers of separate expeditionary organizations, less 

than a regiment outside of the United States. 

(f) Commanding officers of Marine Aviation Squadrons. 

(g) Officers in charge of recruiting divisions, for detail on recruiting 

duty. 

(h) Commanding officers of vessels of the Navy having organized marine 
detachments. 

(t) Commanding officers and noncommissioned officers in charge of sepa- 
rate marine detachments ashore. 

(2) Reduction. — The above appointing powers have authority to reduce first- 
class privates to privates, within their organizations, as they may see fit. 

(3) Transfers. — Appointments will not be vacated by transfer from an or- 
ganization. Whenever, by reason of transfer, the proportion of first-class 
privates exceeds QQ^ ptv cc b£ of the total number of privates attached to the 
command^ the excess may be retained until vacancies occur within the organi- 
sation or until the number can be reduced by transfer. 

*V*^4) Form of appointments.— Appointments will be made in the form of an 
border signed by the commanding officer. 

620 

Probationers. — Enlisted men who are serving in probationary periods as the 
result of conviction by courts-martial shall not be promoted to noncommissioned 
rank or appointed private first class. 



W.6>16r3 






k*)V 



CHAPTER T. 



DISCIPLINE 



PUNTSHimNTS. 



70* 



(1) ^spe/af/ast. — Punishments for offenses comm 
to the Marine Corps shall be Inflicted In accordance 
Articles for the Gorernment of the Navy, and the 
articles 24 and 25 thereof shall be strictly observed 
9t marines, and under no circumstances shall on o 
#r sesjuired to perform extra guard duty as t. pu 
atfea* or en. snort, (Whan, however, marines are *W> 
Army bg order of the President, they are subject, 
rules and articles of war ^reacribed for the goverrm 

kti.) 

(2) 0—k %n4 mmmwr seerff.— For the trial of njfi 
ing officer of marines may deem deserving of ftreafe 
authorised to inflict under the provisions of artic e 
dant to require trial by general court-martial, he i 
summary court-martial. 

(3) ffessre/ ci/fit-mariiu/. — Offenses, which, in ll. 
of the offender by a general court-martial, shall be 
official channels to the officer within whose comma i 
authority to convene general courts-martial, or, If t 
Becretaiy of the Navy, through the Major General CWi 

<4) AetMi/ttn/ tTssnerfs •/ tf r sy s i. — Every mam 
accidental discharge of any weapon through cards?' 
by general court-martial, summary court-martial, o> 
the degree of negligence and the consequences of thf 

(5) #Jffcer eseV e/*ssf*— When a commanding off 
under arrest for trial by general court-martial, te 
carrying such officer's account of his action and of 
which are to be preferred. A copy of the notification 
Paymaster, U. S. Marine Corps, Washington, D. C. 



;te<! by parsons belonging 
•vitfe the provisions of the 
11 m rations prescribed by 
),v tie commanding officer 
emUr be placed on guard 
islortent, whether serving 
actfd for service with, the 
wh-lla so detached, ft* the 
nt cf the Army, sec. Ifftt, 

tisk* which the command- 
fef min Ashmen t than he is 
14, i . ii. N., but not saim- 
ay order a deck court ar 

opinion, require the trial 
reported by him through 
d hs is serving who has 
ipim be none such, to the 
ima idant. 

vhc la responsible for aa 
s tjEidtincr shall be tried 
da k court according te 
act. 

cer has an officer placed 
vi;! notify the paymaster 
he .iature of the charges 
i wtil be furnished to the 



Deseitees and Straggle is 



70» 



Reward$. — An offer of reward for the apprehension Mid delivery of a straggler 
or a deserter shall state that payment of said re vi *d will be made upon the 
delivery of the straggler or the deserter at any murium imrracks or post or 
Marine Corps recruiting station, and must not bo to? fieri after the date of an- 

61 



MAMOTB C0BP8 MAHT7AU 

lenalon. In case of a deserter, the offer of reward shall gpe89 j that lelivery 
t be made on or before a certain calendar date, which ah* ' *>e m *fc as will 
nit of bis trial by feneral court-martial before the statute a< Unl "*tf Jom can 
nvoked. 

703 

esertion defined. — Absence without leave with a manifest • terto) not to 
irn, ■hall be regarded as desertion; therefore, when the l»t ctio ta desert 
ipparent, a reward will be offered immediately, without *-sraiti"'«g ^he ex- 
ttion of 10 days. 

704 

1) The efaff returns of a deserter shall be forwarded to tb* Me.Jor General 
nmandant. 

2) Report of apprehension, etc. — When a deserter or stragg' »f Is ivwehended 
surrenders himself on board ship or at a barracks the coh man iing officer 
11 immediately report the fact, through the proper channels, to the Major 
leral Commandant. 

705 

toward, where tent. — In forwarding the staff returns of <*ry enlisted man 
pped as a deserter, a notation will be made in his service record book as to 
ether a reward ha* been offered for his apprehension ami 1etiv»ry, and if 
the amount of the reward. A copy of the reward for the Rflpfrl»eWstoH and 
ivery of a deserter or straggler will be sent to the adjutim 1 aac* inspector; 
the deserter's next of kin; to the mayor for chief of p«>tUe) c f the town 
ere he resided at date "f enlistment; to the chief of pop. e ci Bfly other 
ms to which it is thought he may have prcw^eded, the section f>fing gov- 
»ed by facts obtained from his military history, declarations to -Mon-ades, or 
ler sources of information; and to suoh detective agencies ar ms . y from time 
time be designated by Headquarters. 

706 

(1) Entries i.n service-record books.-- In order to have at haul and immediate!/ 
ailable for u.se laifore general courts-martial the necessar- iridence for the 
al of enlisted men of the Marine Corps who have been de- tares oewerters, 
d to aid courts-martial in determining whether such men an guilty of deser- 
>n or absence without leave, when the staff returns are eloftsd eiitrtes will be 
ide in service-record books of such of the following circumstances? tiftending 
e desertion as nay be known : 

1'ispusal of effects, especially uniforms. 

Secret preparations. 

Procuring plain clothes. 

Declarations. 

l>esire to quit the service. 

Taking passage for a distant point. 

Escaping from arrest. 

Commission of an offense and fear of punishment therH >r. 

Whether or not any ofn-ts of value were left. 

Hour and date and place or port of desertion. 

(2) The entries " Not known " and " Unknown '* shall not b* insmed in the 
rvice-record book until every reasonable effort has been mane te iisrover the 
•obable cause of desertion. 



DISCIPLINE. 710 

707 

Report of apprehension, etc. — Whenever a deserter surrenders or is appre- 
hended, careful inquiry shall be made to ascertain the true cause leading up 
to his desertion and report made to Headquarters, the report to include state- 
ments in regard to the following points : 

The manner of his return, whether forced or voluntary, and if voluntary, 
whether through fear of arrest. 

The physical condition of the person so returned, as stated by the medical 
officer. 

Statements made to prove identity. 

Statements on surrender as to whether he is a deserter or a straggler. 

Whether in plain clothes or in uniform upon return. 

Condition of clothing, whether adequate or not for the season and part of 
the country from which returned, and whether ragged or not. 

708 

(1) Payment of reward. — The officer receiving a deserter shall satisfy himself 
that the man is a deserter and that he is the person he is represented to be, and, 
if any doubt exists with respect to his identity, shall telegraph his personal 
description and statement of service claimed to Headquarters, with a request 
for verification. 

(2) When the identity of a deserter is established, the commanding officer of 
the post shall prepare the necessary vouchers for the payment of the reward 
and forward them to the nearest disbursing officer of the quartermaster's de- 
partment for payment. Whenever practicable, a copy of the offer of reward, 
including the description of the man, will accompany the voucher. The dis- 
bursing officer of the quartermaster's department receiving such voucher shall, 
if the same be in due form, make the necessary payment. 

709 

Deserters shall be taken up for pay on the rolls of the post designated by the 
Major General Commandant. Checkages of the amount of the reward offered 
shall be noted on said pay rolls, a certificate to this effect being made on the 
face of the vouchers covering the reward before their transmittal to the dis- 
bursing officer of the quartermaster's department. Checkages shall also be noted 
on the pay rolls of all amounts expended by the Government incident to the 
apprehension and return to the barracks of the deserter, including medical 
examination, transportation, subsistence, telegrams, etc., and the officer noting 
these checkages on the pay rolls shall notify the quartermaster, to the end 
that the proper appropriations may be reimbursed. 

710 

Physical examination. — The officer receiving a deserter shall also cause him 
to be examined by a medical officer, and if he be found physically unfit will 
so telegraph to Headquarters. By physical unfitness of a deserter is meant that 
degree of unfitness resulting from disease or disability which would render him, 
in case of his return to the Marine Corps authorities, a menace to the health 
of those with whom he would come in contact, or which would put the Govern- 
ment to a greater expense in his care and treatment than would be warranted 
by the benefit accruing to the service by reason of his punishment. The test of 
unfitness in the case of a deserter is entirely different from the standard set 
in the case of an applicant for enlistment. While such disabilities as loss of 
fingers, flat feet, underweight, impaired vision or hearing, loss of teeth, varicose 

03 



710 MAKIHE COKPS MANUAL. 

« ■ 

veins, etc., would cause the rejection of an applicant for enlistment, their ex- 
istence in a deserter will not render him unfit and should not constitute a reason 
why he should escape punishment. To constitute unfitness in a deserter there 
must exist disabilities or diseases of a more serious and vital nature, such as 
insanity, tuberculosis, appendicitis, diseases of a contagious nature, etc. Again, 
a distinction should be made between deserters for whom a reward has been 
paid for delivery and those who voluntarily surrender; in the former case, 
i. e., where a reward has been paid for delivery, the deserter will not be pro- 
nounced " unfit " except as above outlined, while in the latter case, where the 
deserter voluntarily surrenders, he will be pronounced " unfit " if the disability 
be such as would unquestionably preclude enlistment. In either case, the 
medical examiner should assure himself that the man is not feigning disability. 

m 

Report of delivery, etc., made to Headquarters. — When an enlisted man who has 
been absent without or over leave for any cause for a greater period than 10 
days surrenders or is delivered at a post, a full report on the case shall be 
made to Headquarters, accompanied by a written statement by the man, a list 
of witnesses, and, if practicable, statements of his accounts from the date of 
delivery or surrender to the date of report. No disciplinary action in the case 
shall be taken until instructions from Headquarters are received. If a reward 
has been paid for delivery, this fact and the amount will be stated in this 
report and the amount will be deducted in the statement of pay account. 

712 

Discharge as unfit. — When a deserter or a straggler is discharged as unfit, an 
itemized statement of all expenses incurred will be reported to the paymaster 
and the quartermaster furnished with a certificate that the necessary checkage 
has been made. 

713 

(1) Discouragement of straggling. — Every effort will be made to discourage 
the practice of marines willfully absenting themselves and reporting in at other 
stations for duty. 

(2) Stragglers and deserters will be returned to their proper stations or ships, 
whenever practicable, without specific directions from Headquarters, except 
in cases where an inordinate expense will be incurred, and in which cases in- 
structions will be requested. Unless assured that travel will be performed 
voluntarily, in which cases transportation may be furnished, absentees will be 
returned to their stations or ships under guard. Government transportation 
will always be utilized when available; requests for transportation on naval 
vessels to be made upon the local naval authorities. Statements of all expenses 
incurred will be forwarded to the proper officers, with request for checkage 
against the pay accounts of the marines concerned, but commanding officers 
will in all cases exercise discretion, to the end that no needless or extraordinary 
expense, with resultant checkage, is incurred. 

(3) Desertion in time of war. — As marines who deserted in time of war and 
who have been in desertion more than two years are no longer amenable to 
naval jurisdiction, care will be exercised to establish the identity of an alleged 
apprehended deserter or straggler and his present status before taking further 
action. 

714 

(1) Man's commanding officer notified by telegraph. — When a straggler from 
another post is apprehended or surrenders within 10 days from the time of his 
original absence, the commanding officer will immediately, telegraph this in- 

64 



DISCIPLINE. 718 

formation to the commanding officer of the barracks from which said man is 
absent, giving the date and hour of his original surrender. 

(2) Upon the receipt of such a telegram the commanding officer shall retain 
the staff returns until orders as to their disposition are received from Head- 
quarters. 

715 

Applicants eloping, etc. — When an applicant for enlistment transferred from 
a recruiting station to a barracks elopes, refuses to complete enlistment, or is 
rejected, report will be made to the officer in charge of recruiting direct. A 
copy of the report will be sent to the recruiting officer who accepted the appli- 
cant, and (in case of rejection by the medical officer) a copy to the Bureau of 
Medicine and Surgery. 

Deck and Summary Court-Martial Memoranda. 

716 

Who makes, where sent. — Commanding officers of marines at shore stations 
shall prepare the deck and summary court-martial memoranda in triplicate on 
forms N. M. C. 512, 512a, and 512b. One copy shall be transmitted to the Adju- 
tant and Inspector, Marine Corps, one copy mailed direct to the Auditor for the 
Navy Department, and the third copy pasted in service-record book. 

717 

(1) Absence without leave and over leave. — Care shall be taken in describing 
the offenses of absence without leave and absence over leave. The memoranda 
shall show briefly, in substantial accordance with the following example, the 
dates and the hours of the beginning and the ending of the unauthorized ab- 
sence * 

"AWOL (or AOL) 7.30 a m., March 14, 1916, to 7 p. m., March 16, 1916, 
when reported at " 

Absence or return beginning or ending at noon or midnight should be stated 
" 12 noon " or " 12 midnight." 

(2) If the man surrendered at a post or station other than that from which 
he absented himself, and was returned to the latter, the memorandum shall 
contain additional data similar to the following: 

" Joined this command therefrom, March 18, 1916." 

(3) All entries under "Remarks" on pay rolls and muster rolls shall agree 
with the data contained in the memorandum above mentioned. 

(4) Loss of pay. — Commanding officers of marines at shore stations, and 
other officers in command of detachments keeping and rendering pay rolls to 
the paymaster's department, United States Marine Corps, will note, over their 
signatures, on the records of summary and deck courts, that the loss of pay 
in the particular case, if any has been adjudged and approved, has been noted 
in service-record book. 

General Courts-Martial. 

718 

Recommendations for trial by general courts-martial should be so complete 
of themselves as to afford all important facts necessary for the preparation 
of charges and specifications. Service-record books will, whenever available, 
accompany recommendations for trial for unauthorized absence. In cases of 
theft, the articles stolen, ownership, place and time of theft, the value of items 

65 



718 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

will be clearly specified. Original checks will, whenever practicable, accom- 
pany recommendations for trial for unlawful check transactions. (Photo- 
graphic copies will be accepted when originals can not be produced.) While 
the Navy Regulations do not require the furnishing of specimen charges and 
specifications, the receipt of same often proves of considerable aid and value 
as indicating precisely the real nature and extent of the offense charged and 
to the allegations of which the offender would be held to confess should he 
plead guilty. 

719 

It is the policy of the Department not to resort to trial by general court-martial 
except in those cases where it is clearly evident that a deck court or a summary 
court-martial would be unable to award a suitable and effective punishment. 

Aekangement of Men in Conduct Classes. 

720 

(1) Enlisted men of the Marine Corps, serving on shore, shall be arranged by 
their commanding officer, in order of good conduct, in four classes, namely, 
first, second, third, and fourth. 

(2) When such classification is first made, preference shall be given to men 
with good records and of long standing in the service, and such changes in 
classification shall, from time to time, be made as may be warranted by the 
conduct of the men. 

(3) First-class-conduct men shall be granted every privilege consistent with 
discipline and the demands of duty. From them shall be formed a special class 
of men upon whom full reliance may be placed. 

(4) For men in lower classes such restrictions shall be established by the 
commanding officer as he may deem proper. 



66 



CHAPTEK 8. 



TRANSFERS. 

General Instructions. 
801 

(1) Staff returns. — When a marine is transferred from one station to another, 
the officer transferring him shall, at the same time, forward his staff returns 
to the officer to whom he is transferred, including service-record book signed by 
himself, which shall, under the proper heading, contain the dates of promotions 
and reductions with the reasons for the latter ; the dates of beginning and end- 
ing of any special details as cook, or messman ; the date of departure from or 
arrival within the United States, in going to or returning from foreign shore 
service; the record of last settlement or payment of the marine, including 
balances, if any, as shown by the last pay roll as audited and settled by the 
officer carrying the accounts of a ship or station; the amount of indebtedness 
to the post exchange ; and such other information as may be known to him 
concerning the man's military history ; also a complete list of offenses committed 
and punishments awarded at the station or on board the ship from which he 
is transferred, so that a continuous record of the soldier's conduct during cur- 
rent enlistment may at all times be in the possession of his commanding officer. 

(2) The service-record book shall be kept in accordance with the instructions 
contained therein, all entries being made as they occur ; and upon transfer shall 
be completed and signed by the officer transferring the man. The marks in 
conduct on transfer shall correspond with the record of the man as shown by 
the punishments adjudged. 

(3) The transfer of marines from a ship to a hospital, and their discharge 
therefrom shall be governed by the same rules as are provided in article 1203, 
Navy Regulations, 1920, for enlisted men of the Navy, substituting, where nec- 
essary, " Major General Commandant " for " Bureau of Navigation," and " ma- 
rine barracks " for " receiving ship." . 

(4) Discharges, bad conduct and dishonorable, at Mare Island. — When a marine / 
is transferred from any station outside the continental limits of the United/ 
States to the marine barracks, Mare Island, Calif., for bad conduct or dishon- 
orable discharge in accordance with the sentence of either a summary or a gen- 
eral court-martial, all business pertaining to such discharge shall be trans- 
acted as expeditiously as possible and in accordance with such procedure as 
may be prescribed by the Major General Commandant. 

(5) When ordered to detail a detachment for service on board ship, the com- 
manding officer of marines shall carefully select men of the best character for 
such duty, and shall make such selection without unnecessary delay, in order 
that they may have time for preparation. Men having less than two years to 
serve shall not be detailed for duty on board a vessel destined to a foreign sta- 
tion; nor, except in cases of emergency, shall recruits be detailed for service 
afloat unless they have been thoroughly instructed in regard to their duties on 
board ship. 

67 



802 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

802 

Outfit of uniform. — Men shall not be transferred from a shore station to a 
seagoing ship for duty without a complete outfit of uniform. 

803 

Deficiencies in the complement of marines on board ships on the eve of sailing 
may, by the order of the commandant of the station, be supplied by the com- 
manding officer of marines, who shall report the circumstances to the Major 
General Commandant without delay. 

804 

(1) Telegraphic notification of time of arrival. — Upon transfer of detachments 
of more than five men the post to which transferred will be notified, by letter 
or telegram, a reasonable time in advance of arrival, giving the number of men 
in the detachment, the elate, hour, and place of probable arrival. 

(2) Transfer by staff returns. — When enlisted men are transferred by staff 
returns the post or vessel to which the transfers are made will be notified as to 
the time at which the men may be expected to arrive, and also as to the cause 
of any delay that may be anticipated. 

(3) When men are transferred, singly or in groups, and their staff returns 
(service-record books) are transmitted to the new station by mail, a carbon 
copy of the orders (or a memorandum) covering such cases, showing date and 
place from and to which transferred, with notation of any furlough or delay 
granted en route, shall be attached to the outside of each service-record book. 

805 

Siaff returns; to whom sent. — Upon transfer of marines to a post for duty 
with detachments or companies stationed or being' organized thereat, the out- 
side envelope or wrapper containing their staff returns will be in every case 
addressed to the commanding officer of the post to which transferred. When 
the staff returns of men are intended for detachment or company commanders 
this may be indicated by placing them in inner envelopes or wrappers marked 
with designation of the detachment or company. 

806 

Restored probationers Or former general court-martial prisoners shall not be 
transferred for duty as prison guards except in case of emergency and upon 
specific orders from Headquarters. They shall not be transferred from one 
station to another to the exclusion of other enlisted men who are eligible for 
transfer but whose retention is desired in preference. 

Aemy Tean sports. 

807 

(1) Smallpox. — Every detachment transferred from a post in the United 
States for embarkation in a United States Army transport will be provided 
with the certificate of a naval surgeon to the effect that its members have been 
duly inspected and are protected against smallpox. 

(2) Epidemic disease. — In case an epidemic disease appears in any detachment 
of marines en route for embarkation on an Army transport, the commanding 
officer of the detachment will at once notify the senior Army surgeon at the 

68 



TRANSFERS. 810 

place of sailing by telegraph. The commanding officer of the post from which 
the detachment leaves will direct the commanding officer of the detachment to 
carry this provision into effect should occasion arise. 

808 

(1) Orders for transfer by transport. — The officer transferring a draft or de- 
tachment of enlisted men for embarkation on an Army transport will furnish 
the officer or enlisted man in charge with an order directing him to report to the 
transport quartermaster, and in all cases there will be included in the order a 
designation of the messes in which the men comprising the draft or detachment 
are entitled to be subsisted. 

(2) Messes. — The following provisions are in accordance with the Transport 
Regulations, United States Army, and will govern so far as they pertain to the 
United States Marine Corps : 

(a) Ship's officers' mess: Sergeants major, quartermaster sergeants, first ser- 
geants, and gunnery sergeants. 

(I)) Troop mess: All other enlisted men of the Marine Corps, including 
prisoners, of whatever rank. 

(c) Hospital mess: All sick men of the Marine Corps, irrespective of rank, 
requiring special diet. 

Sea and Foeeign Seevice. 
809 

It is imperative that, as far as practicable, the sea and foreign service of 
enlisted men of the Marine Corps be equalized. Commanding marine officers 
when detailing men for foreign service will not, without specific authority 
from the Major General Commandant, detail any man who has not at least 
15 months to serve on his current enlistment, nor, in the case of reenlisted 
men, any man who within the preceding 12 months completed 15 months' sea 
or foreign service. 

Officees' Choice of Station. 
810 

Officers are afforded the opportunity, through the medium of official letters 
to the Major General Commandant, to indicate preference for duty and station 
prior to probable date of change of station. 



69 



CHAPTER 9. 



RECORDS, REPORTS, ETC. 



Muster Rolls. 
901 



(1) When required. — A muster roll is required from each staff office, depot 
of supplies, barracks detachment, marine detachment of a ship, hospita], or 
tion, field and staff and headquarters detachment of a brigade, regiment, or other 
organization, company, and recruiting division for every month or fractj 
part thereof, if only one day, during which marines have been attached thereto ; 
also from every officer outside of Washington who is not attached to a station, a 

uting district, or carried in the Headquarters muster roll as in hospi v 
on sick leave, but who is, for example, on duty at the Naval War College, 
port, R. I., the Army Service Schools, Fort Leavenworth, Kans., as attache at 
Peking, as fleet marine officer not in command of marine detachment, etc., the 
roll to be rendered by the senior where two or more officers are £' -ether 

under these conditions; also from enlisted men when, under exceptional circum- 
stances they are separated from their organization for the performance of 
special duties. The roll will be prepared to include the last day of the calendar 
month and forwarded as soon thereafter as practicable, and must not cover a 
period involving parts of two months (see paragraph A'ben a new organi- 

zation is formed, a roster of same will be immediately forwarded to the 
and Insp^ jpany, detachment, 

-otersba?. n sheet ]. jlation. 

(2) Complete rolls and supplemental rolls. — The rolls for January, April, July, 
and October will be complete (see par. 902). Bolls for the other months of the 
year will be supplemental and will contain only such facts as may be necessary 
to complete the military his le marine. Names of officers and men will 

e repeated on the supplemental rolls it they appeared on the previous roll of 
the quarter unless additional remarks are necessary. The entry of the da1 
enlistment, except in cases of men joming^lransferred, discharged, died, or de- 
serted, should not appear on any but tnefirst roll of the quarter. Remarks such 
as " SD clerk," u Det. d. Radio .S 
mental rolis for the quarter. 

When a station is abandoned, a ship placed out of commission, or any organiza- 
tion disbanded, a complete roll will be prepared and forwarded immediately, the 
final disposition of the personnel being shown thereon in addition to the usual 

903 

Detachments en route from the United States to foreign stations, or returning 
therefrom, will render a muster roll on commencement and completion of the 
voyage, giving the name of the vessel on which passage was taken, the date of 

71 



903 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

joining, the organization from which joined, and the date and port from which 
sailed. 

904 

(1) Officers ordered to naval hospitals. — When a marine officer is detached 
from duty in Guam, the Philippines, China, or Japan, or from a ship of the 
Pacific or Asiatic Fleet, and ordered to the naval hospital, Mare Island, Calif., 
he will immediately after admission thereto report by letter, through official 
channels, to the commanding officer, marine barracks, Mare Island, Calif., 
stating the station from which detached and date of detaqhment, the authority, 
date of arrival in San Francisco, conveyance, and date of admission to hospital. 
Upon receipt of siich a letter, the commanding, officer, marine barracks, Mare 
Island, Calif., will take up on his muster roll saia officer, with remarks that he 

reported by letter , 19 , from (name of post or ship), having arrived 

at San Francisco, Calif., , 19 , via (name of vessel), and having been 

admitted to na^ aj hospital, Mare Island, Calif., , 19 . He will con- 
tinue to carry said officer on the roll, whether in hospital or on sick leave, until 
detached by the Major General Commandant. 

(2) The same procedure will be followed when an officer is detached from 
duty in the Dominican Republic or the Republic of Haiti or other foreign sta- 
tion, and ordered to a naval hospital in the United States other than the naval 
hospital, Washington, D. C, substituting iu place of the Mare Island hospital 
and barracks the proper hospital and barracks. 

(3) Officers who are patients at any United States Veterans' hospital will 
be carried on the rolls of the organizations to which they were attached when 
admitted to such hospital, unless orders for their detachment are received. 

905 

Naval Hospital, Washington, D. C. — When an officer is detached from a post or 
ship, and ordered to Washington, D. C, for admission to the United States 
naval hospital there, he will report, as above directed, to the Major General 
Commandant and will be taken up on the Headquarters Marine Corps muster 
roll. 

906 

Leave or delay en route. — When an officer who has been detached from one 
station and ordered to another is granted leave of absence or authorized to 
delay reporting at his new station, he will, on reporting for duty, inform his 
commanding officer of the inclusive dates of leave or of delay of which he may 
have availed himself. The delay, which is to be reported on the muster roll, 
shall exclude the actual travel time, the four days allowed by orders which 
do not express haste, and the date of reporting for duty (see arts. 132 and 
1727, N. R.). This information will be embodied in the remarks immediately 
after the entry of the fact of the officer's joining on the first muster roll on 
which his name appears at his new station. 

907 

(1) Absence-— Own misconduct. — Article 554, Navy Regulations, regarding for- 
feiture of pay when an officer or enlisted man of the Marine Corps is absent 
from duty on account of injury, sickness, or disease resulting from his own 
intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors or other misconduct requires an 
appropriate entry under " Remarks " on muster rolls. An entry will be made 

72 



RECORDS, REPORTS, ETC. 911 

on supplementary as well as on complete muster rolls in every case of absence 
of an officer or enlisted man from duty on account of injury, sickness, or disease, 
whether due to his own misconduct or not, and the entry will be followed by 
the words "Art. 554, N. R., applies," or "Art. 554, does not apply," as may be 
appropriate. Example : 1 to 15, sick, present, Artr 554, N. R., does not apply. 
The wording " applies " or " does not apply " should invariably be used, owing 
to frequent omissions through inadvertence of the word " not " from the un- 
authorized entry " does apply." 

(2) When the injury? sickness, or disease begins in one month and termi- 
nates in another and is continuous, the entry on the first roll as to whether or 
not article 554, N. R., applies will not be changed on subsequent rolls unless the 
reason for such change is shown ; for example, " Change of diagnosis." 

908 

General court-martial prisoners. — An entry will be made opposite the name of 
each general court-martial prisoner on the muster rolls to show whether his 
sentence included dishonorable discharge or not, as follows: " DD " or "not 
DD," as the case may be, and the number of general court-martial prisoners, 
DD, will be shown on the recapitulation in the proper place. No one will be 
shown as a general court-martial prisoner until his sentence has been approved. 

909 

How written. — When practicable, muster rolls will be typewritten, black record 
ribbon being used, and all entries on a roll made with the same machine. 
When hand written, black ink will be used and all entries made by the same 
person in a clear and legible hand. The roll must be free from erasures and 
interlineations. No blank lines should be left between entries nor between the 
last entry in the column of remarks and the signature to the roll. 

910 

Sheets, how headed. — Each sheet will be headed by the full name of the IS 
organization (company, battalion, regiment, and brigade), location, and dates, 
and will be consecutively numbered. 

911 

Entries will be arranged in the following order: 

(1) In the body of the January, April, July, and October rolls the names 
of all officers and enlisted men attached to the command on the last day of 
the period for which the roll is rendered, including stragglers and deserters 
who have surrendered or been delivered and taken up on the strength of the 
command ; in supplemental rolls, as necessary. 

(2) Under separate headings, in the following order: The names of all officers 
and enlisted men who were detached, transferred, retired, resigned, dismissed, 
accounts closed to accept warrant or commission, discharged, died, deserted, 
enlistment canceled, during the period for which the roll is rendered. The 
regular Marine Corps personnel present, transferred, etc., shall appear first 
on the roll, followed in similar order of headings by the personnel of the 
Fleet Marine Corps Reserve, the Marine Corps Reserve (by classes, lowest 
numbered class first, omitting subclasses), and other arms of the United States 
services temporarily serving with the United States Marine Corps. In other 

88610—22 6 73 



/ 



V 






911 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

words, each branch of the Marine Corps and each other arm of the service shall 
be shown entire in a separate and distinct portion of the roll. 

(3) Officers and enlisted men on temporary detached duty with an organiza- 
tion shall be carried on the roll of the organization with which temporarily 
serving under the heading " Temporarily attached " immediately following 
the last entry in the body of the roll, and shall be shown in the recapitulation 
as " Temporarily attached " on one of the blank lines provided. They shall 
also be shown on the roll of the organization to which regularly attached as 
on temporary detached duty with the temporary organization, and shall be 
accounted for in the regular manner in the recapitulation. 

912 

Headings. — The headings " Detached," " Transferred," " Retired," etc., will 
be entered in the center of the line following the last entry under the preceding 
heading, and ail headings will be underscored in red ink. 

913 

"No." column. — In the "No." column the names in each grade in the body 
and under each heading of the roll will be separately numbered consecutively. 

914 

(1) "Name" column. — In the "Name" column the surname will appear first, 
followed by Christian name in full and initials of middle names, if any. In 
this column the rank of the officers and men will also be entered, the entry 
being made on the line preceding the first name in each separate grade. The 
same person's name shall not appear twice on a roll except in the cases of men 
whose accounts are closed to accept warrant or commissioned rank and who 
accept such rank and are shown thereunder on the same roll, and men who 
are both discharged from and rejoin the organization by reenlistment or transfer 
during the period covered by the roll. Men who are both transferred and 
who have rejoined the organization during the period covered by the roll 
should be shown in the body of the roll only. 

(2) Officers' names. — In the body of the roll and under separate heading the 
names of officers will be arranged under each grade, not in the alphabetical 
sequence of surnames, but according to seniority. The department to which 
a staff officer belongs will be indicated, not above his name, but opposite his 
name in the column of remarks. 

(3) Enlisted men's names. — The names of enlisted men in each grade will be 
arranged alphabetically, according to the sequence of the letters of the sur- 
name, e. g., " Bennet " before " Brown," " Delmont " before " Delmore," etc. 

915 

Date of enlistment. — In the " Enlisted " column will be entered the date of 
last enlistment or reenlistment, except when omitted as provided in par. 901 (2). 
The figures of the day of the month will be entered first, followed by the first 
three letters of the name of the month and the last two figures of the year, as 
follows, punctuation marks being omitted : 

30 Sep 17 

7 Jul 16 

16 Mar 18 

74 



/ 



RECORDS, REPORTS, ETC. 916 

916 

In the " Remarks " column the following data will be entered, in chronological 
order, opposite the names of the persons concerned (see par. 918) : 

(1) Joinings. — Date joined, from what organization, and, if sea travel is 
involved, via what vessel, with date and port of departure and date and port 
of arrival. In cases of men first joining by staff returns, date of receipt of 
staff returns and subsequent date of joining in person. 

(2) Promotions and reductions. — Promotions and reductions, with date thereof 
(not date of receipt). If by other authority than the Major General Com- 
mandant, the authority should be stated. In the case of appointment or promo- 
tion of officers, the remark should show date of acceptance of appointment, date 
of execution of oath of office, and the date from which the officer takes rank. 

(3) Duties performed by officers. 

(4) Special or detached duty details, specifying the particular kind of duty 
-performed. 

(5) Mail clerks, specialists and special duty. — When an enlisted man is ap- 
pointed or relieved as Navy or assistant Navy mail clerk, the fact and date of 
such appointment or relief. Enlisted men detailed to perform specific services 
which remove them temporarily, from the ordinary duty roster of the post, 
detachment, or organization to which they belong, shall be shown on the muster 
rolls as on duty as specialists, if so rated ; jofcher-wise-, as on special duty (see 
par. (7)). 

(a) The first muster roll rendered after a specialist is rated will show the 
class, date of rating, and authority for rating ; subsequent rolls need show only 
the class in which rated, as, for example, 

" Spl. 3 CI." 

when disrated, the muster roll will show the date of disrating and the authority 
therefor. Men detailed on special duty will be shown as in the following 
examples : 

" SD., post exchange steward," 

" SD., mail orderly," etc. 

(6) Sergeants major, quartermaster sergeants, first sergeants, and gunnery 
sergeants, when performing duties pertaining to their respective ranks should 
not be shown in the " Remarks " column as on special duty, but the particular 
kind of duty should be stated ; as for example, " Post," " Brigade," " Regi- 
mental " or " Battalion Sergeant Major," " in charge of clothing room," " in 
charge of arms and accoutrements," etc. 

(7) Gun captains, signalmen, cooks, etc.— Details as gun captains or gun 
pointers, with class and kind of gun to which detailed ; signalmen, with class ; 
cooks, with class ; or messmen. On the roll in which the man's detail first ap- 
pears, the date of detail, and when revoked the date of revocation, with reason 
therefor. 

'"■fR'J '"Inclusive dates of officers' absence on leave or delay, with ftwfrhority (see 
Art. 1727, N. R.). 

(9) Inclusive dates of absence of men on furlough. — When an officer or enlisted 
man is granted leave or furlough on foreign station to visit the United States, 
the name of the conveyance, with the dates of departure and arrival at ports 
in the United States. 

(a) Note. — If these details,, etc., (3 to 9) have been continuous during the 
whole period covered by the roll, only the nature of the duty, etc., need be shown. 
If, however, they have not been continuous during the period covered by the 
roll, the dates inclusive of detail, etc., shall be given. When an officer or man 
is shown as in a particular duty status for a single day, the word " only " shall 
follow the date shown. 



75 



916 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(10) Dates covering sick, present, or in hospital, naming hospital. The date 

of admission will be shown as a day of sickness, while the date of discharge to 
duty will be shown as a day of duty. (See Art. 907.) 

(11) Absences without leave or over leave, giving the hours and dates, the day 
of the month to follow the hour in every instance, e. g., "AWOL from 8 am 3 to 
5 pm 3 " ; or "AOL from 12 midnight 5 to 3.30 pm 16." The number of days 
or hours comprising such absence should not be slated. When the absence begins 
or ends at noon or midnight the terms " 12 noon " and " 12 midnight " shall 
be used, not 12 n, 12 m, 12 am nor 12 pm. Vvhen a man has been absent over 
or without leave, but upon return has presented an excuse which was accepted 
and the absence thereby excused. " Excuse accepted " shall be entered after 
the entry of the absence. A man's unauthorized absence is terminated upon his 
surrender or delivery and acceptance by Marine Corps or naval authorities at 
any station or on board any ship. If he has been in the hands of civil author- 
ities, the entry on the roll shall show whether he was convicted, acquitted, or re- 
leased without trial, with the nature of the effense, and the sentence imposed, if 
any; also whether on liberty or furlough at the time of arrest by civil author- 
ities, and when such liberty or furlough expired, since a man arrested and not 
convicted by the civil authorities is not considered as absent without leave if he 
was on authorized absence when taken into custody. When not definitely de- 
terminable, the hours and dates of the beginning and termination of a man's 
unauthorized absence shall be recorded as the hours and dates his absence and 
return became officially known. When a returned absentee claims to have been 
sick, absent, in addition to the entry of disciplinary action or acceptance of 
excuse, the muster roll should state whether or not article 554, Navy Regula- 
tions, applies. 

(12) Date and nature of any offense, arrest or confinement and release there- 
from, stating whether confinement was " awaiting action," " awaiting trial," 
" awaiting sentence " or " serving sentence," and dates and nature of all pun- 
ishments awarded, and for what offenses. In stating the nature of an offense, 
the use of general terms such as " neglect of duty," " unmilitary conduct," " in- 
subordination " and " violation of post order " should be avoided, care being 
taken to so describe the acts constituting the offense as to show its seriousness 
or triviality and to afford the information essential to a proper estimate of the 
quality of a man's service, of the conduct markings he should receive, and of 
the character which should be awarded him on discharge. When a man is sen- 
tenced to confinement and is at large awaiting an empty cell, or prisoner-at- 
large for any reason, such fact shall be shown ; the roll should show whether or 
not he was in a full-duty status. In eases of restoration to duty after being 
confined on suspicion, or pending investigation, or action of higher authority, 
or after a term of confinement or period of probation imposed by court-martial, 

I yyjj^-l the date of release and restoration to duty shall be Jfc**wn. Like entry shall 
fl^w^ D8 m ade in cases of restoration to duty before the expiration of term of con- 
finement imposed by deck court, summary court-martial or otherwise, showing 
the authority for the remission of the unserved portion of such confinement. 
When men, not serving sentence of a court, become sick while confined, the 
roll should show whether or not the confinement continues during sickness. If 
it does so continue, the period is accounted " time lost " and is not credited to 
the man as service. If it does not so continue, the period of sickness is not ac- 
counted " time lost," unless article 554, Navy Regulations, applies. When a man 
has been restored to duty on probation, the fact shall be entered on the roll for 
the month during which he was so restored, and the roll for the month during 
which the probationary period ends shall show the termination and the date 
thereof. 

(13) Dates of trial by deck courts or courts-martial, sentences, and the action 
of the convening authority on deck courts and general courts-martial, and of the 
immediate superior in command on summary courts-martial, with date of such 
action. Where loss of pay adjudged is remitted subject to conditions specified 

76 



RECORDS, REPORTS, ETC. 916 

In article 1877, Navy Regulations, the roll should state " LP remitted, Art. 
1877." Particular care should be exercised in the entry of court-martial data, 
as a variance between the roll and the court-martial memorandum necessitates 
correspondence and correction of the record in error. Only pertinent facts 
should be shown regarding courts. Charges and specifications need not appear. 

Example 1 : 1 to 5, on furlough ; AOL from 12 midnight 6 to 5.30 am 15 ; for 
which tried by SCM 16, and sentenced as mitigated to lose $10, LP remitted, 
art. 1877 ; 18 app by ISIC ; confined 15 awtg trial and 16 to 18 awtg result of 
SCM ; 19 restored to duty. 

Example 2 : 1 to 15, conf awtg trial by GCM ; 16, tried by GCM found guilty 
of AWOL (see Feb. roll for absence) and sentenced as mitigated to 1 year conf 
at hard labor and to lose all pay except $3 per mo ; 16 to 28 conf awtg result of 
trial; 29, sentence app by CA; 29 to 31, conf awtg transfer (or, 30 to N.P., 
Portsmouth, N. H., a GCMP) 

(14) Bestowal of medals, bars, pins, badges, certificates, with serial number 
of each ; commemorative ribbons ; and letters of commendation, the service for 
which awarded and the date of delivery. (See art. 523.) 

(15) Date and nature of any battle, expedition, affair, or skirmish participated 
in by any officer or enlisted man, also date and nature of any injury received, 
during the period for which the roll is rendered. (See art. 918.) 

(16) All details for temporary duty on shore by marines attached to vessels, 
with nature and period thereof, arranged in sequence as to date. (See art. 918.) 

(17) The date and station or ship to which detached or transferred; and when 
detached or transferred to or from a point outside the limits of the United 
States, the name of the conveyance, port, and date of departure. (See 916 (1).) 
Those transferred as general court-martial prisoners will be so shown. When 
men are actually transferred from ships' detachments or other organizations to 
hospitals for treatment, the rolls will show the place to which their staff returns 
are forwarded. Remarks showing transfer to inactive status shall specify the 
reserve division to which staff -returns are transferred. 

(18) Retirement. — Date, cause of retirement, and, in the case of an enlisted 
man, the character that would have been awarded had he been discharged. 

(19) Resignation. — Date acceptance of resignation takes effect, also date 
received by officer, if subsequent. 

(20) Dismissal. — Date and authority, also date notice of dismissal received 
by officer. 

(21) Discharge. — The date and cause of discharge as given by discharge cer- 
tificate, character given on discharge, and cause of retention if retained beyond 
expiration of enlistment.. Where there is but one cause for retention, the period 
of retention should not be shown, as it can readily be ascertained from the dates 
of enlistment and discharge ; where there is more than one cause of retention, 
the number of days retained for each cause should be stated. Men accepting 
appointment to warrant or commissioned rank will be shown under the head- 
ing "Accounts Closed to Accept Wakrant (or Commission)", as may be ap- 
propriate. 

(22) Death. — Date, place, and cause of death, whether or not in line of duty, 
whether article 554, Navy Regulations, applies, and character that would have 
been awarded had the man been discharged. The date and place of burial (giv- 
ing number of grave, section, etc.) or disposition of body. 

(23) Desertion. — Date and hour of desertion, date of desertion being the first 
day of absence over or without leave. 

(24) Enlistment canceled. — The cancellation of an enlistment dates from date 
of receipt of the order of cancellation. The date of the authority or order 
therefor shall be entered, with other appropriate remarks. 

(25) Ditto marks, symbols, the remarks " Same as above," and other remarks 
signifying repetition of remarks in another entry will not be used except when 
special authority for their use on a particular roll is conferred by letter from 
Headquarters, Marine Corps. 

77 



917 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

917 



Abbreviations. — The use of the following abbreviations is authorized in the 
" Remarks " column : 

AOL Absent over leave. 

AWOL Absent without leave. 

Adj Adjutant. 

A&I Adjutant and Inspector. 

A&ID Adjutant and Inspector's department. 

App Approval, approved, appointed. 

Arty Artillery. 

Auth Authority. 

Awtg Awaiting. 

BCD ' Bad-conduct discharge. 

Btry Battery. 

Bn Battalion. 

B&W Bread and water (solitary confinement). 

Brig Brigade. 

Brig. Gen Brigadier General. 

Capt Captain. 

Col Colonel. 

C. in C Commander in chief. 

CO Commanding officer. 

Co ^ Company. 

Con. serv. sen Confined serving sentence. 

Con. tern, reg Confirmed temporary regular. 

Con. tern, tech Confirmed temporary technical. 

CA Convening authority, civil authorities. 

Cpl Corporal. 

DC Deck court. 

Det. d Detached duty. 

DD Dishonorably discharged ; dishonorable discharge 

Div Division. 

Dmr Drummer. 

ER Expert rifleman. 

EPD Extra police duty. 

1st Lt First Lieutenant. 

1st Sgt First sergeant. 

GCM General court-martial. 

GCMP . General court-martial prisoner. 

Gy. Sgt . Gunnery sergeant. 

HQMC Headquarters, Marine Corps. 

IHCA In hands of civil authorities. 

ISIC Immediate superior in command. 

Jd. fr Joined from. 

JAG Judge Advocate General. 

Lt. Col Lieutenant Colonel. 

Maj Major. 

Maj. Gen Major General. 

MGC Major General Commandant. 

MB, NS Marine Barracks, Naval Station. 

MB, NYD Marine Barracks, navy yard. 

M. Gun Marine gunner. 

Mm Marksman. 

MS Medical survey. 

Mus. lcl Musician, first class. 

Mus. 2cl Musician, second class. 

Mus. 3cl -Musician, third class. 

\ 78 



RECORDS^ REPORTS, ETC. 918 

ND Navy Department. 

OIC Officer in charge. 

P. wrnt Permanent warrant. 

PE Post exchange. 

PClk Pay clerk. 

Plat Platoon. 

PQM Post quartermaster. 

Prin. mus Principal musician. 

PAL Prisoner-at-large. 

Pvt Private. 

Pvt. lcl Private, first class. 

Prob. reg : Probationary regular. 

Prob. tech Probationary technical. 

QMClk Quartermaster clerk. 

QMSgt Quartermaster sergeant. 

K. dep Recruit depot. 

R. dis Recruit district. 

RO Recruiting officer. 

RS Recruiting station. 

R. Wrnt Recruiting warrant. 

Red Reduced. 

2d Lt Second Lieutenant. 

SGP, lcl Secondary gun pointer, first class. 

SGP, 2cl Secondary gun pointer, second class. 

Sgt Sergeant. 

Sgt. Maj Sergeant major. 

SOP Senior officer present. 

Spl. lcl Specialist, first class. 

Spl. 2cl Specialist, second class. 

Spl. 3cl Specialist, third class. 

Spl. 4cl Specialist, fourth class. 

Spl. 5cl Specialist, fifth class. 

Ss Sharpshooter. 

S. Wrnt Ship's warrant. 

Sig. lcl Signalman, first class. 

Sig. 2cl Signalman, second class. 

SD Special duty. 

Sq Squadron. 

Sqd Squad. 

S/R Staff returns. 

SCM Summary court-martial. 

Tech. Wrnt Technical warrant. 

Tpr Trumpeter. 

T. Wrnt Temporary warrant. 

USMC United States Marine Corps. 

918 

(1) Change of station. — The fact that the command or company has changed 
station or designation, with dates, will be shown on sheet 1 ; for example, when 
a company leaves a post for expeditionary service, separate rolls for parts of 
the month will not be rendered, but a roll covering the full month prepared ; the 
note on sheet 1 will show the dates at the station from which transferred, dates 
of embarkation and debarkation, dates en route, and dates at new station 
during the month. Whenever any movement of the command, company, etc., 
occurs in a month other than January, April, July, or October, and a remark in 
blanket form is attached to the roll covering the same, the name of every 
member of the command, company, etc., must appear on such roll; and when- 
ever remarks in blanket form cover the entire personnel, the names of such 
personnel must appear on the roll. 

79 



918 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(2) Under these circumstances the company officers, if not detached from 
the post, will also be carried on the roll of the barracks detachment of the post 
from which temporarily absent. In the roll of a detachment on board a cruis- 
ing vessel the location of the vessel during the period covered by the roll will 
be shown on sheet 1. When all members of an organization are transferred 
from the same post or ship to another post or ship, the muster roll of the post 
or ship from which transferred will show the date of transfer and the post or 
ship to which transferred; and the muster roll of the post or ship they join 
will show the date of joining and the post or ship from which joined, in each 
case by a note immediately after the last entry in the roll and above the signa- 
ture of the officer or noncommissioned officer rendering the roll. Similarly, if 
all the members of the command have been on detached service during the 
whole or any part of the period for which the roll is rendered, like notation 
will be made at the foot of the roll. In cases where the same remark applies 
to all but a few of the command, like notation may be made, the note reciting 
the fact that the remark applies to all members of the detachment except 
(naming persons excepted). 

919 

Recapitulation. — In the " Recapitulation ", printed on sheet 1, will be shown 
the distribution of the command on the last day of the period for which the 
roll is rendered, and the losses during that period. Men of the Fleet Marine 
Corps Reserve, Marine Corps Reserve, Navy personnel and other arms of the 
service will be shown under proper headings and on the provided or blank lines 
of the recapitulation. At posts where there are brigade, regimental, company, 
etc., organizations, in' addition to the recapitulation for each separate com- 
mand, the commanding officer will render a general recapitulation comprising 
the entire command. 

920 

Signature. — The roll shall be signed, immediately after the last entry therein, 
by the commanding officer as " Commanding " ; or, in case there is no officer 
present by the senior noncommissioned officer as " In charge," adding " In the 
absence of the commanding officer " when' appropriate ; and by the officer in 
charge of a recruiting division as " In charge " ; the rank of the person signing 
being given in each case immediately above the designation here indicated. 

921 

Forwarding. — Muster rolls of stations or detachments on the Pacific coast, the 
Pacific and Asiatic Fleets, Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, Guam, the Philippines, and 
Peking, China, shall be transmitted through the assistant adjutant and in- 
spector, San Francisco, Calif. Rolls of all other stations or detachments shall 
be forwarded direct to the Adjutant and Inspector. In the lower left-hand 
corner of the signature sheet shall be noted the date on which forwarded, and 
in case of detachments on board ship, the place from which forwarded. The 
roll must not be cut or mutilated, or fastened together by pasting or any kind 
of adhesive material, or rolled, but must be forwarded flat. 

922 

Roll should be complete. — Since the muster roll is the record to which reference 
is made in the adjustment of claims and other questions affecting those whose 
names are borne thereon, in its preparation nothing should be omitted which 
properly pertains to the complete military history of an officer or enlisted man, 
and in case of doubt an entry will always be preferable to an omission, these 
instructions covering only the more usual entries required and not precluding 
proper entries of other matters not specified herein. 

80 



RECORDS, REPORTS, ETC. 925 

923 

Report of Transfers and Discharges. 

(1) When made. — Report of transfers and discharges of enlisted men will 
be made to the Adjutant and Inspector as they occur, by the commanding officer 
of marines. 

(2) Additional entries. — The following entries will be made on the report of 
transfers and discharges opposite the name of each man discharged: 

(a) Character awarded on discharge. 

(&) A notation of award (if any) of either a good-conduct medal or a good- 
conduct-medal bar. 

(c) The address after discharge. 

(3) The officer or noncommissioned officer making these reports will forward 
copies direct to the Quartermaster, the Paymaster, and the pay officer of the 
ship or station from which transfers are made. 

924 

(1) Pay rolls. — Commanding officers of marines, or other officers charged 
with the rendition of pay rolls at shore stations, will retain the third copy of 
the pay roll until the preparation of the pay roll for the next succeeding month 
shall have been completed. The third copy of the pay roll for the preceding 
month shall then be forwarded immediately, on the first of the month, when the 
current roll is sent in for audit and settlement, to the pay office of the ship or 
station where the original roll was paid. 

(2) Commanding officers of marines afloat will forward promptly the third 
copy of their pay rolls in the manner provided in article 617, Navy Regulations, 
1920. 

Reports on Fitness of Officers. 

925 

(1) Preparation. — In order that reports on fitness of officers may reach head- 
quarters promptly and cover all periods of service, the following instructions 
regarding the preparation of reports required to be rendered at times other than 
March 31 and September 30 of each year are issued : 

(a) Every officer, upon receipt of orders detaching him permanently, or 
ordering him upon expeditionary service, from the command of a^senior, shall 
submit to such commanding officer, either before leaving or as soon as practi- 
cable after leaving his station, a report on fitness with such blanks filled by 
himself as are designed for that purpose. 

(&) It shall be the duty of every commanding marine officer, upon receipt by 
him of orders detaching him permanently, or ordering him upon expeditionary 
duty, or upon being superseded by a senior, to require all officers under his 
command to submit to him reports on fitness of themselves filled out as pre- 
scribed in the preceding paragraph. 

(c) In the case of an officer absent from his post upon the detachment or 
relief of the commanding officer, it shall be his duty, immediately upon his 
return, to forward to the outgoing commanding officer a report on fitness filled 
out as above prescribed. 

(2) Every officer assigned to duty upon expeditionary service under command 
of a senior whose duty it is to submit reports on fitness upon him shall, upon 
being relieved from duty under that senior, submit to said senior, before leav- 
ing his command, a report filled out as above prescribed. 

(3) When a commanding marine officer is absent from his post on temporary 
duty other than expeditionary, on leave, or on account of sickness for a longer 
period than six weeks, he shall exclude from his reports on officers attached to 
his post the period of such absence; and it shall be the duty of the officer in 
I SI 



925 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

temporary command to render reports covering said period upon the resump- 
tion of command by the regular commanding officer. 

(4) When an officer is absent from his command on temporary duty other 
than expeditionary, he will, if such duty is continuous for a period of more 
than six weeks, be reported on during said period by the immediate temporary 
commanding officer authorized to report upon the fitness of officers. 

(5) Upon receipt by an officer of orders to appear for examination prelimi- 
nary to promotion, he will immediately submit to his commanding officer a re- 
port properly prepared and covering the period since last reported on to date of 
leaving in obedience to said order. 

926 

(1) Probationary officers. — All reports on fitness of officers of the Marine 
Corps holding probationary appointments for a period of two years will con- 
tain a statement under the heading " Remarks," whether or not the officer re- 
ported upon is recommended for retention in the service. 

(2) In the event that the reporting officer considers that the probationary 
appointment should be terminated, he will state his reasons therefor in full 
and will refer the entire report to the officer concerned for statement, which 
statement will be forwarded to Headquarters with the report. 

(3) The above does not preclude commanding officers from recommending at 
any time the revocation of a probationary appointment, but before forwarding 
such a recommendation a copy will be furnished the officer concerned for state- 
ment, and such statement shall in every case accompany the recommendation 
for revocation of appointment. 

Assistant Adjutant and Inspectob, San Francisco. 

927 

(1) Jurisdiction. — The assistant adjutant and inspector, San Francisco, Calif., 
will have supervision of all reports, returns, muster rolls, staff returns, court- 
martial memoranda, etc., which are required to be submitted to the Major 
General Commandant, or to the Adjutant and Inspector, by the following posts 
and detachments. 

Puget Sound, Wash. : Marine barracks. 

Mare Island, Calif. : Marine barracks ; naval prison. 

San Francisco, Calif. : Depot of supplies ; assistant paymaster's office ; 
Western recruiting division. 

San Diego, Calif. : Marine barracks. 

Pearl Harbor, Hawaii : Marine barracks. 

Guam : Marine barracks. 

Philippines: Marine barracks, Cavite and Olongapo. 

Peking, China: Marine detachment. 

Detachments serving on board vessels of the Pacific and Asiatic Fleets. 
Commanding officers of ships are requested and commanding officers of posts 
and detachments are directed to forward such papers via the assistant adjutant 
and inspector, United States Marine Corps,, 36 Annie Street, San Francisco. 
Such papers will be carefully examined by that officer, and should any errors 
not of a trivial nature be discovered therein they will be returned for cor- 
rection. When they have been properly prepared and the necessary informa- 
tion has been compiled therefrom for the use of the assistant adjutant and 
inspector, San Francisco, they will be forwarded without delay to the proper 
office. 

(2) Requisitions for blank forms, books, and other articles supplied by the 
adjutant and inspector's department will be made by the above-mentioned posts 
and detachments on the assistant ndjutant and inspector, San Francisco. 



(P 









RECORDS, REPORTS, ETC. 932 

929 

Register of punishments. — The commanding officer of marines shall cause a 
register of all punishments inflicted by him to be kept. 

930 

Punishments inflicted upon commissioned officers shall be reported without delay 
to the commandant of the station and to the Major General Commandant of 
the Corps. 

Veeifying and Certifying Cash on Hand. 

931 

(1) The attention of all commanding officers of the Marine Corps under 
whom disbursing officers of the paymaster's department or their deputies are 
serving is called to the requirements of paragraphs 36 and 37 of Treasury 
Department Circular No. 52 of 1907, reading as follows : 

" 36. Whenever feasible, administrative officers should require disbursing 
officers under them at the close of business on the last day of periods for which 
they are required to render accounts to count and schedule, in the presence 
of a duly authorized and disinterested witness or witnesses, all items of cash, 
i. e., currency, memorandum payments, and other items to appear in their 
analyses of balances for which vouchers are not to be submitted to the auditors 
of the Treasury Department with the current account. 

" 37. Such duly authorized witnesses should verify the counts and schedules 
provided for by the preceding paragraph and certify to such fact on the account 
current." 

(2) The foregoing regulations of the Treasury Department must be strictly 
adhered to, and it shall be the duty of the commanding officer either to detail 
a commissioned officer to perform this duty, or, if none be available, to perform 
it himself, in the cases of all disbursing officers of the paymaster's department 
or their deputies at the close of business on the last day of each month. 

(3) In addition to certifying the fact of verification on the account current, 
the verifying officer will also fill out in his own handwriting and personally 
forward to the Paymaster, United States Marine Corps, at Headquarters, the 
certificate contained on N. M. C. 745. In verifying the cash in hands of deputies, 
two original signed copies of N. M. C. 745 will be made out and certified, one 
copy being mailed direct to the Paymaster, United States Marine Corps, at 
Headquarters, and the other mailed direct to the disbursing officer whom the 
deputy represents. 

(4) Disbursing officers and deputies acting independently shall themselves 
take the necessary steps to have their balances verified and certified by a dis- 
interested officer as above indicated. Form N. M. C. 745 should be made out 
and forwarded regularly each month in all cases, whether there be any cash 
on hand or not. 

Reports of Arrival and Departure of Officers. 

932 

(1) Officers will not telegraph to the Major General Commandant or the com- 
manding general Department of the Pacific the information that they have 
arrived in or departed from the United States, except when the arrival is made 
on a commercial vessel. 

(2) Arrivals and departures of officers will be reported as set forth below : 
(a) Officers arriving by Government vessel on the east coast will make no 

report to the Major General Commandant. Such officers will receive their 

83 



932 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

orders for change of station from the commanding officer of the nearest marine 
barracks. 

(&) Officers arriving at San Francisco will report in person to the command- 
ing general Department of the Pacific, at 36 Annie Street, San Francisco. 

(c) Officers traveling on commercial vessels at their own expense by choice, 
whether on leave or under orders, will upon arrival in the United States at 
other places than San Francisco report their arrival by prepaid telegram to the 
Major General Commandant or the commanding general Department of the 
Pacific, as may be appropriate. 

(d) Officers ordered to travel by first available transportation will upon 
arrival in the United States at other places than San Francisco aboard a com- 
mercial vessel report by telegram at Government expense to the Major General 
Commndant or the commanding general Department of the Pacific, as may be 
appropriate. 

(e) Officers departing from the United States under orders will, just prior to 
embarkation, mail Form NMC 332d A&I to the Major General Commandant or 
the commanding general Department of the Pacific, as may be appropriate. 

(3) The commanding officer of troops aboard each transport operating be- 
tween the West Indies and the United States will immediately upon departure 
from the last port of call in the West Indies radio the Major General Com- 
mandant the names, rank, and status of every Marine officer aboard. 

(4) The Commanding General Department of the Pacific will report by tele- 
gram to the Major General Commandant the names, rank, and status of all 
Marine officers reporting their arrival to his department in compliance with 
this order. 

Disposition of Recokds When Oeganization Discontinued. 

933 

(1) When a post or station is abandoned, or an organization, detachment, or 
guard is disbanded, all records, reports, etc., not otherwise provided for, will 
be disposed of in the following manner: 

(a) The files and records of the paymaster's department will be forwarded 
to the Paymaster, United States Marine Corps, Headquarters, Washington, 
D. C. ; except that those o the west coast will be forwarded to the Assistant 
Paymaster, United States Marine Corps, San Francisco, Calif. 

(6) The files and records of the quartermaster's department will be for- 
warded to the Quartermaster, United States Marine Corps, Headquarters, 
Washington, D. C. 

(c) All other files, records, reports, etc., will be forwarded to the Adjutant 
and Inspector, United States Marine Corps, Headquarters, Washington, D. C, 
who will transfer to the Paymaster and the Quartermaster such parts as pertain 
to their departments. 



84 



CHAPTEE 10. 



MEDALS AND BADGES. 



Medals. 
1001 



Medals of honor, etc. — Any officer or enlisted man may receive a medal of 
honor, distinguished service medal, navy cross, or life-saving medal. (Arts. 
1707, 1709, N. R.) 

1002 

Brevet commission medals are authorized for issue to officers holding brevet 
commissions. 

1003 

(1) Good conduct medals. — A marine who has completed four years' continuous 
service including service on extended enlistments and on reenlistments within 
four months of discharge, with markings entitlng him to character excellent if 
discharged, who is distinguished for obedience, sobriety, industry, courage, 
cleanliness, and proficiency, and who is recommended therefor by his command- 
ing officer, may be awarded a good-conduct medal, or a good-conduct bar if he is 
in possession of a medal. Awards for periods of less than four years' service 
will be discontinued, except for men now (Dec. 31, 1921) in the service while 
in their present enlistment. 

(2) An award upon discharge will be made by the officer who issues the dis- 
charge certificate; all awards made during an enlistment will be made by the 
Major General Commandant. 

(3) The award of a good-conduct medal upon discharge will be made in the 
discharge certificate in the following form: "Awarded good-conduct medal (or 

bar ) No. , effective on delivery of this certificate." Other awards will be 

made by good-conduct medal certificate. 

(4) Delivery. — The medal or bar will be delivered with the discharge or good- 
conduct medal certificate, or where this is impracticable will be delivered or 
forwarded as soon as possible thereafter. 

(5) Revocation. — Good-conduct medals and bars or their advantages can not 
be taken from men holding them except by sentence of general court-martial. 

1004 

(1) Eligibility. — When the final marking is 4.5 or over (excellent) on ex- 
piration of enlistment, a man will ordinarily be eligible for the award of a 
good-conduct medal or bar. 

85 



1004 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(2) Court-martial men not eligible. — Ordinarily, recommendation for a good- 
conduct medal should- not be made in the case of a man who during his current 
four-year period of service has been convicted by a court-martial, other than a 
deck court, and whose sentence has been approved by proper authority ; but if a 
recommendation for a good-conduct medal is made in such a case, the reasons 
therefor shall be given over the commanding officer's signature. 

(3) Recommendation. — At posts having a company organization the markings 
shall be entered personally and signed by the man's company commander, who 
shall also make recommendations as to good-conduct medals and bars. Com- 
manding officers of such posts shall satisfy themselves that company records 
are properly kept and that company commanders comply with the provisions 
of this article. In cases where the commanding officer of a post does not agree 
with the markings for transfer or discharge or the recommendations in regard 
to good-conduct medal or bar, his recommendation with reasons therefor shall 
be given over his signature. 

Campaign Insignia. 

1005 

(1) Campaign insignia will be issued to officers and enlisted men who are now 
or were formerly in the Marine Corps, as follows : 

(a) Civil War campaign badge. — For service in the Marine Corps, Regular or 
Volunteer Army, or in the militia of the United States, during the Civil War, 
between April 15, 1861, and April 9, 1865. (N. D. S. O. 82, June 27, 1908.) 

(&) Spanish campaign badge. — For service of not less than 90 days between 
April 20, 1898, and December 10, 1898, in the Marine Corps. (N. D. S. O. 82, 
1908, and N. D. G. O. 81, 1922.) 

(c) Philippine campaign badge. — For service on vessels of the Navy, or on 
shore in the Philippine Islands, between February 4, 1899, and July 4, 1902, or 
on shore in the Department of Mindanao cooperating with the Army, between 
February 4, 1899, and December 81, 1904. (N. D. S. O. 82, 1908.) 

(d) China campaign badge. — For service ashore in China with the Peking 
Relief Expedition, between May 24, 1900, and May 27, 1901, or with the Lega- 
tion Guard at Peking, or on vessels of the Navy in China waters as stated 
in paragraph (d), page 7. (N. D. S. O. 81, June 27, 1908; N. D. S. O. 82, June 

27, 1908; act of Mar. 3, 1909; N. D. G. O. 188, Jan. 18, 1916.) 

(e) Cuban pacification badge. — For service in Cuba with the Army of Cuban 
pacification or in Cuban waters in connection with the Cuban pacification, be- 
tween September 12, 1906, and April 1, 1909. (N. D. G. O. 35, Aug. 13, 1909; 
N. D. G. O. 188, Jan. 18, 1916 ; N. D. G. O. 216, May 23, 1916 ; N. D. G. O. 381, 
Mar. 26, 1918.) 

(f) Nicaraguan campaign badge. — For service in Nicaragua under the com- 
mand of Rear Admiral William H. Southerland or on board the Annapolis, 
California, Cleveland, Colorado, Denver, Glacier, or Tacoma, between August 

28, 1912, and November 2, 1912, inclusive. (The President's letter to Assistant 
Secretary of the Navy, Sept. 22, 1913.) 

(g) Haiti campaign badge. — For service in Haiti from July 9, 1915, to De- 
cember 6, 1915, or any part of such period, or on board those vessels of the Navy 
listed in N. D. G. O. 305, June 22, 1917, and between the dates set forth in said 
order for each vessel. (G. O. No. 478, June 17, 1919.) 

(7i) Haiti campaign badge, 1919-1920. — For service in Haiti from April 1, 1919, 
to June 15, 1920, or any part of such period, or on board those vessels of the 
Navy listed in N. D. G. O. 77, 1921. 

(i) Dominican campaign badge. — For service in Santo Domingo between May 
5, 1916, and December 4, 1916, and on board vessels of the Navy listed in N. 
D. G. O. 76, 1921. 

: 86 



MEDALS AND BADGES. 1006 

(j) Commemorative expeditionary ribbon. — For service with the lollowing- 
named expeditions, for which no campaign badges have been authorized: 

Abyssinia, 1903. 

China, 1911. 

Cuba, 1912, 1917. 

Korea, 1903. 

Nicaragua, 1909-1910. 

Panama, September, 1902; September, 1903; November, 1903; Decem- 
ber, 1903; December, 1904; December, 1905; May, 1906; June, 1908; 
December, 1909. 

The ribbon itself represents participation in one of the above-named expedi- 
tions. Each additional expedition will be indicated by the placing on the 
center of the ribbon a metal numeral indicating the total number of expeditions. 

(k) Mexican service badge. — For service on shore at Vera Cruz from April 21 
to April 23, 1914, inclusive, or on board any of the vessels named in article 
A-10 (6), Bureau of Navigation Manual, between the dates designated oppo- 
site each ship. 

(I) Victory medal, World War. — For honorable service in the World War, be- 
tween April 6, 1917, and November 11, 1918. (N. D. G. O.'s No. 482, June 30, 
1919 ; No. 496, Aug. 11, 1919 ; No. 504, Sept. 27, 1919 ; No. 508, Oct. 27, 1919 ; No. 
528, Apr. 25, 1920.) M. C. O. No. 50 (1919) ; N. D. G. O. 83, 1922. 

(m) Victory buttons. — Bronze and silver victory buttons will be issued to 
officers and enlisted men of the Marine Corps who served honorably therein 
between the dates of April 6, 1917, and November 11, 1918. M. C. O. 50 (1919). 

1006 

(1) French Fourragere. — The Fifth and % Sixth Regiments, United States Ma- 
rines, having each received three citations in the French Orders of the Army, 
and the Sixth Machine Gun Battalion, United States Marines, having received 
two citations in the French Orders of the Army, have been awarded the Four- 
ragere of the colors of the ribbon of the Croix de Guerre (green and red) by 
the French Ministry of War. This award having been accepted by the War 
Department on behalf of these organizations, the said Fourragere will become 
a part of the uniform of the above-mentioned units and will be issued to such 
officers and enlisted men who are now or may hereafter become members of 
these organizations. The Fourth Brigade, United States Marines, received 
one citation in the French Orders of the Army, as an organization ; this, how- 
ever, is the same as that covering the corresponding period for which the Fifth 
and Sixth Regiments and the Sixth Machine Gun Battalion were cited. 

(2) The units above referred to were cited in the French Orders of the Army 
for their brilliant courage, remarkable ardor and tenacity, valiant advances, 
and their resolute and energetic activities, as follows : 

The Fourth Brigade : 

" June 2-13, 1918 — Bouresches and Bois de Belleau." 
Fifth and .Sixth Regiments : 

" June 2-13, 1918 — Bouresches and Bois de Belleau." 

"July 18, 1918 — Aisne-Marne (Soissons)" 

"October, 1918 — Meuse-Argonne (Champagne)." 
Sixth Machine Gun Battalion : 

" June 2-13. 1918 — Bouresches and Bois de Belleau." 

"July 18-19, 1918— Aisne-Marne (Soissons)." 

(3) In order that an individual may be entitled to wear the said Fourra- 
gere at all times, regardless of whether or not he is serving with the unit so 
decorated, he must have been attached to the organization on at least two 
occasions covered by the above dates. 

87 



1007 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Miscellaneous. 
1007 

Presentation of medals and badges. — The recipient of a medal of honor shall, 
when practicable, be ordered to Washington, D. C, and the presentation will 
be made by the President as Commander in Chief, or by such representative as 
the President may designate. All other medals and badges herein authorized 
shall, when practicable, be presented by the commanding officer at a parade, 
and shall be worn on the prescribed occasions. 

1008 

Wearing medals while undergoing punishment. — The commanding officer may 
prohibit the wearing of medals by any person undergoing punishment. 

1009 

Gratuitous issues. — All medals and campaign insignia will be gratuitously 
issued as an article of uniform to officers and enlisted men who are entitled 
thereto; also to former officers and enlisted men who have been honorably 
separated from the naval service. Duplicate medals and campaign insignia 
will be gratuitously issued to enlisted men in the service, and will be sold at 
cost price to officers, warrant officers, and men out of the service, upon presenta- 
tion of satisfactory evidence that the original medal or badge was lost, de- 
stroyed, or rendered unfit for use without fault or neglect on the part of 
persons to whom they were originally furnished, except as otherwise provided 
in article 1709 (7), N. R. 

1010 

Officers and enlisted men of the Navy, including former officers and former 
enlisted men who have been honorably separated from the naval service, and 
who were attached to marine units on any occasion for which a campaign 
badge or other insignia is awarded, will be issued the badge or other insignia 
appropriate to such service upon application to the Major General Commandant. 

1011 

Badges for marksmanship may be bestowed upon the enlisted men by the 
Major General Commandant under such rules as may be established with the 
approval of the Secretary of the Navy. 

1012 

(1) Honorable-discharge buttons. — To each enlisted man of the Marine Corps 
who may be honorably discharged from the service there shall be issued a Marine 
Corps honorable-discharge button. This button shall also be issued to each 
commissioned or warrant officer of the Marine Corps who may be honorably 
discharged from the service. 

(2) To each man or woman, and to each commissioned or warrant officer of 
the Marine Corps Reserve, who has had three months or more of active service, 
there shall be issued one of these buttons upon honorable disenrollment from 
the Reserve. 

(3) In cases of men who served one year or more in the Marine Corps and 
were honorably discharged upon report of medical survey because of disability 
not incurred in line of duty, and not the result of their own misconduct; be- 
cause of inaptitude, upon settlement of accounts or by purchase, buttons will 



MEDALS AND BADGES. 1012 

not be awarded, but the requests of the individuals concerned will be given 
special consideration, and the purchase of honorable discharge buttons may be 
authorized by the Adjutant and Inspector. 

(4) The honorable discharge button adopted by the Marine Corps is intended 
to be worn only with civilian dress. The face of said button is about nine- 
sixteenths of an inch in diameter, having in the center the Marine Corps device, 
with an outer edge of white enamel bearing the words " U. S. Marine Corps — 
Honorable Discharge " in bronze letters. 

(5) The button will be issued gratuitously by the commanding officer of the 
station at which the man is discharged, with his discharge certificate. 

(6) The buttons will be furnished the different stations by the Adjutant and 
Inspector upon requisition, and will not bear a number. 

(7) Ex-enlisted men who have received an honorable discharge from the 
Marine Corps upon expiration of enlistment will be authorized to purchase 
buttons from the contractor upon request to the Adjutant and Inspector, who 
will issue the necessary authority in each case. 



88610—22- 






CHAPTEK 11. 

■ 



POST FUNDS, ETC, 






1101 



A post council will be composed of the three officers next in rank to the 
commanding officer, or of as many as available if less than three. If the com- 
manding officer only is present, he will act. The post council will audit the 
accounts of the post funds, and will consider all such matters relating to the 
welfare of the command and to the economy of the post as may be referred to it 
by the commanding officer, and make such recommendations in regard thereto 
as it may deem appropriate. The company council will be composed of all com- 
missioned officers present for duty with the company. The composition of the 
exchange council is prescribed in the exchange regulations (Art, 1207). 

1102 

i 

Council to audit accounts.— The council pertaining to each organization will, 
audit the accounts and verify the fund pertaining thereto at the end of each 
month, upon the relief of the custodian and at such other times as it may deem 
necessary, or as may be ordered by competent authority. It will examine the 
sources from which and the methods by which the funds have accrued, and will 
recommend such expenditures as to it appear to be in the best interests of the 
organization. Each council will meet at the call of its president, a formal order 
for meeting by the commanding officer not being necessary. 

1103 

Custodian of funds. — The exchange officer is the custodian of the exchange 
fund, the company commander of the company fund, the post treasurer of the 
post funds, and the regimental adjutant of the regimental fund. Custodians of 
funds shall keep accurate accounts thereof, and no expenditures shall be made 
which are not solely for the benefit of the organization. The commanding 
officer will inspect the accounts at least once each month. 

1104 

The proceedings of each council shall be recorded by the junior member in an 
appropriate book. Upon the audit of accounts, there will be riled with the 
record of proceedings, or entered therein, a certificate, signed by the custodian 
of the fund, of the amount and place of deposit, in a bank or other depository, of 
the funds or any part thereof, and a statement that the bank and check books 
have been examined and verified and the cash on hand counted by the council. 

91 



1105 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

1105 

The record of proceedings of each council will be submitted to the commanding 
officer, who will decide on matters of disagreement in the council and will re- 
quire that the record be kept as prescribed herein. Should the commanding 
officer disapprove the proceedings or recommendations, and the council after 
reconsideration adhere to its position, the subsequent action of the commanding 
officer shall be final, except in cases involving financial responsibility or distri- 
bution of profits, which shall be referred to the Major General Commandant, 
or if the command is a part of a marine brigade serving outside the conti- 
nental limits of the United States to the brigade commander for final action. 
The action in each case shall be duly entered in the council record book. The 
commanding officer will be held responsible for expenditures approved by him 
which are not in accordance with regulations. 

1106 -.i^— -/'t'' 

Loss of funds. — In case of loss of any loads, the circumstances shall be care-' 
fully investigated and reported by the appropriate council, erH^ry^a—boaTd^ttf 
investigation, and recommendations made as to responsibility for the decision 
of the Major General Commandant or brigade commander. 

1108 

Forbidden purchases.— -The purchase from regimental or company funds of 
any article which can be obtained on requisition from the quartermaster's de- 
partment is forbidden, except that, with the approval of the post commander, 
such articles may be purchased if necessity exists for the immediate use and 
they are not on hand for issue at the post or if the quartermaster is unable to 
furnish them after proper requisition has been made. 

1109 

Forbidden projects. — No project by which money will accrue shall be entered 
upon under color of military control without specific authority from the Major 
< Jeneral Commandant. 

1110 

Removal of funds from posts. — Under no circumstances shall regimental, post, 
company, exchange, or other funds be taken away from the post where the 
organization to which they pertain is stationed, except as may be necessary 
to pay indebtedness or for a deposit in a bank. 

1111 

Absence of custodian of funds. — Should the custodian of any of these funds 
be absent from the post, on leave or otherwise, for any period beyond 3 and 
less than 10 days, he shall leave the fund with the officer acting in his place, 
taking memorandum receipt therefor. If the officer be absent for more than 
10 days, he shall regularly transfer the fund of which he is custodian to his 
successor. Company, post, exchange, and other funds shall, if deposited in a 
bank, be placed under their official designation, as, for example, " Company 
fund, Marine Barracks, Boston," and not to the credit of the officer who is cus- 
todian. 

92 



POST FUNDS, ETC. 1119 

1112 

The regimental fund shall consist of the gross amounts received on account A 
of the band and its contributions from the exchange profits, voluntary contribu- c u- 
tions, sale of articles purchased, or from any other source. The adjutant 
shall be the treasurer of the fund and shall disburse it under the direction of o/ a . 
the regimental commander for the promotion of the efficiency of the band and "' 

for such objects as facilitate the transaction of regimental business. A record 
of all receipts and expenditures and a complete list of all property purchased 
shall be kept in a regimental fund book. 



1113 

Extra compensation may be paid from appropriate funds ro cooks and mess 
stewards, when recomended by the appropriate council and approved by the 
commanding officer. The rates of such extra compensation will be fixed by the 
appropriate council, with the approval of the commanding officer. 



J 



1114 

(:l ) Post gardens. — The commanding officer of posts at or near which suitable 

public lands are available shall set aside for post gardens such ground as ^ 

may be necessary for the production of vegetables for the command, and shall 3/ 

cause it to be cultivated by the garrison ; or, if the commanding officer so ^^ O 
elects, he may apportion it among the organizations for cultivation by them. 

(2) Surplus products may be sold and the proceeds taken up in the accounts. 



1115 

Liabilities of company or other funds will be settled as promptly as possible. 

1116 



^/y< 



Depositories. — When practicable, company, and other funds will be deposited "fa , 
in a Government depository or national bank to the credit of the fund con- ' f /£ r 1 
cerned. The check book will be kept as prescribed in the Exchange Regula- 
tions. 

1117 






No expenditure from company fund while receiving Navy ration. — During the 
periods that an organization receives the Navy ration, no expenditures will 
be made from the company fund for any article of food except upon special / v / ^L- 
authority of the Major General Commandant, or, if serving outside the con- 
tinental limits of the United States, of the commanding marine officer. 

1118 

Upon the abandonment of a post or disbandment of a company or other unit, 
the commanding officer will direct the closing of the fund accounts, have them -> 
audited, and will forward them, with all vouchers, to the Adjutant and Inspec- tr/ v ' yj 
tor. Funds remaining on hand will be disposed of as the Major General Com- 
mandant may direct. The payment of any part of company or other funds to 
individual men. except for value received, is forbidden. 

1119 

Cash book. — The custodians of company, and other funds will keep a cashbook fo /j//, 
in which the debits and credits must be supported by vouchers. The debit 

93 



1119 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

vouchers will consist of dated statements signed by the persons making the pay- 
ments. Canceled checks or commercial receipts will be accepted as vouchers for 
credits, but same must be accompanied by itemized bills or by daily memoran- 
dum statements to show for what purposes the expenditures were made. 

1120 



,-- 



r\ Vouchers, if folded, will be indorsed with the name of the fund, the month, 
4/|aa p the number or letter, and the amount; if filed flat, the name of the fund, the 
J[ \\ month, and the number or letter will be plainly entered on the face. 



yt\ 



1121 

i \0 Closing accounts. — The company and other fund accounts will be closed a* 

I 4* *"he ell( 3 °f eacn month and when the custodian is relieved. The assets and 

liabilities will be entered in the cashbook immediately after the closed accounts. 



1122 

Relief of custodian. — When the custodian of a fund is relieved, he will invoice 

to his successor, and his successor will receipt to him for all funds, accounts, 

/ /) and vouchers turned over, specifying such as are missing, using for the purpose 

/w| J 4 a combination invoice and receipt. This invoice and receipt will be entered or 

securely pasted in the cashbook, copies being furnished the relieving and 

relieved officer if desired. 

1123 

Destruction of records. — Records and accounts of funds may be destroyed, 
I unless sufficient reason exists to the contrary, when four years old, if they have 
been inspected by an officer of the adjutant and inspector's department and all 
irregularities have been adjusted. 



94 



CHAPTER 12. 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 



Purpose. 
1201 



(1) Ttje purpose of Marine Corps exchanges is primarily to supply the en- 
listed men at reasonable prices with articles necessary for their health, com- 
fort, and convenience, not supplied by the Government ; and, secondarily, through 
profits, to afford means for recreation and amusement. 

(2) The exchange is instituted and maintained for the benefit of the enlisted 
men, and this principle will be kept in view at all times and under all cir- 
cumstances. 

Establishment. 

1202 

Cl) For any organization. — An exchange may be established for any organiza- 
tion of the Marine Corps upon the written application of the commanding 
officer, approved by the Major General Commandant. Authority to approve 
the establishment of exchanges for organizations serving outside the continental 
limits of the United States is delegated to the commanding marine officer of 
the force with which serving. (See art. 1219 (3).) 

(2) Size of exchange. — When the establishment of an exchange has been so 
authorized, the exchange council, with the approval of the commanding officer, 
will fix the amount of capital necessary, which may be raised by subscription 
among the enlisted men and officers or may be borrowed from the company 
funds, or elsewhere. (See art. 1219 (3).) Exchanges will be designated ac- 
cording to the organization to which they pertain, e. g., Post Exchange, Marine 
Barracks, Norfolk; Second Regiment Exchange; Fourteenth Company Ex- 
change.* 

(3) Features. — No features other than those herein enumerated will be in- 
cluded in an exchange without the approval of the Major General Commandant : 
(a) A store; (o) a restaurant; (c) amusements, including entertainments, 
reading, writing, and recreation rooms, library, and games; (d) athlet'cs, in- 
cluding teams, prizes, and articles not supplied by the quartermaster's depart- 
ment required for -athletic training and for sports; (e) barber, tailor, and shoe- 
maker services. 

Quarters, Heat, and Light. 

1203 

(1) Bui/dings. — Any available set of public buildings, or rooms therein, may 
be set aside by the commanding officer for the use of the exchange or, when the 

95 



1203 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

financial condition of the exchange will justify such a course, a suitable build- 
ing or buildings may be e'rected for the purpose. 

(2) If a temporary building is erected for the use of the exchange, or if such a 
building is constructed wholly or in part by the labor of troops, the use of the 
necessary teams and such tools and building material that can be spared by the 
quartermaster's department is authorized. 

(3) Repairs and alterations to the exchange building will be made by the 
quartermaster's department when practicable. When the necessary and author- 
ized repairs and alterations can not be so made, the expense thereof may be 
borne by the exchange. 

(4) Heat and light. — The quartermaster's department will provide for the 
-interi6r and exterior illumination of exchanges, and will also supply the 
exchanges with such quantities of fuel as may be certified to as necessary by the 
exchange officer and approved by the commanding officer. 

Commanding Officer, 
1204 

(1) Appoints exchange council. — The commanding officer will appoint the 
members of the exchange council, the exchange officer, the exchange employees, 
and the committee of noncommissioned officers. In making these appointments, 
he should take into consideration the knowledge, experience, and interest of the 
officers and noncommissioned officers of and in the affairs of the exchange. 

(2) Responsible for expenditures. — The commanding officer who approves the 
appropriations of the exchange council will be held responsible for expendi- 
tures not made in accordance with regulations. 

(3) General administration. — The commanding officer will be responsible for 
the general administration of the affairs of the exchange and will require all 
regulations pertaining thereto to be properly observed. 

i 

Exchange Officer. 

1205 

(1) Conducts exchange. — The affairs of the exchange will be conducted by an 
officer known as the exchange officer, who will be selected and detailed in 
writing by the commanding officer of the organization to which the exchange 
pertains. 

(2) Supervises subordinates. — The exchange officer will carefully supervise 
the conduct and duties of his subordinates in the exchange. He will frequently 
and at irregular intervals check their accounts, with a view both to verifying 
their accuracy and to detecting irregularities. 

(3) Custodian of records, funds, and property. — The exchange officer will be the 
custodian of the records, funds, and other property of the exchange and will be 
responsible for their safe-keeping and preservation. In the case of loss to the 
exchange, he will be required to show affirmatively that he exercised due care 
and diligence in the discharge of his duties in all circumstances connected with 
the loss, failing in which he will be required to reimburse the exchange for such 
loss. 

(4) Personally takes inventory. — The exchange officer will take personally 
such inventories of merchandise and other property as may be prescribed by 
the exchange council, with the approval of the commanding officer. 

(5) Acting exchange officer. — In the absence of the exchange officer, the affairs 
of the exchange will be conducted by an acting exchange officer detailed by the 

96 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 1206 

commanding officer, under such conditions as the commanding officer may pre- 
scribe. If the absence is to be for a period of more than 3 days and less than 
10 days, the exchange officer will leave the funds with the acting exchange 
officer, taking a memorandum receipt therefor. If the absence is to be for a 
period of more than 10 days, the exchange officer will be regularly relieved and 
the funds and property transferred to his successor. 

(6) Upon relief. — When an exchange officer is relieved, he will invoice to his 
successor, and his successor will receipt to him for all accounts and vouchers 
turned over, specifying such as are missing, using for this purpose a combination 
invoice and receipt. This invoice and receipt will be filed with the final balance 
sheet of the officer relieved, copies being furnished the relieving and relieved 
officers, and the Adjutant and Inspector. 

Attendants. 

1206 

(1) Selection. — The exchange officer will be assisted by a steward and such 
other attendants as the business may warrant. The attendants will ordinarily 
be enlisted men detailed from the command, but the employment of retired men 
or of civilians is authorized where the financial condition of the exchange justifies 
the expense, in the selection of whom preference will be given to retired and 
honorably discharged marines, other circumstances being equal. 

(2) Qualifications. — All attendants of the exchange should be men of excellent 
record and character. They should be without extravagant tastes and men who 
are able and satisfied to live within their means. 

(3) Bond.— The exchange steward will be bonded, and the other employees 
may be bonded, in an amount to be determined by the exchange council, but at 
least in sufficient amount to cover their normal activities, with the approval 
of the commanding officer, the expense thereof to be borne by the exchange. 

(4) The exchange steward, if an enlisted man, should be a noncommissioned 
officer having the necessary business qualifications and knowledge of accounts. 
He should be of unquestioned integrity, have the character necessary to enforce 
order and discipline in the exchange, and possess the full confidence of the ex- 
change officer in all respects. 

(5) Bookkeeper. — The employment of a bookkeeper independent of the 
steward, and with no other exchange duties, is recommended where such a 
division of labor is practicable. Where no bookkeeper is employed the ex- 
change steward will keep the books of the exchange, under the supervision of 
the exchange officer. 

(6) Extra compensation. — The attendants will be paid such extra compensa- 
tion from the funds of the exchange as may be prescribed by the exchange 
council, with the approval of the commanding officer. 

(7) Responsibility of steward. — The exchange steward will be responsible 
to the exchange officer for the property of the exchange committed to his charge, 
and will be held pecuniarily responsible for any loss occurring in the exchange 
due to a failure on his part to exercise due care and diligence in the discharge 
of his duties. (See arts. 1209" (7), 1212 (9), 1214 (12).) 

(8) Relief of steward. — When the steward is relieved, an inventory of all 
merchandise and property will be taken, and his account will be closed. The 
new steward (and the relieved steward, if practicable) will be present when 
this is done. 

(9) Personal sales prohibited. — No attendant will be permitted to sell articles 
in the exchange on his own account. 

(10) Neither the steward nor any other employee of the exchange shall have 
any personal interest in the purchases, sales, or any advantage of wastage 
or perquisites of any kind whatever. 

97 



1207 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Exchange Council. 
1207 

(1) Personnel. — The exchange council will be a continuous body, and will 
consist of the exchange officer and of such other officers as the commanding officer 
may appoint. The minimum membership will be three, unless the number avail- 
able is less. In case there is no other officer in addition to the exchange 
officer, the commanding officer will act as a member. In case the commanding 
officer is alone, he will act as exchange council. 

(2) The exchange council will make recommendations regarding exceptional 
purchases, the compensation of attendants and employees, and make such other 
recommendations as to the management and conduct of the exchange as it may 
deem appropriate. 

(3) The exchange council will be convened at any time at the call of its presi- 
dent or by order of the commanding officer. 

(4) Regular meetings. — On the first day of each month, excluding Sundays 
and holidays, whenever the exchange officer is relieved and at such other times 
as may be necessary or advisable, the exchange council will meet and proceed 
to audit the accounts and take inventories of cash, coupons, bills receivable, 
and merchandise, and in June and December of all other property. (See art. 
1215.) 

(5) The exchange council may delegate the details of inventory, audit, and 
investigation of the affairs of the exchange to committees of one or more of 
its members, excluding the exchange officer, appointed by the president. The 
reports of these committees will be submitted to the full meeting of the 
council, and the council in accepting such reports adopts them as its own and 
becomes responsible for their accuracy. 

(6) The /3%s~of collectible credits will' he investigated and reported on by the 
exchange council, the report and recommendations of which will be forwarded 
by the commanding officer, with his recommendations, to the Major General 
Commandant, or, in the Department of the Pacific, the departmental com- 
mander, or, if serving in a marine brigade outside the continental limits of the 
United States, to the brigade commander for decision as to responsibility. 

(7) The exchange council will verify all entries in the balance sheets submitted 
by the exchange officer, and will submit them, over the signatures of all the 
members, to the commanding officer for his action. 

(8) The proceedings of the exchange council will be entered in the exchange 
council book, signed by the president and recorder, and submitted to the com- " 
manding officer for his action. 

(9) Minority reports.— Members of an exchange council have the right to 
submit minority reports, which will be entered in the council book, signed, and 
submitted to the commanding officer with the report of the council. 

(10) Disapproval of proceedings. — Should the commanding officer disapprove 
the proceedings or recommendations of the exchange council, or any part 
thereof, he will return the report, with his remarks thereon, for reconsideration 
and further action. Should the exchange council after reconsideration adhere 
to its conclusions, and the commanding officer again disapprove, the action of 
the commanding officer will be final, except as to matters involving financial 
responsibility and distribution of profits, in which cases the report of the pro- 
ceedings will be sent by the commanding officer to the Major General Com- 
mandant, or, in the Department of the Pacific, the departmental commander, 
or, if serving with a marine brigade outside the continental limits of the United 
States, to the brigade commander, whose decision thereon will be final. The 
final orders in each case will be entered in the exchange council book. 

(11) Responsibility. — The members of an exchange council will be held pe- 
cuniarily responsible for losses to an exchange due to negligence or lack of due 
care and diligence in the performance of their duties. The following opinion of 

98 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 1209 

the Judge Advocate General of the Army, rendered February 24, 1915, is quoted 
In this connection: 

" POST EXCHANGES : SHORTAGE IN ACCOUNTS | RESPONSIBILITY. 

" Upon an examination of the accounts of a certain post exchange the In- 
spector General's Department found a shortage in the accounts for each month 
for the period from August 1, 1913, to June 15, 1914, aggregating $655.84. The 
accounts had not been kept in accordance with the requirements of the post 
exchange regulations, and it was evident that the loss might readily have been 
detected by proper auditing of the accounts by the members of the post exchange 
council, as required by regulations. During the period mentioned the post 
exchange council took no inventory of the stock, notwithstanding the require- 
ments of the regulations that such inventory be taken by them quarterly or 
oftener. 

" Held, That post exchanges, being agencies of the Government, the duties 
imposed upon officers in the management of their affairs are as binding upon 
them as any other duty to which they may be assigned under competent military 
authority ; that when the property or funds of an exchange are lost through 
mismanagement or neglect of such officers, the least that can or should be 
exacted in the public interests is that they make good the loss; that this prin- 
ciple applies as well to members of an exchange council as to the exchange 
officer; and that in the instant case it was the duty of the department in the 
public interests to direct the entry of stoppages against the pay of the several 
members of the exchange council and of the exchange officer, in equal sums, to 
cover the shortage." 

Committee of Noncommissioned Officers. 

1208 

(1) A committee of representative noncommissioned officers, appointed by the 
commanding officer, will be convened quarterly or oftener. This committee will 
be afforded all proper means for investigating the condition of the exchange 
and will submit to the exchange council its views and recommendations in 
respect to the operations of the exchange. The recommendations of this com- 
mittee will receive due consideration by the council, the action of which thereon 
will be reviewed by the commanding officer. 

(2) The reports of the committee of noncommissioned officers will be signed 
by its members and entered in the exchange council book immediately after the 
record of proceedings of the last meeting of the council. 

Stock and Other Property. 

1209 

(1) Orders for merchandise or supplies of any kind for the exchange will be 
given in writing, signed by the exchange officer, and a duplicate kept on a per- 
manent file. In case a telephonic order is necessary, a memorandum of such 
order, signed by the exchange officer, will be kept. In cases of emergency, when 
supplies are required and the exchange officer is not present or available, a 
written order may be signed by an officer detailed for this purpose by the com- 
manding officer. In no case shall orders, however small, be signed or given by 
an attendant. 

(2) Inspection of supplies. — All merchandise and other property received for 
the exchange will be inspected by the exchange officer, or in case he is not avail- 
able by an officer designated by the commanding officer, who will personally 
satisfy himself as to the quantity and quality of each article received, and 



1209 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

certify to the facts on the face of the invoice. If no invoice is received a cer- 
tificate will be prepared and signed by the inspecting officer. A rubber stamp 
of the following form should be provided: 

Invoice No 

Invoice received 

Goods received 

Checked in 

Entered S. II 

Entered steward 

Bookkeeper 

Paid by check 

Voucher No a 

(3) Purchases limited. — Supplies will be purchased only in sufficient quantities 
to meet the needs of the exchange for the immediate future. The amount 
carried will be governed by the proximity of adequate markets and the facili- 
ties for delivery to the exchange. 

(4) Merchandise in exceptional quantities will not be procured except upon 
the recommendation of the exchange council, with the approval of the command- 
ing officer. (See art. 1207 (2) and (8).) 

(5) The quartermaster's department is authorized to sell for cash to exchange? 
at cost such articles of clothing, rations (including ice), forage, furniture, and 
fixtures as may be needed and can be spared from the stock on hand. 

(6) Storeroom. — In exchanges where such a system is practicable, a store 
room should be provided, which will be placed in charge of an attendant as 
storeroom keeper. 

(7) When this is done, the storeroom keeper will receive all stores of what- 
ever kind that comes into the possession of the exchange, and issue all stores 
to the several departments on written requisition in triplicate. These requisi- 
tions will be O. K'd by the steward, and when filled the original will be filed 
in the storeroom, the duplicate with the department receiving the goods and 
the triplicate with the person who keeps the accounts. (See art. 1214 (13, 16) 
and 1217 (6).) 

Services. 

1210 

(1) The barber, shoemaker, and tailor services to enlisted men at all shore 
stations of the corps will be conducted by the exchange, and such enlisted men 
or other persons who may perform these services within such commands will 
be employed by the exchange upon such terms as may be prescribed by the ex- 
change council, with the approval of the commanding officer. 

(2) The barber, shoemaker, and tailor may be paid either a salary or a 
percentage of the amount of their services, as may be determined by the ex- 
change council, with the approval of the commanding officer. 

Management. 

1211 

(1) All obligations will be paid as soon as practicable, to the end that the 
liabilities of the exchange may be at a minimum at all times, and the advantages 
of discounts obtained. 

(2) Price lists will be conspicuously posted in the various sections of the 
exchange. 

(3) A copy of the latest balance sheet, showing the exchange council's and 
commanding officer's action thereon, will be kept posted in a conspicuous place 
in one of the exchange rooms. 

100 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 1212 

(4) Regulations. — A corrected copy of these regulations will be kept hung up 
at all times in an accessible place in one of the exchange rooms. 

(5) Rules of order will be prescribed by the exchange officer, with the approval 
of the commanding officer, and a copy thereof posted in each of the exchange 
rooms. 

(6) Gambling forbidden. — Gambling or playing any game for money, or any- 
thing of value, or raffling, is forbidden in an exchange. 

(7) Sale of intoxicants forbidden. — The sale of or dealing in beer, wines, or 
any intoxicating liquor by any person in any exchange is prohibited. 

(8) The use of penalty envelopes will be limited strictly to the proper corre- 
spondence of the exchange, and will not be used in soliciting custom nor in the 
delivery of goods. Return penalty envelopes are not authorized. 

(9) Civilians not employed at a post will not be permitted to enter an ex- 
change without the authority of the commanding officer. 

(10) The presence of an attendant in the exchange will be required all day, 
and at night when at all practicable. 

Cash. 
1212 

(1) The exchange officer will attend to all cash transactions in person, except 
routine cash sales and routine settlement of personal accounts receivable, and he 
will allow no employee to have access to the cash after it is turned in to him. A 
reasonable sum, for which monthly receipt will be taken, may be placed or left 
in the hands of the steward for the purpose of making change. 

(2) Removal of funds from station. — Under no circumstances will the exchange 
officer remove the exchange funds from the station of the organization or post 
to which they pertain, except as may be necessary for the payment of obliga- 
tions, for deposit, or for the purpose of obtaining necessary change. 

(3) Depository. — When not impracticable, exchange funds, except such amounts 
as may be reasonably necessary for routine transactions, will be deposited in 
a Government depository, or if one is not available, in a national bank. 

(4) Government checks may be cashed by the exchange officers for enlisted men, 
and will be cashed for marines discharged, if practicable, whenever such checks 
can not be cashed otherwise without expense or delay. No charge will be made 
for this accommodation. 

(5) Private checks may be cashed by the exchange officer for officers in 
amounts fixed by the exchange council, with the approval of the commanding 
officer, but not in excess of $25.00 in one day for any officer. 

(6) Payments of bills by check. — The exchange officer will not permit the 
attendants to pay the obligations or bills of the exchange and will, whenever it 
is possible, make payments of such obligations or bills by check. 

(7) A cash register should be provided for each department of the exchange, 
if practicable. All cash received will be placed in the cash drawer and the 
amount of the sale rung up. Where practicable the indicator of the cash register 
will be kept locked and the keys kept in the personal possession of the exchange 
officer. 

(8) The exchange officer will compare daily the sales as shown by the cash 
register with the sales as shown by the steward's daily report. 

(9) Cash turned in by steward.— The commanding officer shall designate an 
hour at which the steward will turn in daily to the exchange officer the cash 
received during the day prior to that hour. On days when unusual amounts 
are received, cash will be turned in to the exchange officer as many times 
as may be necessary, in order to prevent a considerable accumulation of cash 
in the hands of the attendants. At no time shall the total cash in the custody 
of the steward be allowed to exceed one-fourth the amount for which the 
steward is bonded. 



1212 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(10) Cash will not be left in the cash register or drawer overnight. — In exchanges 
where the steward is provided with a combination lock safe of such size and 
condition as to be reasonably secure against theft, such cash as may be in the 
hands of the steward for change, as provided in paragraph (1), together with 
cash that is received between the hour mentioned in paragraph (9) and the 
close of business for the n'ght, will be placed in the steward's safe, provided the 
total of such cash does not in any case exceed one-fourth the amount for which 
the steward is bonded. When cash is thus left in the safe of the steward over- 
night, all cash receipts so left will be turned in to the exchange officer as soon 
as practicable on the following morning. 

(11) In the absence of the exchange officer at any of the times above mentioned 
requiring the cash to be turned in, the steward will turn in the cash received 
to the officer of the day, or to such other officer as may be designated by the 
commanding officer, who will give receipt for same and be responsible for its 
delivery to the exchange officer. 

Cjjedit. 

1213 

(1) No credit ojidifUuUl^ — All Marine Corps exchanges will be conducted on 
a strictly cash basis, extending no credit whatsoever for merchandise or serv- 
ices, except as provided in paragraph (2). 

(2) When credit is extended, — Exchanges established for troops serving in 
the field beyond the continental limits of the United States may, if it be a mili- 
tary necessity, extend credit, not exceeding one-half of one month's pay, to 
enlisted men, not more than one-half of such credit to be extended during the 
first 15 days of the month, and a reasonable credit to officers. At other posts, 
enlisted men not in good standing, prisoners not in a pay status, applicants 
awaiting enlistment at recruit depots, men joining by reenlistment after having 
been separated from the service for a period of more than one month, may be 
extended credit by the exchange, on the written order of the commanding officer, 
for such toilet articles, barber, tailor, and shoemaker services as may be 
actually necessary for health and comfort. Such credit will be kept within a 
reasonable limit, the maximum to be fixed by the exchange council, with the 
approval of the commanding officer. Credit extended applicants at recruit de- 
pots will, if the enlistment is accomplished, be checked on the first pay roll 
on which the recruit's account appears. If the enlistment is not accomplished, 
the amount may be dropped as a loss. 

• (3) Services furnished prisoners gratis. — Where the services of the tailor, 
barber, and shoemaker are performed by enlisted men, employees of the ex- 
change, for enlisted men held in custody as prisoners not in a pay status who 
are awaiting a trial or final disposition of their cases, neither the exchange nor 
its employees will make any charge for such services nor for the actual cost 
of supplies or materials furnished in connection with such services. 

(4) Col lections of indebtedness as above authorized of enlisted men to ex- 
changes will, where practicable, be made through the paymaster's department 
by checkages on pay rolls in accordance with instructions issued by the Pay- 
master. The amount of indebtedness to an exchange shall not be collected until 
all stoppages for indebtedness to the United States have been made and all 
forfeitures by sentences of court-martial, if any, have been satisfied. 

(5) Procedure for extending credit. — In cases where paragraph (2) is ap- 
plicable, the following procedure will be followed : 

(a) At the beginning of a month, each officer rendering a pay roll will submit 
a credit roll (Form C) to the exchange officer upon which will appear the 
names of the enlisted men of the organization for which the pay roll is ren- 
dered who desire credit at the exchange, with the amount of credit approved 
for each for the month. Supplementary credit rolls will be submitted for men 
who join during the month subsequent to the submission of the credit roll. 

102 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 1213 

Where collections are made through the paymaster's department, the credit roll 
will be submitted in quadruplicate, one copy to be retained by the exchange 
officer as his authority for extending the approved credits, one copy to be re- 
turned immediately with a certificate of the receipt of copies, and at the close 
of the credit period of the month, which will be prior to the closing of the pay 
roll, two copies to be returned with the amount of credit extended to each 
man during the month entered opposite his name in the proper column. Of the 
two copies received by the officer rendering the pay roll at the end of the credit 
period one will be retained by him as his authority for making the proper 
checkages on the pay roll, and the other returned by him to the exchange officer 
with a certificate of receipt of copy. Where collections are made in cash, the 
credit roll will be submitted in duplicate, one copy of which will be retained 
by the exchange officer as his authority for extending the approved credits 
and one copy returned with a certificate of receipt of copy. 

(&) Officers commanding organizations for which pay rolls are rendered will 
submit to the exchange officer, in time to afford the latter opportunity to take 
the required action, a written notice (Form A), in duplicate, of change in the 
credit status of any enlisted man oi' the command for which the pay roll is 
rendered, due to checkage, prospective checkage, confinement, trial by court- 
martial, transfer, discharge, death, retirement, desertion, or to any other cause 
within their knowledge. The exchange officer will retain one copy of this notice 
and will return one copy with certificate of receipt of copy. 

(c) The exchange officer will submit to commanding officers of organizations 
for which pay rolls are rendered written notice (Form B), in duplicate, of 
indebtedness to the exchange due to credit extended to enlisted men of the re- 
spective commands \n all cases where checkage is required and which are not 
provided for on the credit rolls. One copy of this notice will be retained by the 
commanding officer of the organization and one copy returned to the exchange 
officer with a certificate of receipt. 

(d) Officers commanding organizations for which pay rolls are rendered will 
be held liable to an exchange for loss due to extension of credit approved by them 
in excess of that authorized by regulations, or to failure to give due notice 
as required in paragraph (fr), or to failure to make proper checkages on the 
pay rolls, or to enter indebtedness in service-record books upon due notice. 
The exchange officer will be held liable to the exchange for loss to the exchange 
due to the extension of credit in excess of that approved on credit rolls, or to 
the extension of credit of more than one-half of the authorized credit on or be- 
fore the 15th of the month, or to failure to enter the proper amount of credit 
extended on credit rolls, or to failure to give due notice of credit extended as 
required in paragraph (c), or to make the proper collection or claim upon due 
notice, as required in the instructions of the paymaster's department. 

(e) Where collections are made in cash a collection roll (Form D) will be 
prepared for use on pay day, showing the amount of indebtedness of each man. 
Opposite the column of amounts due will be a column for each day on which 
collection is to be made, and as payments are made the amounts will be entered 
opposite the proper name in the paid column of the proper elate. The totals of 
these columns will show the total amount of collections each day. 

(f) Credit and collection rolls and credit notices will form part of the per- 
manent records of the exchange. 

(g) Sales slips (Form F) will be used in all exchanges in the extension of 
credit to enlisted men not in good standing. 

(h) Sales slips will be initialed by the salesman and signed by the purchaser. 
In the cases of enlisted men not in good standing, they will show the approval 
of the commanding officer. (See art 1213 (2).) They will be. retained by the 
exchange officer as notes until the indebtedness has been satisfied, when they 
will be plainly stamped "Paid" and returned to the men if practicable, or, if 
not practicable, destroyed, except that when men are transferred such slips 
will be retained six months before being returned or destroyed. 

103 



1213 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(i) Sales slips received will be turned in by the steward to the exchange 
officer daily. 

(/) Coupons will be used, when practicable, for the extension of credit to 
enlisted men in good standing. (See art. 1220.) 

Accounts and Recoeds. 

1J14: 

(1) How kept.— The accounts of an exchange will be kept in such form and 
in such detail as will enable the exchange officer, the exchange council, the com- 
manding officer, or an inspecting officer to obtain a full history of the transac- 
tions of the exchange, and to ascertain the condition of the affairs of the 
exchange at any time. 

(2) It should be kept in mind that transactions which are not recorded are 
not available for scrutiny in the absence of those actually effecting the transac- 
tions, and that therefore all essential matters should be committed to the 
records. 

(3) Removal of records from station. — The records of an exchange will not 
be removed from the station of the exchange except on the authority of the 
commanding officer or the Major General Commandant. Upon the permanent 
closing of the exchange they will be forwarded to the Adjutant and Inspector. 

(4) The double-entry system of bookkeeping will be used in all exchanges, and 
the following books and accounts will be kept, except as noted : 

(5) Blotter, in which the exchange officer will keep in his own handwriting a 
rough record of all cash receipts and expenditures. The blotter may be 
omitted if the exchange officer keeps the cashbook-journal in his own hand- 
writing. 

(6) Cashbook-journal (Form G), in which will be kept a smooth account of 
all transactions. Entries w T ill be made in separate columns, appropriately 
headed, according to the classification into which it is desired to divide the 
receipts and expenditures. The number of the check or voucher supporting 
each expenditure will be entered in the appropriate column. 

(7) Ledger, in which summaries of the exchange's debit and credit transac- 
tions will be entered. The ledger will be divided into two sections — the general 
and the petty ledger. The following accounts will be kept in the general ledger : 

(a) Amusements. — This is purely a loss account and will show on the debit 
side the total of all donations — either cash, merchandise, or anything of value — ■ 
to amusements. The credit side will, as is done under the " Expense " account, 
be balanced to "Loss and gain." The total of the debit entries is the total as 
taken from the "Amusement " column on the debit side of the cashbook journal. 

(h) Amusement rooms. — This account must not be confused with the "Amuse- 
ment account." This account covers the activities of the billiard room and 
bowling alleys and other forms of amusement from which revenue is derived. 
On the debit side will appear the total expenses involved in conducting this 
activity. On the credit side will appear the total of the business done (cash and 
credit), and the balance (red ink) debited or credited to the "Loss and gain" 
account. 

(c) Biffs receivable. — (Due from enlisted men.) The debit side of the ac- 
count will contain the balance due under the head at the beginning of the period ; 
the total of all sales on credit to enlisted men during the period. (This last 
entry is the total of the column headed " Bills receivable " on the debit side of 
the cashbook journal.) The credit side will show the total of all cash receipts 
under, this head during the period. This is total of column headed " Bills re- 
ceivable " on credit side of cashbook journal. The credit side will also show 
(in red) the balance due under this account, which balance must agree with the 
schedule of bills receivable filed with the balance sheet. (See. art. 1215 (20).) 

(d) Cash. — This account will contain on the debit side the cash balance on 
hand at the beginning of the month or other accounting period ; also the sum of 

104 



EXCHANGE KEGULATIONS. 1214 

all items of cash received during the period (this is total of cash column on 
debit side of cashbook-journal). The credit side will contain the sum of all 
items of cash actually paid out during the period (this is total of cash column 
on credit side of cashbook-journal) ; also (in red ink) the amount of cash 
remaining on hand at the end of the accounting period. 

(e) Coupons. — On the debit side of this account will appear the amount of 
coupons on hand at the beginning of the period ; also the amount of coupons re- 
ceived and redeemed. The credit side will show the amount of coupons issued 
during the period. The balance (red ink) will show the amount of coupons out- 
standing at the end of the period. 

(/) Exchange account. — This account will show the value of the exchange. 
On the debit side will be entered the net loss, if any, and (in red ink) the present 
worth. On the. credit side will be entered the value at the beginning of the 
period and the net gain, if any. 

(g) Expense. — This account will contain on the debit side the total of all 
items of expense incurred during the period. The following items properly 
belong to this account: Compensation of attendants, bonding employees, insur- 
ance, books and stationery for use in exchange, ice, and transportation charges 
only when the transportation involved is on an item belonging to this account. 
The debit entry will be the total of the expense column debit side of cashbook- 
journal. The credit side of expense account will contain a red-ink entry " Loss 
and gain," and the same amount that is shown on the debit side. This is because 
there is no way whereby any income can be had under expense, and it is 
always a loss. 

(h) Interest and discount. — This account being normally the opposite in 
character from the expense account, showing usually a gain without a corre- 
sponding loss, shows on the credit side the total of all items of interest received 
on deposits, and all items of discount actually taken on paid bills. This entry 
is the total of interest and discount column on credit side of cashbook-journal. 
The debit side shows in red the same amount to " Loss and gain." 

(i) Loss and gain. — The debit side of this account will contain the total of 
the loss and gain column of the cashbook journal, the items of that column show- 
ing the character of the losses sustained in conducting the business. The credit 
side will contain the total of the loss and gain column on the credit side of the 
cashbook journal, this column showing the character of the gains during the 
period covered. In addition, the profit in merchandise or property is entered on 
the credit side, or in case of a loss therein as shown by the inventory such loss is 
entered on the debit side. The balance (in red) of this account, showing the 
net loss or net gain, is entered on the side necessary to balance. If this balance 
is on the credit side it is a net loss, if on the debit side it is a net gain. The net 
loss or net gain is carried to the "Exchange account (in red ink)." 

(/) Merchandise. — This account will contain on the debit side the total of 
the merchandise (cost value) on hand as shown by the inventory at the begin- 
ning of the month or accounting period ; also the total of all amounts, including 
any transportation charge on merchandise (this is total of merchandise column 
on debit side of cashbook-journal). The debit side also will contain (in red 
ink) the profit on merchandise during the period. The credit side will contain 
the amount of merchandise sold (selling value) during the period, and the cost 
value of all merchandise expended, returned to dealer, or transferred to other 
accounts (see art. 1217 (6) ) (this is total of merchandise column on credit side 
of cashbook-journal) ; also the inventory (cost value) of merchandise on hand 
at end of period (in red ink). 

(1c) Property. — This account will show transactions in all items concerning 
property of the exchange which is not carried for sale. The account will show 
on the debit side the value of all property on hand at the beginning of the ac- 
counting period ; also the value of all property received during the period ; the 
amount (if any) of any increase in value during the period, such as a sale at a 
higher amount than the paper value. On the credit side will appear the value of 

88610—22 8 105 



1214 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

all property expended ; the amount realized from the sale of property ; the 
amount of depreciation during the period; and (in red ink) the. value of the 
property on hand at the end of the period. 

(I) Barber shop. — This is an impersonal account and must not be confused 
with the personal account of the employee who perforins the services therein. 
On the debit side will appear the total expenses involved in conducting this 
activity. On the credit side will appear the total of the business done (cash 
and credit), and the balance (red ink) debited or credited to the "Loss and 
gain " account. 

(m) Shoemaker. — This is an impersonal account and must not be confused 
with the personal account of the employee who performs the services therein. 
On the debit side will appear the total expenses involved in conducting this 
activity. On the credit side will appear the total of the business done (cash 
and credit), and the balance (red ink) debited or credited to the "Loss and 
gain " account. 

(n) Tailor shop. — This is an impersonal account and must not be confused 
with the personal account of the employee who performs the services therein. On 
the debit side will appear the total expenses involved in conducting this activity. 
On the credit side will appear the total of the business done (cash and credit), 
and the balance (red ink) debited or credited to the " Loss and gain " account. 

(o) Accounts payable.— On the debit side will be entered the total of all pay- 
ments made by the exchange to dealers on any merchandise received from the 
dealer (this is the total of accounts payable column on debit side, of cashbook 
journal). The credit side will show the balance (if any) owed by the exchange 
to dealers or firms at the beginning of the period, also the. total of purchases 
made by the exchange and total of all other bills incurred by the exchange, 
whether paid during the period or not (this is the total of "Accounts payable." 
column on credit side of cashbook journal). The balance of this account (red 
ink) should agree with total of " Schedule of accounts payable " filed w T ith bal- 
ance sheet. (See art. 1215 (22).) 

(p) Accounts receivable. — The debit side of this account will show the balance 
due the exchange under this head at the beginning of the period ; the total of all 
credit sales to officers (this total is the total of accounts receivable column on 
debit side of cashbook journal). The credit side will show the total of all pay- 
ments on account made by officers during the period and (in red) the balance 
due the exchange under this head. 

(8) The petty ledger will contain accounts with every firm or individual with 
whom the exchange has any dealings. This includes all employees and attend- 
ants. The debit side will contain, first, any amount that may be owed to the 
exchange by such firm or any individual at the beginning of the period. (The 
total of such entries should equal the total of the " Schedule of accounts receiv- 
able " filed with the balance sheet for the prior period. ) The debit side will 
also show all payments made to the firm or individual concerned as shown by 
the cashbook-journal. The credit side will show first the amount owed to the 
firm or individual at the beginning of the period, for merchandise, services, or 
anything else. (The total of these entries must agree with the total of the 
"Schedule of accounts payable" filed with the balance sheet for the prior 
period.) The credit side will also show all transactions wherein the firm or 
individual concerned has furnished or supplied the exchange with merchandise, 
services, or anything else of value. The balance of each account (in red ink) 
will show, if such balance is entered on the debit side, the amount the exchange 
owes that person at the end of the period ; if the balance appears on the credit 
side, the amount the person or firm owes the exchange. The total of all the 
above balances that appear on the debit side must agree with the " Schedule of 
accounts payable " filed with the balance sheet. The total of all balances ap- 
pearing on the credit side must agree with the " Schedule of accounts receiv- 
able " filed with the balance sheet. 

10G 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 1214 

(9) Invoices. — There will be entered on the face of invoices the inspector's 
certificate (art. 1209(2)), the selling price of each group of articles, the total 
selling value, and the account or accounts, with the amount of each, to which 
debited., Invoices will be numbered serially by months, and the number of each 
invoice will be entered opposite the debit in the ledger accounts. 

(10) Vouchers. — Vouchers will be required for all cash expenditures. Paid 
checks will be accepted as vouchers for expenditures where the accounts show 
the purpose for which the expenditures were made. When bills are not paid by 
check, commercial receipts or receipted bills will be required. Vouchers will be 
plainly numbered by months, and the voucher number entered opposite each ex- 
penditure entered in the cashbook- journal. 

(11) Separate permanent flat files will be kept for invoices, vouchers (except 
paid checks), inventories, balance sheets, steward's daily reports, credit rolls 
and notices, and collection rolls, on which these records will be filed in order. 

(12) Steward's daily reports. — The exchange officer will require the steward 
to submit to him daily (Form H) a report of each day's business, showing the 
sales and services for cash, coupons, and on credit, the cash on hand last report, 
cash since received, cash turned in and remaining on hand, merchandise on 
hand last report, since received, sold, returned, and expended or transferred, 
and merchandise remaining on hand, and coupons on hand last report, since 
received, since issued, and books remaining on hand. These reports will be 
prepared and submitted, whether or not any business was transacted, examined, 
and, if found correct, certified by the exchange officer. 

(13) Steward's account. — The exchange officer will keep in his own hand- 
writing a memorandum account with the steward in which all entries will be 
made in the presence of the steward charging him with the selling value of the 
merchandise turned over to him for sale, and crediting him with the selling 
value of all goods sold or properly expended. Proper debit or credit will be 
made when selling prices are changed. The balance of this account will show 
the selling value of the merchandise which the steward should have on hand, 
which should check with the inventory selling price. 

(14) The bank balance will be kept in the bank check book. Deposits and 
amounts drawn by check will be entered on the stubs and the balance carried 
forward on each page. On the last day of each month, and at such other times 
as a statement is obtained from the bank, the number and amount of each out- 
standing check, the total of the outstanding checks, and the difference between 
the balance as shown by the bank statement and the total of the outstanding 
checks will be entered on the back of the last check stub for the period covered 
by the bank statement. This difference should equal the balance as shown on 
the check stub. 

(15) Checks will be numbered serially, and stubs will show date, number, 
name of payee, and amount. Canceled checks will be attached to stubs and the 
word " Canceled " written across the face of the check and of the stub.. Paid 
checks returned from the bank will be immediately pasted or otherwise securely 
attached to their stubs in such a manner as to not cover any entries on the stub. 

(16) Stock book. — The storeroom keeper will enter in a stock book or card 
file, on the debit side, the selling value of all stores received, and on the credit 
side the selling value of all stores issued. This account may be kept on the 
basis of units of items issued without the value appearing therein. 

(17) All the above-mentioned records and accounts must be kept, except as 
noted, and such other books and accounts as may be necessary will also be kept. 
Any deviation from these regulations in regard to accounts will require the ap- 
proval of the Major General Commandant. 

(18) Destruction of records. — Records and accounts of the exchange may be 
destroyed, unless sufficient reasons exist to the contrary, when four years old, 
if they have been inspected by an officer of the adjutant and inspector's depart- 
ment and all irregularities have been adjusted. 

107 



1215 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Inventory and Audit. 

1215 

(1) The value of an inventory depends on the thoroughness and accuracy with 
which it is taken, and errors of omission or commission may result in injustice 
either to the exchange personnel or to the command, or to both. Therefore the 
greatest care and exactness will he exercised in taking inventories. 

(2) In taking inventories the services of officers or of competent enlisted men, 
except the exchange officer and attendants, may be utilized. The counting, 
recording, and extensions must be performed under the direct and personal 
supervision and scrutiny of the person or persons responsible for the inventory. 
A sufficient number of extensions, chosen at random, should be personally 
checked in order to establish a strong probability that they are being correctly 
made. A sufficient number of unit cost prices should likewise be personally 
verified, in order to insure that a proper value is being given to the stock. 
Inventories (Form I) will be signed by the members of the inventory committee. 

(3) In auditing the accounts of the exchange the services of qualified officers 
or noncommissioned officers or privates may be utilized, excluding the exchange 
officer and attendants. All work connected with the auditing must be done 
under the direct and personal supervision and scrutiny of the members of the 
auditing committee. 

(4) The cash, including that in the hands of the steward for change, will 
be counted at the beginning of the audit. Statements will be obtained from the 
bank and the balance on deposit, as shown by the last stub, will be verified ; 
entries on stubs showing deposits will be compared as to date and amount with 
such entries on statement and in pass book. 

(5) Colored pencils. — All persons conducting the audit will be provided with 
blue pencils. The exchange officer and the exchange employees will use ordi- 
nary black pencils for checking items. Green pencils will be reserved for use by 
officers of the adjutant and inspector's department. 

(6) In auditing the accounts the records should be distributed among the 
auditors and assistants as follows : 

(a) Cashbook journal. 

(b) Exchange officer's blotter. 

(c) Steward's daily reports. 

(d) Other cash receipt vouchers. 

(e) Cash expenditure vouchers and check book. 
(/) File of orders for merchandise or property. 
(g) Invoices for merchandise and property. 

(h) Steward's account. (See art. 1214 (13).) 
(i) Ledger. 
This distribution may be varied according to the number of auditors and 
assistants available or other circumstances in each case. 

(7) The person having the cashbook-journal will verify the entries therein 
as to date, amount, and classification as the items are called to him by persons 
having the other records. 

(8) The person having the exchange officer's cash blotter will read from it 
the entries therein by date, item, and amount. 

(9) The persons having the steward's daily report and other cash receipt 
vouchers will read from these the data supporting the entries in the cashbook- 
journal under the following heads: Cash (debit); accounts receivable (debit 
and credit) ; merchandise (credit) ; bills receivable (debit and credit) ; barber, 
tailor, and shoemaker (credit) ; coupons (debit and credit) ; property (credit) ; 
amusement rooms (credit) ; and sometimes accounts payable (credit). 

(10) The persons having cash expenditure vouchers and check book will read 
therefrom the data supporting the entries in the cashbook-journal under the fol- 
lowing heads: Cash (credit) ; accounts payable (debit) ; barber, tailor, and 

108 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS, 1215 

shoemaker (debit) ; expense (debit) ; amusements (debit) ; interest and 
discount (credit) ; property (debit) and merchandise (debit). 

(11) The person having the file of orders for merchandise or property will, 
with the person having the invoice file, compare the orders with the invoices, 
noting carefully that the regulations have been observed. (See art. 1209 (1) 
and (2).) 

(12) The person having the invoice file will then read therefrom the data 
supporting the entries in the cashbook- journal under the following heads: 
Merchandise (debit) ; property (debit) ; accounts payable (credit) ; interest 
and discount (credit), reference being also necessary to the cash expenditure 
vouchers for items under interest and discount. 

(13) Items in the cashbook-journal showing loss and gain, being supported 
by various records depending on the character and cause of the loss or gain, 
must be determined and verified by examination of the circumstances in each 
case. 

(14) As each entry in any record is verified a check mark (V) will be made 
opposite. 

(15) All additions on cashbook-journal will be verified and a preliminary 
test balance made of all entries therein. 

(16) The totals of all columns in cashbook-journal are next verified as hav- 
ing been posted to the proper account in the general ledger. Postings to the 
individual accounts in the petty ledger (accounts receivable and accounts 
payable) need not be verified in detail unless some special reason therefor de- 
velops. However, a test will be made by totaling all credit and debit entries 
therein and comparing the difference between these totals with the general 
ledger balances under these heads. 

(17) After checking each book, file, and account they will be gone over by a 
member of the auditing committee to ascertain whether any items are not 
checked, and if such items are found they will be looked up. 

(18) The additions in each account will be verified, and the balances as 
brought forward and as carried to other accounts will be checked and verified. 
The balances will be compared with those entered in the balance sheet. The 
balance in the steward's account (exchange officer's) will be compared with the 
inventory, selling price. 

(19) Auditing committees will take especial care to see that adding machines 
are not improperly manipulated, it being possible on some machines to obtain 
false totals by manipulation of the eliminating key. 

(20) Notes will be counted, compared with the credit rolls and statement of 
indebtedness on balance sheet, and the total amount compared with the amount 
called for by the bills-receivable account in the ledger. If any reasons therefor 
should appear, the validity of the notes will be looked into and verified in such 
manner as is most feasible. 

(.21) The steward's coupons on hand will be counted to see if they agree with 
the amount as shown by the daily report, and as shown by the exchange officer's 
account with him. Coupon books will be examined to ascertain if any coupons 
have been removed. 

(22) The amounts shown as assets and liabilities will be carefully checked. 
The sums shown as accounts receivable and payable will be carefully checked 
with the total amounts of personal accounts as shown by the ledger as due to 
and from the exchange. 

(23) The other items of the balance sheet will be carefully checked with the 
accounts in the ledger as they appear at the time of the audit. 

(24) Any and all discrepancies or irregularities will be looked into with care 
and report made as to responsibility. 

(25) The council will carefully examine into the schedule of accounts pay- 
able and accounts receivable filed with the last prior balance sheet and ascer- 
tain whether or not any remain unpaid and, if any such are found, the reason 
therefor investigated and recorded. 

109 



1216 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Distribution of Profits. 
1216 

(1) Determination of profits subject to distribution. — Profits will be distributed 
monthly. Profits subject to distribution will be the amount of cash remaining 
on hand after deducting the following sums : 

(a) A sum sufficient to pay all liabilities of the exchange. 

(&) A sum which, added to 90 per cent of the total bills and accounts receiv- 
able at the end of the month, will be sufficient to pay all anticipated ordinary 
expenses (including operating expenses, purchases of stock, and other property) 
for the ensuing month. 

(c) With the approval of the Major General Commandant, or, if serving in a 
marine brigade outside of the United States, of the brigade commander, a sum 
which may be required for some specific object for the betterment of the com- 
mand additional to the anticipated ordinary expenses. 

(d) The amount of profits subject to distribution is determined as follows : 

Total cash on hand May 31, 1918 $2,450.00 

Total liabilities May 31, 1918 35. 60 

Cash on hand over liabilities 2,414.40 

90 per cent bills and accounts receivable May 31, 1918 385. 60 

2, 800. 00 
Less anticipated ordinary expenses for June, 
1918 2, 000. 00 

Amount of cash profits subject to distribution on 
May 31, 1918 (payable in June) 800. 00 

(e) There are no profits subject to distribution when the total liabilities ex- 
ceed the amount of cash on hand. 

(2) Profits subject to distribution will be credited to the proper accounts for 
the recreation and amusement of the enlisted men in such proportion as the 
exchange council, with the approval of the commanding officer, may direct. 

(3) A division of profits, to be determined as required by paragraph (1), will 
also be made when 25 or more men are transferred to expeditionary service. 
For each enlisted man so transferred a proportionate share of the profits as of 
the date of transfer will be sent as soon as possible to the senior marine officer 
of the expedition, who will distribute the amount so received pro rata to the 
company funds of the organizations to which the men transferred are assigned. 

(4) When an entire organization is transferred to expeditionary duty, the 
proportionate share of the exchange profits will be paid into the organization's 
funds. 

(5) Payment to individual men prohibited. — The payment of any part of ex* 
change profits to individual men is prohibited except in the nature of prizes as 
outlined in art. 1202(3). 

(6) Recommendations for deviation from the methods provided for the dis- 
tribution of profits may be submitted for approval to the Major General Com- 
mandant, or, when serving in a marine brigade outside the. continental limits of 
the United States, to the brigade commander. 

Reports. 
1217 

(1) The exchange officer will close his books at the end of each month's busi- 
ness, when relieved, and at such other times as may be directed by proper 
authority, and will submit, in triplicate, to the exchange council a balance sheet 

110 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 1219 

(Form J) to include that date, giving in detail all of the information required 
thereon. 

(2) After auditing the accounts the exchange council will submit the balance 
sheets, with their report, to the commanding officer for his action. 

(3) After the commanding officer has taken final action on the report, he will 
forward the original of the balance sheet to the Adjutant and Inspector and 
return the two copies to the exchange officer. 

(4) The exchange officer will place one copy of the balance sheet on a perma- 
nent file, and will post the other copy in a prominent place in one of the ex- 
change rooms for the information of the enlisted men of the command. 

(5) A schedule of personal bills receivable, accounts receivable and payable, 
showing dates each are due, will be forwarded with the original of the balance 
sheet and a copy attached to the file copy with the records of the exchange. 

(6) A statement of all transactens affecting the credit side of the Merchan- 
dise Account (other than cash sales) will be shown on the back of, or attached 
to balance sheets. These transactions should be shown under appropriate 
headings and should include the following: 

(a) Merchandise returned to dealer. 

(&) Merchandise donated to Amusements. 

(c) Merchandise transferred to Property. 

(d) Merchandise transferred to Expense. 

(c) Marchandise transferred to any other account. 

Final Disposition of Business. 
1218 

When it becomes known that an exchange is to be discontinued the exchange 
stock will be reduced to the lowest extent possible and, so far as may be, con- 
verted into cash. Prior to the closing of the exchange the property will be con- 
verted into cash or otherwise disposed of, as directed by the Major General 
Commandant. Such disposition of the cash will be made as may be directed 
by the Major General Commandant. 

Headquarters Marine Corps. 

1219 

(1) The Marine Corps exchange board will be composed of the Headquarters 
exchange officer and of such other officers as the Major General Commandant 
may designate. The duties of this board will be to consider and make recom- 
mendations upon such subjects as pertain to the affairs of the Marine Corps ex- 
changes and to audit accounts of the Headquarters exchange officer. This board 
will meet at the call of its president or upon the order of the Major General 
Commandant, and a record of its proceedings will be kept by the Headquarters 
exchange officer for submission to the Major General Commandant for his 
action. 

(2) The Headquarters exchange officer will be designated by the Major General 
Commandant. He will have general supervision of correspondence pertaining to 
matters connected with exchanges under the supervision and orders of the Ad- 
jutant and Inspector. 

(3) It will be his duty to take charge of and administer the Marine Corps 
fund. This fund will consist of all moneys received from exchanges of the Ma- 
rine Corps and of such funds as may be received from other sources. The 
Marine Corps fund will be disbursed for the general benefit of the Marine 
Corps, as may be deemed appropriate by the Marine Corps exchange board and 

111 



1219 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

approved by the Major General Commandant. The fund is available for fur- 
nishing capital for the establishment of news exchanges and similar purposes. 

Coupon Books. 
1220 

Coupon books will be serially numbered and be countersigned before 
issue by the exchange officer. The name of the man to whom issued will be 
entered on the cover, and the coupons will not be honored except when presented 
by the man to whom issued. The books will be carefully accounted for, both 
by the exchange officer and the steward. (See art. 1214 (7n), 1214(12) and 
Form "E.") Other forms will be substantially as indicated below, and will, in 
any event, contain all information and data required therein. 

Forms. 

1221. 

Form A. 
Notice of Change of Credit Status. 

27th Company, 

Marine Barracks, Washington, 

August 3, 1915. 

MEMORANDUM FOR EXCHANGE OFFICER. 

Private Henry Clayton will be transferred at 3:00 P. M. to-day to navy yard, 
Washington, D. C. 

John Doe, Commanding (2 copies). 
Copy received, 

Richaed Poe, Exchange Officer (1 copy). 

FORM B. 

Notice of Credit Extended. 

Post Exchange, 

Marine Barracks, Washington, 

August 3, 1915. 

MEMORANDUM FOR COMMANDING OFFICER, 27TH COMPANY. 

Private Henry Clayton is indebted to the exchange $5 for credit extended. 

Richard Poe, Exchange Officer (2 copies). 
Copy received, 

John Doe, Commanding 27th Company (1 copy). 

Form C. 

Marine Barracks, Navy Yard. 

New York, July 1, 1915. 



112 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 
31ST COMPANY, CREDIT ROLL, FOR JULY, 191. ; 



1221 



Rank. 



Pvt. 



NAME. 



Brady, John 
Carney, Patrick 



Pay. 



$15 
18 



Credit 
asked. 



$10 
10 



Credit 
approved. 



$10 
5 



JAMES SMITH Commanding (4 copies) 
Received copy, Henry White, Exchange Officer (1 copy) 
Checkage requested, Henry White " " (2 copies) 

Received copy, James Smith, Commanding (1 copy) 



Credit 
extended. 



Remarks. 



$10 
5 



Form D. 
Marine Barracks, Navy Yard. 

Norfolk, Va, July 31, 1915. 

COLLECTION ROLL FOR JULY, 1915. 



Rank. 


NAME. 


Amount 
due. 


Paid Paid 
Aug. 4. Aug. 5. 


Unpaid. 


Remarks. 


Pvt. 
<< 


Brown, Arthur J. 
Fox, John 
Gordon, William E. 


$5.00 
3.00 
5.00 


$3.00 
4.00 


$5.00 


$1.00 






Total $13. 00 


$7.00 $5.00 


$1.00 





JAMES WHITE, Exchange Officer. 

Form E. 

Post Exchange, Marine Barracks. 

$2.00 Norfolk, Va., Jan. 14, 1915. 

I have received from jthe Exchange Coupon Book No. 107 and acknowledge 
myself justly indebted to the exchange for the value thereof, two dollars. 



Private, U. S. M. C. 



113 



1221 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



Form F. 
Post Exchange, Mabine Babracks. 

Norfolk, Va., Apr. 10, 1915. 

SALES SLIP. 



Quantities. 


ARTICLES. 


Amount. 


1 

1 
2 


Pkg. Cigarettes 
Box Blacking 
Cakes Ivory 

Approved: 

John Wilson, Commanding. 
(Only when man is not in good standing.) 




05 
05 
08 




Total 




18 


Received the above articles for which I acknowledge myself justly indebted 

to the post exchange. 

Name 

Rank 



114 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 



1221 



•suiooi ;uara9sntay 



•suodnoo 



•A^radoi,! 



•jxraoostp pae js9J9}ui 



■nre2 pue ssoq 



•jg^snraoqs 



•JOirex 



•wqjeg; 



•aiqBApoej qna 



•aiq^Apo 
-9J sjtmooov 



~- [ -Asd satmoooy 



•9STpu^qOJ9Jt 



•qs«3 



•ox ^oeqo 



•ox J9qotiOA 



•OX 90T0ATII 



*on°i 



"iwunoo 



-nva 



'onoj 



•qs«0 



■9srpuBTpj3jt 



5*5 -ledsaimoooY 



P^ » 



•gjqsApo 
-9i s^tmoooy i 



•9xqBAT909i sxna: j 



•J9qj«a 



•-ion«x 



•j9^eui9oqg 



•trre2 puc sscj 



•9su9dxa 



•A^igdoij 



•suodnoQ 



•s;u9ra9snxrry 



115 



1221 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Form H. 
Post Exchange, Marine Barracks, Norfolk, Va., Jan. 13, 1915. 

STEWARD'S DAILY REPORT. 



CASH. 




1 


MERCHANDISE. 




On hand last report. 
Since received. 






On hand last report. 
Since received. 

Total. 
Sales. 
Expended. 

Remaining. 






Total. 
Turned in. 










Remaining. 











COUPONS. 



On hand last report. 
Since received. 






Outstanding last re- 
port. 
Since issued. 

Total. 
Redeemed. 

Outstanding. 






Total. 
Issued. 










Remaining. 











SALES AND SERVICES. 





Cash. 


Coupons. 


Credit. 


Total. 


Merchandise: 

Store. 
Services, etc.: 

Barber. 

Tailor. 

Shoemaker. 

Laundry. 

Amusement rooms. 


















Grand total. 



















Cash-register reading 



Exchange Steward. 



Examined and approved. 



Exchange Officer. 



116 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 



1221 



FOEM I. 

Inventory, Exchange, Marine Barracks, Mare Island, Calif. 

Date July 31, 1915. Counted by Sgt. Wood Chkd. by Lt. Smith. 

Account Mdse. Entered by Cpl. Jones Chkd. by Lt. Udell. 

Department Priced by Lt. Meyer Chkd. by Lt. Manney. 

Extended by do Chkd. by do 

Totaled by Lt. Udell Chkd. by Lt. Smith. 



Quantity. article. 


Unit 
cost 
price. 


c t ! Unit 

$* \ selling 
vaiue. , price> 


Selling 
value. 


REMARKS. 


■ 




















i 




Committee (last page) 



N. M. C. 159— A&I. 



Form J. 
BALANCE SHEET. 



19 2 




Total ration strength for period covered by this report 

Profits subject to distribution 

(If none, so state.) 
Accounts payable will probably be settled 

To The Adjutant and Inspector, 

U. S. Marine Corps, Headquarters, Washington, D. C. 
Note. — The amounts posted to the Loss and Gain account from the other 
accounts during the period covered will be entered in the columns " Losses " 
and " Gains " as separate items opposite the accounts concerned. 

(OVER] 

117 



1221 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



Schedule of Bills Receivable. 

Note.— Also comply with Art. 1217 (5) Marine Corps 
Manual 



Memorandum of cost 
price of merchan- 
dise: 
Returned to deal- 
er 

Donated 

Transferred to ex- 
pense 

Transferred to 
property 



RANK. AMOUNT. DATE DUE 



Profits distributed during 
period, as follows: 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 



the 



Attendants and Employees. 
(Including barber, shoemaker, etc.) 



Monthly 
compen- 
sation 
from 
exchange. 



191 



I certify that there is $. 

on deposit in the 

National Bank of 

this date to the credit of the ex- 
change ; and cash on hand amount- 
ing to $ 



Exchange Officer. 



We certify that we have counted the cash on hand ; examined the check book, 
bank book, and statement rendered by the bank for the period covered by this 
audit. We have carefully inventoried the merchandise and have audited the 
accounts of this exchange as required by art. 1215, Marine Corps Manual, and 
found them to be correct. 



Forwarded, approved. 



Commandinff. 



118 



EXCHANGE KEGULATIONS. 



1222 



Major General 
Cornmanclant 



Adjutant and 
inspector 



Commanding 
Office)- * 



Exchange 
Council 



Barber. 
Tailor and 
Cobbler 
shops 




Bookkeeper 



Storeroom keepet 



Store 



Amusement 
room 
Library etc 



Commanding Officer (see Art. 1204). — Liaison with Headquarters, U. S. Marine Corps, 
exchange council, and exchange officer. 

Exchange Council (see Art. 1207). — Advisory body; liaison with commanding officer 
and exchange officer. 

Exchange Officer (see Art. 1205). — General manager; liaison with commanding 
officer, exchange council and all activities, either direct or through steward. 

Exchange Steward (see Art. 1206). — Accountable for all merchandise and property; 
direct supervision of all branches and activities ; liaison with exchange officer and all de- 
partments and branches. 

Storeroom Keeper (see Art. 1214 (16)). — Responsible to steward for all merchandise 
and property received in storeroom ; keeps steward informed of any excess or deficiency ; 
keeps prescribed record of all merchandise, etc., passing through his hands. 

Bookkeeper (see Arts. 1206 (5) and 1214 (1-8)). — Liaison with exchange officer, 
steward, and storeroom keeper ; keeps all accounts and records not required by regula- 
tions to be kept by other persons. 

Appendix. 

1222 

(1) It being realized that there is need for a systematic method of entering 
accounts in the post exchange work, the following comments give in elementary 
form those things which will start the exchange bookkeeper out with the funda- 
mentals of double-entry bookkeeping. Some of the outstanding faults hereto- 
fore apparent in these matters are : 

1. Incompleteness — partial treatment of the more complex accounts. 

2. Over-conservatism — adherence to old-fashioned theories. 

3. Too much variety of method in various exchanges. 

4. Over-development of system, leading to unnecessary clerical work. 

119 



1222 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(2) The term " double-entry " means simply that each transaction is recorded 
in full on each of the two sides of the records. 

(3) The left-hand side is the cZe&iiside and the right-hand side the credit side. 

(4) Since each transaction is entered in full on each side, it necessarily fol- 
lows that after this is completed for one or any number of transactions, the total 
of all entries on one side equals the total of all entries on the other side, or, 
in other words, the books balance. 

(5) The double-entry system of keeping books is subject to numerous varia- 
tions, depending upon the character, scope, and object of the business. For 
exchanges, wherein the object and activities are limited, and the personnel as 
a rule comparatively lacking in technical knowledge of accounting, to say noth- 
ing of purely temporary employment therewith, it is considered advisable that 
a uniform and simple method be employed for keeping the records. 

(6) In the double-entry system, the ledger is the book of final entry, and this 
book is an accurate, although condensed and tabulated, record of the business 
during its existence. It is from the ledger that the balance sheet is prepared. 

(7) The cashbook-journal is the chronological record, in sufficient detail, of 
each transaction that occurs. It is in the cashbook-journal and the ledger that 
the double-entry principle is employed, the other records being in the nature 
of supporting records to the entries in the cashbook-journal. 

(8) As above stated, each transaction must be recorded in full on each side 
of the books. This may, and often does, require the transaction to be split 
into two or more parts on either side, e. g., a cash receipt totaling $50.00 may 
emanate from the following sources: Merchandise sales, $30.00; barber shop, 
$8.00 ; tailor shop, $10.00 ; amusement room, $2.00. The entries in the cashbook- 
journal would show on the debit side in the column headed " cas7i," the one 
entry of $50.00 ; on the credit side in the various columns appropriately headed, 
the amount received from each source. In like manner, any other transaction is 
journalized to show the source of all money, merchandise, property, or services, 
or, on the other hand, the disposition of any money, merchandise, property, or 
services. 

(9) In each case, when any of the above items is received by the exchange, 
an entry of the amount is made on the del)it side of the cashbook-journal under 
the proper column. (This entry records the fact that something of value has 
been received.) 

(10) At the same time there must be made in the credit side and in the 
proper column or columns an entry of equal amount. (This entry records the 
source of the item received.) 

(11) In the same manner, when anything representing value is furnished or 
paid out by the exchange, an entry is made on the credit side of the cashbook- 
journal. (This records the fact that the exchange has actually given out some- 
thing of value.) 

(12) At the same time there is entered on the debit side of the cashbook- 
journal, in the appropriate column or columns, entries totaling the same amount. 
(This records the person, firm, or activity to whom the item was paid or given.) 

(13) In making entries in the cashbook-journal all entries relating to a single 
transaction must be made on the same line. In this connection it must be borne 
in mind that receiving anything and paying for it are two distinct transactions, 
even though payment is spot cash. 

Closing the Ledger. 
1223 

(1) Classification of accounts in closing a ledger. — In closing a ledger all 
accounts are divided into two classes : Real accounts and fictitious accounts. 

(2) A real account is one which, as its name indicates, represents some 
tangible value, either as an asset or liability. Some of the real accounts kept 

120 



EXCHANGE -REGULATIONS. 1223 

by an exchange are : Cash,, property, merchandise, bills receivable, accounts pay- 
able, etc. 

(3) A fictitious account is one which has no real value itself but serves to 
indicate a gain or loss on some account in the other classification, e. g., loss and 
gain, exchange, etc. 

(4) As thus classified, real accounts are closed " to " or " by" balance as the 
case may require. Fictitious accounts are closed " to " or " ~by " loss and gain. 

(5) An exception to the above rule is in the case of a merchandise account, 
which is a real account ; but since a profit or loss is expected in this account, 
it is closed either " to " or " by " loss and gain, after the inventory for the month 
has been duly credited. 

(6) The first step to be taken in closing a ledger is to open an account with 
" loss and gain," provided that this account has not been previously entered. 
The next step is to open an account with " balance," which will ultimately show 
on the debit side all resources or assets and on the credit side all liabilities. 
The loss and gain account will show, on completion, the losses on the debit side 
and the gains on the credit side. The differences between the debit and credit 
side of the loss and gain account will show the net gains or losses. During the 
month a loss and gain account furnishes a comfortable place for various items 
of loss and gain which can not be properly posted to other accounts. In closing 
the ledger it furnishes a place to put all the transfers from fictitious accounts 
and in this way show all the losses and gains in a single ledger title. The net 
gain or loss is then transferred to the exchange account and the " balance " of 
this exchange account will agree with the present worth shown in the oalance 
account. 

(7) The use of ink in closing the ledger. — Since the ledger's appearance 
largely depends on the proper use of inks, in its closure, it is highly important 
that the red and Hack ink used should always be employed properly and neatly. 

(8) A general rule to follow in the use of ink is : A red ink entry is an entry 
that never indicates an actual transaction. Closing entries are made in red vnk 
to distinguish them from the other entries in the ledger. It also indicates that 
the entries are to be transferred, either to another account or to the line 
below the rulings in the same account on the opposite side. 

(9) The rulings of an account are made in red ink. 

(10) Before closing a ledger, there are certain preliminary steps to be taken: 
Take an inventory of all cash, merchandise, and property. 

Take a trial balance. 

(11) The general ledger accounts should appear in the same order as shown 
on the monthly dalanoe sheet. The first account we will likely encounter, then, 
is the amusement account. Since this is an account involving losses or gains, we 
will close it in red ink " to " or " by " loss and gain. Assuming that the only 
transaction appearing on the ledger in the amusement account was a debit item — 
To merchandise, $100.00 — we would know from this item that the exchange had 
donated to the men of the command certain articles of merchandise and the 
item is therefore a loss. We will then close the account "By loss and gain, 
$100.00." The account may then be ruled off. 

(12) The $100.00 red-ink item is then transferred with black ink to the 
debit side of the loss and gain account and there shows up as a loss. All other 
accounts involving losses or gains are transferred in like manner. The accounts 
involving gains will, of course, be closed in red ink on the debit side of their re- 
spective accounts and transferred in black ink to the credit side of the loss and 
gain. Completing the loss and gain items, we now take up the real accounts 
(those closing to balance). These accounts are closed in red ink with the word- 
ing " to " or " ~by " balance, and the black-ink entries are then made to the op- 
posite side of the oalance account, showing-up in that account as an asset or 
liability. The account which we have just closed with the red-ink entry will 
then be ruled off and the balance appearing will then be brought down on the 
opposite side in black ink. 

88610—22 9 121 



1223 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

(13) The merchandise account is handled in the following manner : Assuming 
that the debit side of the merchandise account totals $2,552.00, this would mean 
that the prior inventory plus the receipts of merchandise in that month totaled 
the amount stated. The credit side shows that we disposed of $1,407.00 in 
merchandise. The inventory shows, we will say, $1,560.00. This is entered on 
the credit side in red ink. The total of the cred't side is now $2,967.00; since 
the amount sold plus that now on hand is greater than that received and on 
hand the first of the month, it indicates that a gain has been made, and we will 
close the account with a debit entry of " to loss and gain $415.00." This red- 
ink entry is then carried to the credit side of the loss and gain account. The 
merchandise account is then ruled off, and the inventory balance is then brought 
to the debit side of the merchandise account below the rulings, in black ink. 

(14) When all loss and gain items have been properly transferred and the 
balance entries properly made, we are now ready to close up the exchange 
account. We will assume that the debit side of the loss and gam account totals 
$294.55, showing that the total losses through the month total that amount. 
The credit side shows $490,27, which represents the total gains. A red-ink entry 
is then made on the debit side of enough to balance the account, which in this 
case would be $195.72. The entry is made " to exchange, $195.72." The amount 
is then carried to the credit side of the exchange account in black ink. 

(15) Assuming that this credit side of the exchange account shows the present 
worth at the first of the month to be $2,768.81, the amount of $195.72 added to 
it will give the present worth now to be $2,964.53. The exchange account is 
then closed in red ink on the debit side " to balance, $2,964.53." The balance 
account is now the only account open on the books. We assume that the debit 
side shows an amount of $3,760.03, which represents the assets of the exchange. 
The credit side shows a total of $795.50, which represents the liabilities of the 
exchange. If the exchange 'present worth of $2,964.53 is now added to the 
credit side of the balance account, this account will now balance, and the ledger 
is properly closed. 

(16) The balance account now shows us, in condensed form, an analysis of 
the real accounts and the loss and gain and analysis of the fictitious accounts. 

(17) The next step is to prepare the balance sheet, which is required to be 
made up monthly. Since the data for this sheet are found in the trial balance, 
and in the loss and gain, and in the balance account, very little comment is 
necessary on the proper preparation, except to say that it should be the highest 
aim of the one preparing the sheet to be correct and neat in the drawing up of 
this sheet. 

(18) Taking a trial balance. — After having posted all items into the ledger 
the next important step will be to show how the ledger is proved to be in bal- 
ance ; i. e., whether the amount of all the debits is equal to the amount of all 
the credits, or whether the amount of all its debit differences is equal to the 
amount of all its credit differences. The making of this test is called taking a 
trial balance, and the statement which results from making such a test is called 
the trial balance. 

(19) The trial balance is so called because it is a test to see whether the 
ledger is in balance, after all the postings have been made therein, at any given 
time. 

(20) Two forms of trial balances are in use — one called a trial balance, by 
sums and the other a trial balance by differences. 

(21) A trial balance by sums (the one required in exchange balance sheet) is 
that form of test which shows whether the debit sums in the ledger are equal to 
the credit sums in the ledger. This form of the trial balance is based upon the 
principle of equality of debits and credits, which is characteristic of double- 
entry and which is supposed to constantly exist in the ledger. 

(22) Since the debit and credit, or debits and credits, of each entry are 
exactly equal in amount to each other, it follows that the same equality will 
exist in the ledger if they are properly posted to it, and consequently that the 

122 



EXCHANGE REGULATIONS. 1223 

amounts of the debits and credits of all the ledger accounts, if properly entered 
in the trial balance, will also exactly agree in amount when the debit and credit 
columns of the trial balance are footed up. 

(23) Trial balance by differences, not being used in exchange balance sheets, 
is not explained. 

(24) Work to be done preparatory to talcing a trial balance. — Commencing 
with the first account in the ledger, carefully foot up both sides of the account, 
care being taken to write the footings with a sharp-pointed lead pencil in small, 
light, plain figures close up to the last posting on each side of the account, so 
that such figures will not interfere with subsequent postings and may be easily 
erased, if desired, without defacing other figures. This done, so do, in turn, 
with all the other accounts in the ledger that require addition. 

(25) The trial balance is required to be taken monthly, or at any other time 
desired. Aside from the fact of the requirement to execute a monthly balance 
sheet, another important object is attained, as in case the ledger does not bal- 
ance at the end of any given month only one month's posting to the ledger will 
require to be reviewed in order to discover the error or errors made. 

(26) What the trial balance proves when it balances, and what it does not 
prove. — When the trial balance balances, it simply proves* that the ledger is in 
balance; i. e., that the amounts of all the debits and credits in the ledger ac- 
counts are equal. Although it is generally accepted as satisfactory evidence that 
all previous work has been correctly done when the trial balance balances, yet it 
is not positive proof that such is the case. This is- due to the fact that various 
errors may be in prior work, which will not prevent the trial balance from bal- 
ancing, such as a wrong or transposed entry; as merchandise (debit) and cash 
(credit), instead of cash (debit) and merchandise (credit). Or perhaps it may 
occur in case of an entire entry not being posted, or posting an item to the right 
side of the wrong account. 

(27) The bookkeeper should bear these important facts in mind, to take the 
greatest possible care in doing all of his work, to the end that it may be done 
correctly. 

(28) Certain procedure when trial balance does not balance. 

(a) See that all additions were correctly made. 

(b) Find the exact difference between the debit and credit footings of the 
trial balance, then see if there is not an amount in some entry in books or 
vouchers from which postings were made that exactly corresponds to the error, 
as such an amount may have been omitted in posting, or may have been posted 
twice to the same side of an account. 

(c) If the error still exists and is exactly divisible by 2, see if there is not an 
amount in original record that corresponds exactly to the half difference, since 
such an amount, if posted to the wrong side of its own or some other account, 
would cause the disagreement. 

(d) If the error is still undiscovered and the exact difference is exactly 
divisible by 9, 99, or 999, error may be a transplacement or transposition of 
figures, as 41, posted as 14, would cause a difference of 27, which is divisible by 
9, produces a quotient of 3, which is the difference between 1 and 4, the figures 
transposed. All that will be necessary to check up an error of this sort is to 
find a posting whose difference in the tens and unit column is 3, and check back 
to book of original entry to find the entry which was transposed. 

(e) Errors divisible by 9 may occur by a transposition in the hundreds or 
thousands columns also, or may occur in what is called a " slidb " ; i. e., $93.00 
written as .93 causes an error of $92.07, which is, of course, divisible by 9. 



123 



CHAPTEB IB. 



SEPARATION FROM THE SERVICE. 



Deaths. 
1301 



Telegraphic ropvrtt. — Commanding officers of Marine Corps poets, recruiting 
stations, and other organisations will report immediately to the Secretary of the Wify 
Navy by telegraph all deaths of officers or enlisted men under their command, ' ~ 
giving name, rank, organization, date, place, cause of death, and information as 
to whether next of kin has been notified. Deaths of accepted applicants will be 
similarly reported. 

1302 

Doaths **4t ditcnsd liable condition: — Should a member of the Marine Corps 
die nnder discreditable circumstances, for instance, as the result of his own mis- "Jy, 4 q* 
conduct, it is directed that, in the telegram of notification to the family of the ' 7 ^ 
deceased, the mere fact only of his death in addition to the time and place, and 
the funeral arrangements, if any, be given, in order to spare the family any 
additional shock. 

1303 

(1) Flag* to *ccom pany *W/st. — Commanding officer* of Marine Corps posts 
and stations are authorized to issue flag* to accompany all bodies of officers 
or enlisted men whose deaths occur while in the service of the United States y 
Marine Corps, for warded . or delivered to the next of kin or relatives for r}? J~^ ^ 
private interment, in order that the flags may be available for use at time of '/ 
burial. Requests for such issue shall be construed as included in application for 

the body. 

(2) When funeral services are conducted by the Marine Corps, commanding 
officers are authorized to issue Hags used for draping the coffins when requested. 
In cases of doubt as to whether the persons making requests are legally entitled 
to the flags, the requests should be forwarded to the Major General Commandant 
for authority prior to issuing the flags. 

(8) Flags used for draping coffins at funerals where no next of kin is present 
will be preserved And stored for safe keeping, tagged with the name of the 
deceased and. date of funeral, and held for a period of three months pending 
the receipt of request therefor from the next of kin. If at the end of three 
months no request is received the flag will be returned to store for reissue. 

(4) The order of the commanding officer ill writing will be sufficient voucher 
for dropping from the property account flags issued in accordance with the 

12* 






1304 



MARINK rollPS MANUAL. 



Corps arc divided 



subparagraph (- r >).) 

of duty, a: id due 






Discharges. 
1304 

(1) Classes. lfischarges of enlisted men of the Ma' 

iiiin the follow ing classes: 

ffua* /. Honorable discharge. 

(a) Upon expiration u f enlistment or extended enlistment, or enrollment 

(fixed period or duration of war). 
(&) Upon report of medical survey, disability in line i>f duty. 
(c) Upon report of medical survey, il : sabillty riot in line of duty, not due 

to own misconduct. 
id) On account of dependency ofrelativos for convenience of tin Cio\ern- 

ment (death or disability of member of family occurring after en- 
listment and creating complete dependency ) . 
(/) < Mi accoilhl of dependency of relatives, for man's own Convenience. 
(/) To accept appointment in commissioned or warrant jfrtule, or at Naval 

Academy, etc. 
i,7) For man's own convenience 
(h) For convenience of tbe Government. 
(I) For inaptitude (including unfitness), Involving ho reflection upon 

moral character or conduct. 
(j) By reason of under-age enlistment. (S 
Class 2.— Discharge. 

(k) Upon report of medical survey, disability not in line 

to own misconduct. 
(/) As undesirable; by reason of — 

(1) Desertion. 

12) Habits and traits of character. 

(8) Fraudulent enlistment. 

(4) Conviction by a civil court. 

(5) other grounds. 

(m) Hy reason of under-age enlistment (See subparagraph '•">).) 
Clo*9 3. — Bad conduct discharge. 

(n) In pursuance of sentence of a summary or general court-martial. 
Via fj !{■ — Dishonorable discharge. 

in) In pursuance of sentence of general court-martial. 

(2) QiAch Qfjje n f_a tuf1jes- --Men discharged under (a), except reservists, are 
eligible for Honorable nischarge gratuity if reenlisted within four months. 
Men discharged under (a), (ft), («), (d), {h), and (») are entitled to the $60 
bonus (if not previously received) and travel pay. Men discharged under (c), 
(/)". ig), (*), [O, in), and (o) are not entitled to $o0 bonus or travel pay. 

(31 Certificates used- In effecting the discharge of marines the following 
certificates will be used : 
C la88l. — Honorable discharge. 

Upon expiration of first enlistment, or extension thereof. 

With award of good conduct medal, NMG 257a A&I (artificial parch- 
ment ) . 
Without award of good conduct medal, NMC 257 AAI { parchment). 
Upon expiration of reenlisfment: 

With award of good conduct medal, NMC 257a A&l (parchment). 

Without award of good conduct medal NMC 257 A&X (parchment). 

All honorable discharges from the Marine Corps Reserve, NMC 257g A&I 

(white paper). 
Upon report of medical survey, disability in line of <luty, NMC 257h A&I 

(parchment). 
Upon report of medical survey, disability not in line of duty, not due to 
own misconduct, NMC 257h A&T (artificial parchment). 

126 



SEPARATION FROM THE SERVICE. 1309 

Class 1. — Honorable discharge — Continued. 

All other discharges under Class 1, striking out in the fourth line of the 
certificate the words " the duration of the war," and substituting there- 
for the words " two years," " three years," or " four years," as may be 
proper, NMC 257i A&I (white paper). 
Class 2. — Discharge. 

In all discharges under Class 2, Form NMC 385a A &I (white paper). 
Class 8. — Bad conduct discharge. 

In all discharges under Class 3, Form NMC 385 (yellow paper). 
Class Jr. — Dishonorable discharge. 

In all discharges under Class 4, Form NMC 385b (yellow paper). 

(4) Preparation of certificates. — Commanding Officers, in showing cause of 
discharge on discharge certificate, will in all cases employ the same phraseology 
as contained in examples under a rticle 130g T but in no case will the discharge 
certificate of a marine discharge """lipoii report of medical survey for disability " 
bear notation indicating whether or not the disease or injury was) incurred in 
the line of duty. 

(5) Under-age discharges. — Upon application of either of the parents or of 
the guardian of an enlisted man (other than an apprentice), who is under the 
age of 18 years a-t-4he- time of receipt of such application. Marine Corps Head- 
quarters will direct his discharge " by reason of under-age enlistment." He shall 
receive pay and the form of discharge certificate to which his service, after 
enlistment, shall entitle him, together with transportation in kind, in accord- 
ance with the Army appropriation act of June 90, 3.9B1. * y Qj^A J}0 /<7 Q *\ 

1305 

Ceremony. — When a man is to be discharged upon expiration of enlistment 
with a good-conduct medal or bar the presentation of his discharge certifi- 
cate and medal or bar will be made an occasion of ceremony whenever practi- 
cable. 

1306 

The character given to a, man discharged for undesirability, inaptitude, or 
unfitness and entered on the face of the discharge certificate will be what his 
commanding officer thinks he deserves, and need not necessarily correspond with 
his markings for military efficiency, obedience, and sobriety. 

1307 

Medical survey. — Discharge of enlisted men upon report of medical survey 
for disability will not be effected until the man has been discharged from treat- 
ment in the hospital, except in cases of mental or incurable diseases. 

1308 

Before discharging a minor for any cause under circumstances where neither 
travel pay nor transportation in kind is to be furnished by the Government, the 
commanding officer will, if practicable, notify the parents or guardian of such 
minor a reasonable time in advance of the date set for discharge in order that 
they may send him funds with which to defray his expenses to his home. 

1309 

(1) Forwarding service-record books for discharge. — The service-record books of 
men who are to be discharged upon expiration of enlistment within the United 
States will be forwarded to Headquarters, U. S. Marine Corps, or to Head- 

127 



1309 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

Quarters, Department of the Pacific, as the case may require; those for Head- 
quarters, Marine Corps, to be forwarded not less than 15 days prior to expira- 
tion of enlistment from posts and recruiting stations east of the Mississippi 
Ever, and not less than 25 days prior to expiration of enlistment from posts 
and recruiting stations west of said river ; service-record books to be forwarded 
to Headquarters, Department of the Pacific, not less than 15 days prior to 
expiration of enlistment. 

(2) Completing service-record books of discharged men. — The service-record 
books of all men who are to be discharged for other causes will be retained at 
the posts (or on board the ships) where said men are to be discharged until the 
discharge certificates have been delivered, when an entry to the effect that the 
man has been discharged will be made in the place provided in the service- 
record book in accordance with one of the following examples, as may be appro- 
priate : 

(a) " Dishonorably discharged at (place of discharge) on (date of discharge), 
pursuant to the sentence of a general court-martial. Character: Bad. 

" : , u. s. m. c 

" Commanding" 
(o) "Discharged at (place of discharge) on (date of discharge), with a bad- 
conduct discharge, pursuant to the sentence of a summary (or general) court- 
martial. Character: Bad. 

" , U. S. M. C, 

" Com/ma nding." 

(C) "Discharged at (place of discharge) on (date of discharge), as unfit for 
service (or undesirable), by order of the Major General Commandant (or, by 

direction of the Secretary of the Navy). Character: 

" , U. S. M. C, 

" Commanding." 

(d) "Discharged at (place of discharge) on (date of discharge), upon report 
of medical survey, for disability. Disease or injury was (or was not) the re- 
sult of his own misconduct. Character: 

" , U. S. M. C, 

" Commandmg" 

(e) "Discharged at (place of discharge) on (date of discharge), by special 
order of the Major General Commandant, for his own convenience (or for con- 
venience of the Government). Character: 

" , U. S. M. C, 

" Commanding." 

(f) "Discharged at (place of discharge) on (date of discharge), by reason 
of underage enlistment. Character : 

- , U. S. M. C, 

" Commanding." 

1310 

Bad -con duct discharges. — When an enlisted man is sentenced by a summary 
court-martial to bad-conduct discharge, his accounts will be closed and trans- 
mitted for discharge at such time as date of discharge is decided upon, unless 
he is to be transferred to another station or ship for discharge, when his stall! 
returns will be transmitted from his new station. 

1311 

Medical survey discharges. — When an enlisted man has been surveyed and 
recommended for discharge by a board of medical survey, his accounts shall 
be closed and forwarded to the pay officer carrying his accounts on the same 
date that the report of survey is transmitted, or as soon thereafter as prac- 

128 



SEPARATION FROM THE SERVICE. 1317 

ticable, but the man will not be discharged until an order for his discharge 
has been received from the Major General Commandant, excepting in cases 
of recruits under training at training stations and training camps, where 
the report of medical survey has been approved by the local authorities, as 
provided in article D-8030, Bureau of Navigation Manual, 1921. 

1312 

Address cards. — Commanding officers will furnish men about to be discharged 
with three or more cards (N. M. C. 684), to be used by them in reporting to 
Headquarters any change in their address for a period of three months after 
discharge. 

1313 

(1) Medical survey discharge of recruits. — In the cases of recruits under train- 
ing, commandants and commanding officers of training stations and training 
camps are authorized to approve the recommendations of boards of medical 
survey recommending the discharge of enlisted men of the Navy in advance of 
the bureau's approval. When such action is taken in any case the medical 
survey showing the action taken shall be forwarded in the usual manner. In 
medical surveys on any men other than recruits the papers shall be forwarded 
to the bureau before final action is taken. (Art. D^8030, Bureau of Naviga- 
tion Manual.) 

(2) Commanding officers and pay officers concerned are hereby authorized 
to proceed immediately, upon approval of report of a medical survey by the 
local authorities, in case of a recruit under training, as provided in article 
D-8030, above quoted, with preparation of discharge certificate and final 
settlement, without awaiting orders, or copy thereof, respectively, from the 
Major General Commandant. 

1314 

Discharge of probationers. — In no case should a summary or general court- 
martial probationer be discharged upon report of medical survey until the bad- 
conduct or dishonorable discharge has been remitted by the Department. 

1315 

No transfers after accounts closed. — In order to avoid confusion and delay in 
final settlement, no transfers will be made or authorized after a man's accounts 
have been closed preliminary to discharge. 



In the case of a reservist, the Paymaster, Headquarters, Marine Corps, Wash- 
ington.. D. C, should be notified of the discharge by letter in triplicate. 

1317 

Orders for discharge of men who are surveyed on board ship, or while serving 
with expeditionary forces, or who join a marine barracks direct for discharge, 
will be issued from Marine Corps Headquarters as soon as practicable after 
receipt from the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery of approved report of medical 
survey. That there may be no delay in these cases, commanding officers will 
promptly report their joining. 

129 



1318 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



1318 

(1) Preparation of discharge certificates. — Except in the case of a man to be 
discharged in the Department of the Pacific or any other place where specific 
authority to prepare discharge certificates and to award good-conduct insignia 
has been or may be given by the Major General Commandant, all parchment 
and imitation parchment discharges will be prepared at Marine Corps Head- 
quarters, and the certificate of good-conduct award thereon, if any, signed by 
the Major General Commandant, the/^certi ficate being f orwarded for comple- 
tion and delivery to the place where the ananTsTservinsr. <oCi^^M. t 



ring, xoot^e*.*^, 

(2) In the case of a white or yellow discharge certificate, such certificate 
will be prepared, as well as delivered, at the place where the man is serving, 
the discharge, and the delivery certificate thereon, being signed by the com- 
manding officer of the post. 

(3) Final settlements on discharge will be signed In^a ^imlLii u i .'itm* iA De- 
livery of check will invariably be made by a commissioned officer. ^y 

<? 1319 <*?£±*«s. J 

Transfer for discharge. — Where marine detachments on shore are in charge 
of noncommissioned officers, and in cases of marine detachments serving on 
board ships in borne waters, the marine will be transferred without specific 
orders from the Major General Commandant to the nearest Marine Corps post 
commanded by a commissioned officer, for discharge, at least two weeks prior 
to the expiration of enlistment. 

1320 

Final settlements. — The Major General Commandant (or the commanding 
general Department of the Pacific) will send to the pay officer having the 
man's accounts a copy of the order sent to the commanding officer to prepare 
a discharge certificate. Upon receipt of the copy of the order for discharge, 
the pay officer will make final settlement, including therein, in addition to 
the credit or debit for undrawn or overdrawn clothing theretofore certified by 
the post quartermaster or office keeping the clothing account rolls, the addi- 
tional amount according to the prescribed scale of allowances for clothing due 
to the date of discharge, such date to be determined by the paymaster accord- 
ing to the time necessary to allow for the receipt of the final statement and 
check (if any) at the place of discharge. The officer delivering the discharge 
certificate will in all cases enter therein the amount paid. 

1321 

Pay and clothing accounts of men to be discharged, upon expiration of enlist- 
ment, made out to include the day of discharge, will be forwarded to the 
proper paymaster at such time prior to the expiration of such enlistment as 
will enable the paymaster to make out and return final statements. The pay- 
master will make out the final statement, and will forward such statement 
with check, without further notification, to the man's commanding officer in 
time to reach him prior to the expiration of his enlistment. 

Discharge While on Foreign Shore Duty. 



1322 

(1) Waivers to consular aid and transportation. — Marines who are to be dis- 
charged while on shore duty on foreign stations shall not, in consideration of 
being retained at such stations for discharge, be required to execute waivers 

130 



SEPARATION FROM THE SERVICE. 1325 

of claims to consular aid and to transportation and subsistence for sea travel 
incident to return from place of discharge to place of current enlistment. 

(2) Waivers of claims to consular aid and transportation will only be re- 
quired in cases of marines who are to be discharged upon their own request 
on expiration of enlistment from a ship on foreign station, in accordance with 
article 1689 (2), Navy Regulations, 1920. 

(3) Waivers in such cases will be worded as follows : 

" I, , serving as a marine on board the U. S. S. , request 

to be discharged upon expiration of my enlistment, , 19 — , in the port 

of . If so discharged. I hereby waive all claims to consular aid and 

to transportation to the United States." 

(4) Waivers will be executed in duplicate and one copy forwarded to Head- 
quarters, United States Marine Corps, through official channels ; the other will 
be securely pasted in the man's service-record book. 

(5) Transportation and subsistence. — Upon the discharge while on foreign 
shore duty of any enlisted man with an honorable discharge, the law requires 
that transportation and subsistence in kind for the sea travel over the statu- 
tory shortest usually traveled route to his place of^enlistment eiHfrefia~£de-home 
<>r residence, whk-bever is elected, should be tendered him. If this tender be 
accepted, then this transportaton and subsistence in kind should be supplied 
the discharged man after his discharge. For the land travel in the journey, 
both within and without the United States, mileage at the rate prescribed by 
law rather than transportaion and subsistence in kind should be credited him 
in bis final settlement. If the man declines to accept the tender of the trans- 
portation and subsistence in kind for the sea travel, through his desire imme- 
diately to reenlist, or for any other cause, a proper record of this tender and 
of its nonacceptance. or its waiver, should be made as required by instructions 
contained in the Paymaster's Manual, Marine Corps, 1921, but in a case where 
the accounts are paid by a naval pay officer this record should further be made 
under " Kemarks " on pay rolls where the final statement of the account is 
extended. 

1323 

Undesirable discharges. — When requests are made for the discharge of a man 
/rom the service as " undesirable " a full report of the circumstances will be 
made, together with the recommendation of the company or detachment com- 
mander, the recommendation of the post commander, and a statement of the 
man concerned, or a declaration that he desires to make no statement. 
Requests for discharges of this nature will not be made by telegraph. No dis- 
charges of this nature will be effected without specific authority from the 
Major General Commandant, or, in the Department of the Pacific, the depart- 
mental commander. 

1324 

Although the Navy Regulations authorize the discharge of marines because 
of undesirability, recourse to such action should be had only in exceptional 
circumstances, i. e., where the man concerned is constantly committing breaches 
of discipline of such minor character as not to warrant trial by court-martial, 
or who, because of hvek— of- mteiligenee. uncleanliness, immorality, etc., is 
clearly undesirable for retention in the service. Discharge as undesirable is 
not to be used as a punishment, but rather as a means of disposing of per- 
sons who are useless to the service. 

1325 

Closing accounts for settlement. — Immediately a man is recommended for dis- 
charge, a statement of his account for settlement on discharge (N. M. C. 90) 

131 



v) 



1325 MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 

will be submitted by the officer keeping the pay rolls to the proper paymaster 
of the Corps, or of the Navy, in which statement there will be credited or 
debited the amount then due or overdrawn on account of clothing. A settle- 
ment of the clothing account on N. M. C. 146, certified by the post quarter- 
master or other officer keeping the clothing account roll, supporting this sum, 
must accompany N. M. C. 90. Where accounts of marines on shore or sea duty 
are carried by naval paymasters, N. M. C. 146, prepared as above indicated, 
but extended to include the date of discharge, will be furnished such pay- 
masters. 

1326 

(1) When closing accounts for settlement on form N. M. C. 90, for discharge 
" upon report of medical survey, for disability," the form will contain, in brack- 
ets, immediately after the cause for discharge, a notation as to whether or not 
the disease or injury was due to the man's own misconduct. 

(2) The entry in the man's service-record book will also show whether or 
not the disease or injury was the result of his own misconduct. 

Removal of Insignia Upon Discharge for Bad Conduct, Etc. 

1327 

(1) The attention of commanding officers is directed to that portion of Navy 
Department General Order No. 110, revised July 10, 1916, which requires the 
removal of all distinctive insignia of uniform prior to the discharge of enlisted 
men in all cases of bad conduct, dishonorable, and undesirable discharges. 

(2) Inasmuch as the requirements of General Order No. 110, revised July 10, 
1916, are applicable to the Marine Corps it is directed that the following pro- 
cedure govern in cases of enlisted men of the Marine Corps. 

(3) Prior to the discharge of a marine for bad conduct or undesirability 
(pursuant to the sentence of a general or summary court-martial by order of 
the Secretary of the Navy or the Major General Commandant, etc.) all Marine 
Corps bronze or brass buttons, cap ornaments, figures and letters (hat), chev- 
rons, trousers' stripes, service stripes, rating badges (gun pointers, gun cap- 
tains, musicians) will be removed from all articles of uniform clothing in his 
possession at date of discharge. 

(4) Buttons so removed will be replaced by suitable plain commercial buttons, 
which will be supplied by the quartermaster's department upon requisition on 
the proper depot quartermaster. It is proposed to supply buttons permitting 
of quick attachment without sewing, i. e., similar to the commercially known 
" bachelor's button." These buttons will be supplied gratuitously to the man 
about to be discharged and will be dropped from the returns of the accountable 
officer in such manner as may be prescribed by the Quartermaster. 

(5) Cap ornaments, figures, and letters (hat), removed as above directed, will 
be taken up by the post quartermaster. When buttons have accumulated in 
sufficient quantities they will be invoiced to the nearest depot quartermaster. 

(6) Assuming that chevrons, service stripes, etc., would ordinarily be removed 
in a more or less worn and soiled condition and unsuitable for reissue, such 
insignia may be destroyed immediately. 

(7) Medals of honor and medal of honor rosettes, distinguished service 
medals, navy crosses, good-conduct medals and bars, Dewey medals, West Indian 
campaign medals and Special meritorious service medals, life-saving medals, cam- 
paign badges (Civil War, Spanish, Philippine, China, Army of Cuban Pacifica- 
tion, Nicaraguan, etc.) and ribbon bars in connection therewith, brevet medals, 
and target insignia (distinguished marksman's badges, Marine Corps compe- 
tition medals, Marine Corps division competition medals, Marine Corps division 
competition pistol medals, expert riflemen's badges, sharpshooter's badges, and 

132 



SEPARATION FROM THE SERVICE. 1829 

marksman's pins, issued by the Marine Corps, distinguished pistol-shot's bars, 
expert rifleman's bars, and sharpshooter's badges, issued by the Navy, etc.), are 
the private property of the men to whom awarded and will be retained by 
them, excepting good-conduct medals forfeited by sentence of a general court- 
martial. A man discharged for bad conduct or for undesirability should not 
be permitted, however, to wear any of these insignia upon his' departure from 
the post or ship. 

(8) As marines dishonorably discharged pursuant to sentences of general 
courts-martial surrender their uniform clothing in exchange for civilian cloth- 
ing, the foregoing directions are only applicable in such cases so far as to 
require that precautionary measures be taken to see that men so discharged 
surrender all articles mentioned in paragraph (3) and that upon their de- 
parture they do not wear any of the insignia mentioned in paragraph (7) or 
any distinctive insignia of the uniform. 

1328 

Retention in Seevice to Work off Indebtedness. 

(1) Marines who are to be discharged with a bad-conduct discharge, upon 
report of medical survey, or for other cause for the convenience of the Govern- 
ment, will not be held in the service for the purpose of working off indebtedness 
to the Government, except in cases in which such indebtedness has been in- 
curred for the man's own benefit, such, for example, as for transportation from 
furlough to post. 
+- (2) Marines who are to be discharged for their own convenience will not 
V be discharged while in debt to the Government. 

(3) In the event that any case arises where the above rules should not be 
\/ applied, it will be reported to the Major General Commandant for special 
consideration. 

retirement. 

1329 

(1) Under Army laws. — Enlisted men of the Marine Corps are entitled to 
retirement under the laws and regulations provided for the Army. The appli- 
cation of an enlisted man of the Marine Corps for retirement shall be made 
to the President of the United States, and in computing the thirty years neces- 
sary to entitle him to be retired all service in the Army, Navy, and Marine 
Corps shall be credited in accordance with Army Regulations. 

(2) Closing accounts for retirement. — After approval of an enlisted man's 
application for retirement, an order shall be issued from Marine Corps Head- 
quarters transferring him to the retired list. Upon receipt of such order by 
his immediate commanding officer a final statement shall be prepared, his pay 
and clothing accounts being closed (on forms N. M. C. 90 P. M. and N. M. C. 
146 QM, respectively) to and including date of retirement and forwarded to 
the pay officer carrying his accounts. No discharge shall be given, however, 
but his name shall be dropped from the active list and his staff returns closed 
and forwarded to Headquarters. His post office address on retirement will 
also be forwarded. ^^-^ 

(3) A descf ip"tlve~iisi,^orm,J^.M^ C fififl ..-A ^Xj^shall be made out by the k^\, 
officer transferring an enlisted mm In. fhT f "vri ii rd IT T ,nir1 fan \x;\\ ."T < il with a 
copy of the Major General Con^Haeirulint's order directing the transfer, to the 

pay officer who mal^es^fietrr*Settlement with the marine, who will in turn for- ^ "" 
ward it with the necessary transfer pay accounts to the Paymaster, Head- 
quarters, Marine Corps. 

133 



1329 



MARINE CORPS MANUAL. 



(4) Ceremony. — When an enlisted man of the Marine Corps is to be placed 
on the retired list after 30 years' service, the presentation of his retirement 
papers will be made an occasion of ceremony, the scope of the ceremony and 
the number of troops participating being left to the discretion of the command- 
ing officer of the post or station. 

(5) Pay. — The authorized pay and allowances of retired enlisted men of the 
Marine Corps shall be paid them monthly by the Paymaster, Headquarters, 
Marine Corps. 

(6) Monthly report of address. — On the last day of each calendar month re- 
tired enlisted men shall report to Marine Corps Headquarters their post-office 
address, and shall promptly report any change therein. Blank cards for this 
purpose shall be furnished retired enlisted men by Headquarters. 



134 






CHAPTER 14 
MARINE CORPS RESERVE, 

Establish MKNT. 

1401 

(1) The Marine Corps Reserve is established and maintained under the pro- 
^'S^ "»!• » r * (,f Aumist L>P. 19.10, and subsequent modifications thereof 
J;'. liiP * grille r«rps Reserve is roniposed of citizens of the United Stales, 
who. by enrolling therein or by transfer thereto from the Marine Corps obligate 
themselves to serve in the Marine Corfu in time of war or rfcirine the existence 
ol a natlounl emergency declared bv the President 

(3) Reference to officers in this chapter includes eommissioned and warrant 
officers and pay rlerks unless otherwise indicated. 

< ' LASSES. 

1403 

(1) C/ass U Fleet Marine turps Reserve, is coursed of former offieers ami 
enlisted men of the Marine Corps and is subdivided as fyllowa- 

t«> Former permanent officers of the Marine Corps uho have left the service 
under honorable conditions. 

J^JTn! >? H T i} - ,n Vl ' JS U '"' Mar,n * r, ' r, ' s vvfio have b «™ Honorably dis- 
charged from the Marine Corp* alter at least one four-year term of enlistment 
or an enlistment during minority, la ease of more than one such enlistment 
the discharge from the last enlistment must ha\»* been honorable 

ic) Unlisted men of the Man,.. Corps transferred to the reserve in lieu of 
discharge, on application approve,! by the Major General Commandant at the 
ex,, ration of a tem, „f enlistment, who amy be then entitle,! to an honorable 
diMmrge after h. years -.aval service, excluding Inactive service in the Reserve 

(d hjili^etl men of the Marine Corps transferred, on application approved 
bj the Major Ueiieral Commandant, at any tune alter completion of 20 or more 
years naval service excluding inactive service in the Reserve 

(2) Class 2 is composed of officers who have i, a d two years' military ex- 
pern nee us such aud are not less than 20 oi more than 35 vears of am unon 
enrollment and of men in enlisted ranks who have had miliiarv exiwrliW or 
have enrolled from the naval militia of any State. Territory, or the Dlsirle 
of Columbia and who are net le«s tlian is or more than 35 wars of age unon 
enrollment. ** *" u 

f VL S^Va Vh - V " V u ' VUlH * : ' " ] fhp M " ,rinp r ° v ^ "tw'nre -orresponding 
to the Naval A> diary Reserve 

(4) Class 4 u composed of oflieers and men who are capable of renderina 
useful service to the Marine Corps or in connection « itb the Marine a>rS > in thf 
defense and maintenance of naval utilities. 

185 



1462 MAEINE CORPS MANITAL. 

(5) Clas* 5, Marine Corps Reserve Flying Corps, is composed of: 

(a) Officers, provisional, who qualify professionally by such examination as 
may be prescribed by the Major General Commandant. 

(b) Officers, confirmed, who have enrolled after leaving the naval service under 
honorable conditions and who are qualified for aviation duties, who are surplus 
graduates of the Navy Aeronautical School and are appointed second lieutenants 
in the Marine Corps Reserve Flying Corps, and officers, provisional, who are 
confirmed upon qualification in their rank, 

(c) Men, provisional, who qualify professionally by such examination as may 
be prescribed by the Major General Commandant. 

(d) Men, confirmed, qualified for aviation, who have enrolled after being hon- 
orably discharged from the naval service after one or more four-year enlistments 
or after an enlistment during minority, and those who are confirmed upon 
qualification in their rank. 

(e) Enlisted men of the Marine Corps who are qualified for aviation and are 
transferred from the Marine Corps to the Marine Corps Reserve Flying Corps, 
upon completion of 16 years' service, under the same conditions as Class 1(c). 

(f) Enlisted men of the Marine Corpa who are qualified for aviation and who 
are transferred to the Marine Corps Reserve Flying Corps upon completion of 
20 or more years' service, under the same conditions as Class 1(d). 

(6) CI a** 6, Volunteer Marine Corps Reserve, is composed of those officers 
and men who obligate themselves to serve in the Marine Corps in time of war 
or declared emergency, who do not receive retainer pay or uniform gratuity in 
tiiXM of peace, and are governed by the same rules as other classes in time of war. 

Enrollment. 

1403 

(1) All members enrolled. — All members of the Marine Corps Reserve are 
enrolled, except those enlisted men transferred to the Fleet Marine Corns Re- 
serve and the Marine Corps Reserve Flying Corps upon the completion of 16 
years' service or upon or after the completion of 20 years. 

(2) For four yew*.— All enrollments in all classes are for four years and 
are for general service., All reservists are required to take the oath of allegi- 
ance to the United States. 

(3) Qualification*. — Before enrollment candidates must furnish evidence sat- 
iafactory to the enrolling officer as to qualifications and character. 

(4) The physical requirement* for enrollment are the same as those prescribed 
for enlistment of men in the Marine Corps, with the modifications set forth 1n 
" Circular Relating to the Physical Examination of Applicants for Enrollment 
In the United States Naval Reserve Force." 

(5) Ago. — Former enlisted men who are over 41 years of age will not be 
enrolled In the Fleet Marine Corps Reserve without the prior approval of the 
Major General Commandant, and no person will be enrolled in any class of the 
Reserve who is 60 or more years of age. 

(6) Enrollment at officer* in any claw of the reserve of applicants, who have 
had no prior service as officers in the Marine Corps or Marine Corps Reserve 
will not be effected without the authorization of the Major General Com 
mandant 

(7) Enrollment and reenrollment of officers in the Fleet Marine Corps Reserve 
and In th*» Marine Corps Reserve Flying Corps will be effected only by authori- 
zation of the Major General Commandant upon application. Reenrollments of 
officers in confirmed rank in ail classes of the reserve will be subject to the same 
authorization. 

(8) Reenrollment*. — The presentation of the letter of discharge or of the 
letter accepting resignation will be sufficient authority for the reenrollment of 
officers in Classes 2 and 4, subject to the general instruction issued from time 
to time. 

186 



MASIHf ODftMl BSSBVTS. ***** 

<m ▲ m »ii a .«4 AM i «n» u«millr-en± a* a«eer« of farmer resereist* who haife 
nac"^^^ Navy^or the Mffr.Cor^wm 

* refl^ totfce Ma Je* General Cfeni»an4nnt for action in the Un*t of records 

d °ao" ^rS^d ,^rnUi*e*. in Claa. 4 ere anbject to the ««>ro*al of 

^%?r J S^Mf^/^T^5^ ei the Nav* MliWa of a State, SarrHory, or 

AkJ Tvii^ if fl5^DabiT«f enroll Hi the Marine Oorpe Rceerm 
^n^^S^^^wTS «£*«•« of enlieied men tnanaferred to the 
- ortae Marine Corpa Flying Corp* and iial>e«*ueBtfy 



vw' Mario* rjejpp, Beeerre or tae Marine uorpa r lyins ^<w ««* .T^^^tl, 
*5!LS ^T 2aw!T. #hTu»lor General Oaouaanclant may diaenrott any o«eer 
^S^lfn^lSSd lifsiSormi iSe^ tor^S* eoroW Commons of 
who la ^^^J^^^SSsnLSiMmrS* Goroa Reeerve or the Mar too Corne 
Z^£S^tt£££*5^¥& rooked .I.M. 

condition* 

Raps, Mw«nw, aw» tawenow. 

1404 

(1 l luti aW »<W« m<k*rtn4.- 9T»e Tarious rank* and gradoa of the 
M.rL "V»P tolnd Vludiug that of major are authorised for the Marine 

^•.TlTw. fraaa^.-Tranafera of enllated men of the Marine Corp. to 
al fi 2?LlfiZ c££*iaer»a, « *• Marine Corps Reserve Flying Oorpe, upon 
to. S5llSl^^-??S£i or aftor the completion of SO m»* «•"•<» 

•j^rS«5»* O*** "«****• upon HTM enr«ltae«t an. 
SK^pESlSl «S correspoading to «» m.mta^taowledg, ande^ 
S!S£«H. nr to the skill a the techalcal •MIKy which is expected to be ajtaerrtce 
totteMart^oSir -ThU5%Uho«tf-l«tW experience or technical ability will 

«^^3TSolswhlteJn artlve duty) are to proTiatonei grade or rank, whlc* 
ta^ES to c^rVa^n. Promoaon. to . higher rank or wade of m«b«a * 
&1&?MaX Corps ^S^^^^i^l!^^»^££%^ 

Reatrre^rUh <SS^ raST^ the grade or rank held by them upon «eparaUoa 
?^^aW^wS^^ai»lMtk», other to** phyekal. All other conflraa- 
tSS ae oSSS. in^ener^ttbe ^^Ta?t iWaer vice for three mem^ 
r^5Lrt^{X!,.i «!k «■<«*<*» to ohyaieai examination, and to examination 
^e^^nTuoTby 1* ^^J"l^£Z or the Marine Corps, not below 

^i^J§fSSj^9 la mdea or ranks other than coainiiaaioii*! asM be subject 
to^^^Tctlve^r^ tn^proviaiorial grade or i»nfc-teeju»oli»ttoa 
nm^<^^te^^^^ omoer of qualification for the performance of 

dU ^*^*ei*»« ^Members who enroll In or are tranaferrod to the Fleet 
Marina To?™ KeeewTw** aonceantlaaioned rank ean not be reduced from 
!£t ^^S^Dtnoo^ tfeeir own request or by sentence of court-*)* rtiaK 

aJIrwtee^rtaT th^wvkrtSa^ I rank. In caae of a reaervi»t hoKiing confiriuea 
r^nTS fm«hfr K^nti rink, he may 1* reappointed by Headquarter,, 



1404 MJJULffB OOttMt 1$AKUAU 

Marine Corps, to the higher proviatonal rank upon reenrolUaent to the confirmed 

* (9) f«rf//Mifi sr* dorotlo* of mmr men will be made provisionally to the 
ranks held by them on discharge. 

(10) Bmroiimont a*4 toonroHmomfo in cIojom ¥ are subject to the approval of 
the Major General Commandant " ■ 

(11) Prom**** to nrrm* or oommitoionoo' f*«rfe.— Member^ of the Fleet 
Marine Corn* Reserve on active doty, whn establish their qualifications to the 
satisfaction o! the Secretary of the Navy, may be appointed pay eterks, quar- 
termaster clerks, marine gunner*, or second lieutenants ia the Reserve. 

(12) Reservists in an inactive status who have been transferred from the 
Marine Corps upon completion of 1C or 20 years' service do not forfeit ther 
retainer pay, but their active duty pay and clothing accounts to enlisted ranks 

a *U3) Signotoro *• oficoro es#W*f »•**§.— Appointments of officers in Classes 
2 4, 5 and 6\ will be signed by the enrolling officer, by authority of the Major 
General Commandant. Appointments of officers in Class 1 will be signed by 
the Secretary of the Navy. 

AOMIBISTEATIOM. 

1405 

(1) Br Bohr totorat Cams*****.— The Marine Corps Reserve is organised 
and administered by the Major General Commandant, who holds the same re- 
lation to it as to the Marine Corps. 

(2) Commanding (Moor inaetfro /reesfT/tft.— The officers in charge of the 
Marine Corps Reserve, Headquarters U. 8. Marine Corps, will be the Command- 
ing officer of all Inactive reservists. 

(3) Orion for artft* oorHoo tor training.— When authorsed by the Major 
General Commandant, the commanding officer of the Marine Corps Reserve 
will upon request for active service for training as a reservist, issue the neces- 
sary orders to the designated training center, furnshiftg the commanding officer 
of the center with a copy of the orders. He will also, in case the reservist Is 
in an enlisted rank or grade, issue the necessary tranportation and subsistence. 
Except by authority of the Major General Commandant, a reservist will pot be 
assigned to active duty for training for a longer period than two months during 
an enrollment ' _ ... 

(4) tfpow comaiotton of tho porhd of train urg, the eomnndhig officer of the 
training center will order the reservist to his home, furnishing the Adjutant 
and Inspector, Headquarters, Marine Corps, with a copy of the order. He will 
also. In ease the reservist Is tn an enlisted rank or grade, issue the necessary 
transportation and subsistence. ' 

(5) *#•* *nt roporting for ootfro oorvho, for framing or duty, reserve officers 
and men will be examined by • saedical officer, who will make appropriate 
entry In the health record showing physical condition. Similar entry will be 
man* upon transfer to InnctlTe status. 

(6) Trmntftr* botmoon cfaoooo.-— Reservists may, upon approval of the Major 
General Commandant transfer from one elas* to another In which qualified 
without prejudice to rank or confirmation, but in the case of a confirmed rank, 
the general nature of the duties must not be changed. 

(7) Alignment to in** fro ototv:— Reservists will be assigned to an inactive 
status upon enrollment, unless designated for immediate active service. Two 
months' active service for training are prescribed for reservists during enroll- 
ment, which may be performed In one or more periods as the reservist may elect 

(S) infhtmonf of rooonioto in othor foreo* arottroHod.—K member of the 
Marine Corps Reserve Is not permitted to enlist or enroll in the land or naval 
forces of any State, Territory, or of the District of Columbia. 

18S 



M.ABINE COBPS RKSMVB. 14 06 



(9) S«.m.f. sr. r.f.//W f. r.p.rf t,r /•**■«*• under such conditio™ as 
on the completion ol 16 years' service, 1. time to permit the transler in hen of 

""^^UV^JS^pSSS^ recommend good conduct m^d 

* InslgiV (It recommended and It is necessary to alter the ^recom- 

mendatKm, Headquarters of the Marine Corps will be notified Im- 

,6, Th^motnVof time lost under N. K. 554 during current enlistment 

(c) ;"t»SL that occurred during current anllstment. 

CU ^\ ^.ver^rmarn'co.Hluct during current enlistment. 

\V\ Anv extraordinary heroism that occurred during current «»»«"*"'; 

n If the «pp"""nt on the date he la due for discharge by ^Iruttou 

of hie current has completed exactly 20 years nnval service and is 

To be transferred to tto Fleet Marine Corps Reserve, in Ueu of d£ 

chare 'there will be shown the amount of time lost under N. E 554 

dnrtK' current enlistment, the cause thereof, and whether or not 

tre acpllcunt is recommended for good conduct medal inslgnU. 

,.„> »• ■ r . M^mii™ of the Marine Corps Reserve are subject to the 

(12) '"''P''"'--}. «°**™ C „, of the Marine Corps only when on active duty, 

same discipline as other '"f" 1 ''*™", "home* for active duty, except former en- 

StS ! ESSSs5S5«u'a5sssws»= 

unavailable for call ^ "? n ^'^tet Tthe nnava UabUity. to the Adjutant and 
^^"SroUm^t'ot JSSSl members may be effected If the absence or 
otb^unavaitabUlty be sufficiently prolonged. 



Unwomi and Insignia. 
1406 



,1) Mhm ,W upon ^'«'«"i!?J*i*^^TJ^ 
will have issued to t^ ^"^^^.^^Sor, for U.e proper 

^^^^SZZSXS^X&U & to the Govern- 
meat by the reason of lover »*£• f ^ Marlne c^pg TUserve who daring 

^rrVU^otr^rre^tr^d orders applicable to enlisted 

Ts? »5 * & *«— wlu be lssued t0 tranrferred and enK,Ued 

nwiubors of the Marine Corps Re**™- 

139 



1406 MARIN* COUPS MANUAL. 

(4) Honorable discharge button a will be Issued to discharged members of the 
Marine Corps Reserve. 

DlSCHABGR AND RETIREMENT. 

1407 

(1) A reservist is entitled te discharge, except in time of war or declared 
emergency, upon application to the Major General Commandant, or upon ex- 
piration of enrollment. If a reservist holding enlisted rank Is discharged or 
disenrolled without compulsion befort the expiration of enrollment, he is 
required to reimburse the Government for any clothing gratuity credited to him 
during enrollment. 

(2) Preparation of discharge certificate. — The commanding officer of the Marine 
Corps Reserve will prepare certificates foj the discharge of inactive reservists, 
upon expiration of enrollment or otherwise. The Paymaster will deliver these 
certificates together with the final settlement, and forward same direct to the 
address of the reservsts. 

(8) DisenroHment for age. — Enrolled reservists will be disenrolled upon reach- 
ing the age of 64 years. If in active service at the time of war or declared 
emergency upon attaining that age, reservists may be continued in an active 
status by the Major General Commandant, but in no case beyond six months 
after the war or national emergency shall have ceased. 

(4) Retirement.— Enlisted men transferred to the Reserve after 16 or 20 years' 
service may be retired upon written application upon the completion of 30 years' 
service, counting inactive service after transfer. Other reservists are not en- 
titled to retirement. 

RjfiCOHDS AND REPORTS. 

1408 

(1) Finger prints of applicant for enrollment in enlisted grades of the Reserve 
will be taken and forwarded to the Adjutant and Inspector under the rules gov- 
erning the recruiting service. 

(2) Change of address .-^Reservists are required to report changes of address 
to the Adjutant and Inspector. When practicable, prescribed blank forms will 
be used. 

(3) Aft enrollment papers will be forwarded to the Adjutant and Inspector. 

(4) Report of injury. — Reservists are required to report to the Adjutant 
and Inspector any serious injury or impairment of health, and any other con- 
ditions which may make them unavailable for a call to active duty 

(5) Service-record books. — Commanding officers of the training centers will 
enter in the reservists' service-record books dates of joining and transfer, and 
markings for proficiency ami conduct. The date of joining and transfer will be 
reported by letter in each case to the Major General Commandant, and three 
copies of oach such letter will be forwarded to the Paymaster, Headquarters, 
Marine Corps. 

(C) Fitness reports on reserve officers in an active duty status will he sub- 
mitted under the same instructions as those applicable to officers of the Marine 
Corps on active duty. 

(7.) The retainer pay accounts of officers and men of the Marine Corps Reserve 
are carried by the Paymaster, Headquarters, Marine Corps. Reservists trans 
f erred from the Marine Corps after 16 cr 20 years' service are paid monthly ; all 
other reservists are paid annually. Checks are transmitted in accordance with 
rules established by the Paymaster. 

(8) Muster, pay, and enrollment cards. — The enrolling officer, in case of en- 
rollment in the reserve, will prepare the Individual muster, retainer pay. and 
enrollment card, and will forward the same in quadruplicate to the Adjutant 

140 



14m 



wKh tfc* eiirfelttnen* papete or reports of loaning *>f 



ft 



gfcd 

together with available evidence tending to 

(t> f*# rfcrfa ft«»O09tt/0f f*A*f MNM, flSe^COttdttCt 

extraordinary heroism ft* the d**ers*raa«eu of the mtoper 'note of pay f« 
enrtiaert os Oft mrajfcsf , rctataea pay, ami enrollment card &y tfee A0n4*nt and 
Inspector, and the rats of pay, fcm» at the terwinatiott o< tfe Pftet 

oirttneB tin 



fttor *Sl*ice> 

rmlia 



•ervtee as* far the o&miit- enrol tmfcart, will be afaUarty 
the- Paymaster, Headqeartere, Marine Cerpfc 

(10) §9pmrt» *f mtton vmHm* *f#.-~ The commanding oflteer will report In 
6ttptf**te to the Adjutant ana Inspector tor tranamtasiioa to the Paymaster, 
M^rtfepwirtftra, United States tfartoe Corn* *» accordance wttn tf*e inatrne- 
tione contained on the card, the performance of the required active service, «on~ 
ftmatftoo in rank or rating, ana cb&rgds against pay hy raaaon of feffefttnre, 
i faeai arge, death, desertion, t r ans fe r or any other cause. * 

fit) Bpofi tr*H$Nr of ealfsted men to Class 1 (*), 1 <4), 5 (e>* or f (/■ >, a 
notfttfon will Ik made 1ft .their service-record boofcs a* follower * Transferred 
fda*#) to (class 1 (c) or 1 <#* > Fleet Marine Corps Reserve," or - Transferred 
(date) to (class 5 (e) or 5 if)), Marine Oerpa Beaerve Hying- Corps," as fine 
caa*- may be Settlement of pay and clothing accounts will be made in the same 
manner a* now obtains in the cases of men transferred to the retired Hat 

FA>X AJW JlCXOWAHCK*. 

1409 

(1) Fas tutnvmi r*fe##«f a«r is shown in the following table. 





Piwri- 
sfonal. 


Conftrmed. 


Remark?. 




Officers, 


Men. 


Claw I: 
(a) 




2 months base pay 






h).:::: 




2 months' base nv 




».~:: 






| base pay plus i Increased 10 par cent for mem credited 
per znanent addi- \ with extraordinary heroism in line of 
tions. j duty. 

k base Bay plus InrraeaMi 10 mr eent far man erodH^d 


(<i) 






Class II .... 
Class IV ... 
Clan-V: 

Ut)... . 


ft:::::-: 

$12 


2 months baaepsy 
u 2 man the 'base pay 


permanent addi- 
tions. 

2 months' base pay 
2 months' base pay 


with extraordinary heroism in line of 
duty or where mark in conduct for 20 
years or more is not less than 9b per 
cant. 






2aMa&s*basepay 






(ci 


ns 






(ej 






2 months' has* pay 




\tt 






Same as Clate 1 (*), 


(ft 








Same as Ckas 1 id). 


CaueVi... 


VsinUin* 

•fwv. 


3 months' base pay 
ia time of wear. 


2 months* be** pay 
in time of war. 





(2) A444tfo*al par Mr r#w»ca//^»«f. — Reservists who enroll oiler the termina- 
tion of an enlistment of four years' naval service, or who reenroll within four 
months of discharge from a four-year enrollment, receive an addition of 25% 
Of their confirmed pay for each 4-year period of naval service, including service 
in the reserve, the total addition not to exceed 100%. 

(8) >•«/ aw tviir* 4vty. — Reservists on active duty receive the full pay and 
allowances of their grades and ranks in time of war, and in time of peace, for 
training receive their retainer pay In addition. 

141 



1409 MAKINE COBPS MANUAL. 

(4> P*r tnmy be forfeited by reason of failure to report for training or in- 
spection or to report correct address. 

(5) Milw, transportation and subsistence to ami from training will not be 
allowed when period of training is less than fifteen days. 

(6) (/n/7orm gratuity.— During each enrollment, upon first reporting for active 
service for training, in time of peace, reserve officers are credited with a uni- 
form gratuity of $50 and reservists in enlisted grades with $30; upon firs . re- 
porting for service in time of war or declared emergency the credits are $Io0 
and |& respectively, leas any other uniform gratuity credited during the enroll- 
mentT The gratuity in the case of an officer must be accompanied by a certifi- 
cate from the commanding officer that the officer has provided himself with the 

^T^a^poHoTon and .^t/ffe/Jc^-Reservists holding enlisted ranks ordered 
to active dutv in time of war or national emergency, are furnished transporta- 
tion and subsistence, in kind, from place of receipt of orders to place of duty, 
and upon return to inactive status are paid travel pay from place of duty to 
place of receipt of orders or bona fide home address, as they may elect, at the 
rate provided by law or regulations. 

(8) Reservists holding enlisted ranks ordered to active duty for training are 
furnished transportation and subsistence, in kind, from and to the place of 

T ^qT Exwnseo'f transportation and subsidence to a recruiting station for the 
purpose of enrollment or roenrollment must be borne by the applicant. 



li'2 



INDEX 



A. 

Abandonment of post: Article 

disposition of fund accounts. __ 

disposition of records 1118 

Abbreviations; 933 

authorized for use in muster rolls 

entry of warrants in service-record books 917 

A ?£»* e Wlth .° Ut leave and over leave__ 619 

Acceptance for enlistment, entry of place "of" 717 (1, 

Acconn^ 1 *"«***«« of ar^ mS 7t^t^fi"—~S-SSS-~— ~ m ** 

SSsfng of- iSChai ' ge ' maD not t0 be transferred after 

accepting- warrant or commissioned rank 

bad conduct discharge, for 916 (21) 

company and other funds. _Z~ " 1310 

dead men ~ H2i 

deserters ~~_ 403 

general court-martial" prisoners 403 

retirement,, for ___ 403 

exchange _~_~_ 1399 (o\ 

tSSStfSSx „7 ! I " ,a, » s «» ------ ^z====z=~z?zzr- 1408 ( tt 

change of, by reservists 

monthly, by retired men I 1408 (2) 

on leave _-_ 1328 (6) 

while delaying on " proceed " "orders 10 

Address cards furnished men on discbar-e 11 

Adjntant and Inspector: eG 3 319 

Assistant, San Francisco — 

^ISSr » /0 - •*» ft te=^an™h* « 

muster rolls forwarded to "_„_„. 1217 (3) 

composition and training 

units, how designated s 505 (3) 

what constitutes Z~ZZ~ZZ 505(2) 

~ ~ 505 C\\ 

disenrollment for, of reservists ~ ~ 

tor appointment as second lieutenant 1407 (3) 

for enrollment in the reserve 201 

Allowances: 1409 To \ 

detailed instructions U) 

reservists: _"""_ 4l0 

Anniversary, Marine Corp~s~ Z 1409 

Applicants for enlistment: -- 38 

elopement, report of 

5S^5^ •? fia= E 1! 5snE^zz^zr=z== .: 7 J| 

i5~ 715 



INDEX. 

Appointments: Article. 

marine gunner, quartermaster clerk, pay clerks 202 

law and regulations governing examination for 202 (1) 

qualifications of candidates for 202 (2) 

examinations for 202 (3) 

noncommissioned officers 610 

officers in Marine Corps Reserve 1404 (2) 

privates first class 618 

second lieutenant 201 

age of candidate 201 (2) 

policy of the Major General Commandant 201 (11) 

preliminary examinations of candidates 201 (6) 

recommendations of candidate 201 (3, 4, 5) 

scope of examination for, announced by 201 (10) 

selected candidates 201 (7) 

withdrawal of nomination of candidate 201 (9) 

Apprehension of deserters and stragglers, report of , 704 

Arms and equipment, inspection of 805 

Army schools, instruction at (sec Schools, military) 506 

Army Regulations, changes in, distribution of 8 

Arrival, detachments transferred, telegraphic notification of time of 801 (1) 

Arrival and departure, officers, in and from United States, reports of 932 

Assistant Adjutant and Inspector, San Francisco (see Adjutant and in- 
spector, assistant) 35,927 (2) 

Audit accounts: 

post fund 1102 

exchange 1215 

Aviation: 

details of officers for five years 12 

fitness reports of officers on 12 

noncommissioned officers, appointment of, for 610 (Id) 

privates first class, appointment of, for 618 (If) 

redetail of certain officers 12 

specialists, complement of, for. 34(15) 

B. 

Badges: 

campaign — • 

China i 1005 (Id) 

Civil War 1005 (la) 

Cuban Pacification 1005 (le) 

Haiti 1005 (lg) 

Mexican 1005 (17c) 

Nicaraguan 1005 (If) 

Philippine 1005 (lc) 

.Spanish 1005 (16) 

disposition of, in case of dishonorable, etc., discharge 1327 (7) 

marksmanship 1011 

Baiters, allowance of L 29 (2) 

Balance sheets: 

exchange accounts 1217, 1221 

Bands: 

not to compete with local civilian musicians 21 

specialist allowance for _ 34 (17) 

Bank balance, exchange 1214 (14) 

Bayonet training; regulations, Army 502 

Barber services., 1202, 1210 

when no charges for 1213 (3) 

Beddinn* roll, field equipment 502 

Beneficiary slips, dependent relatives to be recorded in 24 

Bills to be paid promptly, exchange , 1211 

Birthday of the Marine Corps, observance of 38 

Blank forms, requisition for, made on assistant adjutant and inspector, San 

Francisco 927 (2) 

Bonus, on discharge, eligibility for 1304 (2) 

Brevet commission medals 1002 

Brigade at San Diego, California 36 

commanding general of — 

scope of command of various units 36 

to command all Marine Corps organizations at naval base, San Diego 36 

next in command during absence of 36 

Bureau of Navigation Manual: 

articles D-5000, D-5010, D-5011, D-5012 quoted J 606 

Busi^ss, enlisted men not to leave post to engage in-- . r -*-»- 20 



144 



INDEX. 

Buttons: Article. 

honorable discharge 1012,, 1406 (4) 

Marine Corps Reserve 1406 (3) 

removal of, in case of dishonorable, etc.. discharge 1327 

victory 1005 (lm) 

C. 

Campaign insignia 1005 

Gratuitous issue of 1009 

Candidates for commission, selection of 201 

Canteen, field equipment 504 

Cash on hand, pay officers and their deputies, verification and certification of 931 

Cashbook entries of post funds 1121 

Cash register, exchange 1212 

Changes, distribution of, by commanding officers : 

Army Regulations 8 

Marine Corps publications 8 

Navy Department publications 8 

Character upon discharge for undesirability, inaptitude, or unfitness 1306 

Cheeks: 

delivery of, on discharge 1318 (3) 

Government, cashed by exchange without charge 1212 

private, cashed by exchange, for officers 1212 

Chemical Warfare School, Army, instruction at 506 (11) 

China campaign badge 1105 (Id) 

Choice of station, officers 810 

Circular letters: 

distribution of, by commanding officers 8 

file of, to be kept by commanding officers 7 

Citations, French fourragere 1006 (1, 2) 

Civil war campaign badge 1005 (la) 

Civilian employees, exchange __ 1206 (1) 

Clothing: 

foreign tropical expeditionary service 504 

issue of 306 

to prisoners 307 

overdrawn 1320, 132-5 

price lists of 305 (9) 

sale of — 

to exchanges 1209 (5) 

to officers 302 

undrawn 1320, 1325 

Clothing accounts: 

discharge, final settlement 1321 

Marine Corps reservists 1404 (11) 

Clothing roll, field equipment 504 

Commanding officers: 

action on proceedings, post councils, etc 1105 

duties of — 

assisting ex-service men 44 

designating place for safekeeping pistols 41 

entering pay data in service-record books 402 

exchange personnel, appointment of 1204 

on November 10th 38 

rating specialists 34 (18) 

financial responsibility of, for expenditure of — 

post funds, etc 1105 

exchange funds 1204 (2) 

recommendation for good-conduct medal 1004 (3) 

Commemorative expeditionary ribbon 1205 (1;) 

Commissary sergeant, must not be mess steward 18 

Companies, orders, circulars, etc.. furnished to 8 

Company council, composition of 1101 

Company funds: 

accounts of, how kept 1119 

expenditure from, for food forbidden when receiving Navy ration 1117 

extra compensation for cooks, etc., payable from . 1113 

forbidden purchases 1108 

Compass, field equipment 504 

Compensation : 

cooks 1113 

exchange attendants 1206 

exchange barber, tailor, and shoemaker 1210 

ex-service men 44 

mess stewards 1113 

Competitions, Rifle and Pistol (see Target practice) — , ,.__,.- 530 

145 



INDEX. 

Complements; Article. 

deficiencies on board ship . 803 

noncommissioned officers 609 

signalmen 32 

Comradeship and brotherhood 15 

Conduct classes: 

arrangement of men in 720 (1) 

how classification made 720 (2) 

privileges of first-class men 720 (3i 

restriction of second, third, and fourth class men 720 (4) 

Consniar aid, waivers of 1322 

Cooks: 

allowance of 29 (1) 

compensation for 406 (2), 1113 

detail of — 

as bakers 29 (2) 

on board ship 28 (2) 

restricted to private and private first class 29 

to be made on first day of month 28 

instruction of 1107 

men receiving extra pay as, to receive no extra pay for otber special duty 29 

Corporals: 

examination for 608 (3) 

warrants of 607 (7) 

Correspondence: 

addressed to the Major General Commandant 1 

between officers at Headquarters and other officers, how forwarded 2 

brigade at San Diego 34 (4) 

enlisted men's names to be written in full 4 

how general officers will style themselves in 3 

officers' names to be written in full 4 

registered mail, responsibility for 5 

routine, by or between officers at Headquarters, how forwarded 2 

Council: 

company 1101 

composition of 1101 

exchange 1101 

meets on call of its president 1102 

post 1101 

proceedings of — 

recorded 1104 

submitted to commanding officer 1105 

when accounts audited 1104 

Court-martial: 
memoranda — 

agreement with pay and muster rolls 717 

AWOL and AOD show in 73 7 

checkage of loss of pay to be noted in 717 

preparation of, in triplicate 716, 717 

men not eligible for good-conduct medals 1004 (2) 

orders, distribution of, by commanding officers 8 

probationers not to be made noncommissioned officers or privates-first class 620 

Credit, exchange -^ 1213 

Cuban Pacification liadgre 1005 (le) 

Custodian of funds 1103, 1111 

accounts kept by 1103 

relief of 1102, 1122 

D. 
Death: 

Accepted applicants, reports of 1301 

flags issued 1303 

gratuity upon, not payable unless dependents recorded 24 

notification of next of kin : 1301 

report of, made by telegraph 1301 

under discreditable conditions, form of notification to family 1302 

Deck courts: 

memoranda of 716 

when authorized 701 (2) 

Delay on " proceed " orders, to be reported 11 

Delivery of good conduct medal 1003 (4) 

Dental treatment, ex-service men 44 

Department of the Pacific: 

Advanced Base Force in, attached to brigade at San Diego, Calif 36 

commanded by departmental commander . 35 (2) 



146 



INDEX. 

Exchange Regulations — Continued. Article. 

capital necessary, amount fixed 1702 (2) 

cash 1212 

amount left with steward 1212(1,10,11) 

deposited 1212 (3) 

not to be removed 1212 (2) 

turned in daily 1212(9,10,11) 

cash, collection roll ^ 1213 (5a) 

cashbook-journal 1214 (6) 

cash register 1212 (7) 

checks numbered 1214 (15) 

checks, Government 1212 (4) 

personal 1212 (5) 

civilians 1211 (9) 

civilian employees 1206 (1) 

clothing, sale by quartermaster's department 1209 (5) 

collections through pay department 1213 (4) 

collection roll 1213 (5e) 

commanding officer 1204 

final action on balance sheet 1217 (3) 

rendering pay rolls 1213 (5a,t,c,d) 

committee of noncommissioned officers — 

appointed by commanding officer 1208 (1) 

report of 1208 (2) 

compensation of attendants 1206 (6) 

coupon account 1214 (7e) 

coupons 1220 

coupons counted 1215 (21) 

credit _. 1213 

authorized 1213 (2) 

roll. 1213 (5a) 

status, exchange officer advised 1213 (56) 

deposits 1212 (3), 1214 (14), 1215 (4) 

discount account 1214 (77?) 

distribution of profits 1216 

discounts 1211 (1) 

double-entry bookkeeping 1214 (4) 

entertainments 1202 (3^ 

employees (see Attendants) . 1206 

establishment of exchanges 1202 (1, 2) 

capital fixed 1202 (2) 

excessive credit, responsibility 1213 (5eZ) 

exchange account 1214 (7f) 

exchange board, Headquarters 1219 (1) 

exchange council 1207 

appointed by commanding officer 1 1207 (1) 

audit of accounts 1207 (4) 

balance sheet verified 1207 (7) 

composition 1207 (1) 

committees 1207 (5) 

inventories taken 1207 (4) 

minority reports 1207 (9) 

responsibility 1207 (11) 

exchange council book 1207 (8) 

exchanges established for enlisted men 1201 (2) 

exchange officer 1205 

acting 1205 (5) 

appointed by commanding officer 1205 (1) 

custodian of funds, records, and property 1205 (3) 

extension of excessive credits, etc 1213 (5d) 

inspection of supplies 1209 (2) 

notified of change in credit status of men 1213 (56) 

relieved ^ 1205 (6) 

responsibility 1205 (3) 

temporary absence 1205 (5) 

exchange steward 1206 (1) 

bonding 1206 (3) 

cash turned in daily 1212 (9) 

dailv reports 1212 (8), 1214 (12). 1221ft 

qualifications 1206 (4) 

responsibility 1206 (7) 

exchange steward's account 1214 (13) 

expense account 1214 (7^^ 

features authorized 1202 (3) 

files required 1214 (11) 

final disposition of business 121S 

forage, sale by quartermaster's department 1209 (5) 

151 



INDEX. 

Exchange Reg. illations — Continued. Article. 

forms 1220 

fuel, furnished by quartermaster's department 1203 (4) 

funds, deposited in Government depository or national bank 1212 (3) 

furniture, sale by quartermaster's department 1209 (5) 

gambling 1211 (6) 

Government checks 1212 (4) 

Headquarters exchange board 1219(1) 

Headquarters exchange officer 1219 (2) 

ice, sale by Quartermaster's Department 1209 (5) 

illumination 1203 (4) 

indebtedness outstanding one month 1215 (25) 

inspection, supplies 1209 (2) 

instructions, paymaster 1213 (4) 

interest and discount account 1214 (7h) 

intoxicants 1211 (7) 

invoices 1214 (9) 

permanent flat file 1214 (11) 

inventories, permanent flat file 1214 (11) 

method 1214 (11) 

inventory by exchange council 1207 (4) 

inventory and audit 1215 

ledger 1214 (7) 

liabilities paid promptly 1211(1) 

library 1202 (3) 

loss, collectible credits 1207 (6) 

loss and gain account 1214 (7-i) 

management 1211 

merchandise account , 1214 (7/) 

merchandise — 

inspection, exchange officer 1209(2) 

purchase in exceptional quantities 1209 (4) 

notes 1 1215 (20) 

notice, change of credit status 1213 (5b) 

notice of credit extended 1213 (5c) 

obligations, when paid 1211 (1) 

orders, for supplies '. 1209 (1) 

paymaster's department , 1213 (4) 

payments made by check 1212 (6) 

pencils, use of, in auditing 1215 (5) 

penalty envelopes 1211 (8) 

personal accounts 1214 (8) 

price lists 1211 (2) 

private checks 1212 (5) 

prizes authorized 1202 (3) 1216 (5) 

profits , 1216 

amount to be distributed 1216 (1) 

distribution for expeditionary service 1216 (3) 

how distributed 1216 (2) 

deviation from regular methods of distribution 1216 (6) 

payments to individuals 1216 (5) 

property account 1214 (7k) 

property inspection, exchange officer 1209 (2) 

purpose of exchange 1201 (1) 

quarters for exchange — 1203(1,2) 

repairs to 1203 (3) 

quartermaster's department : 

authorized to sell clothing, etc 1209 (5> 

furnishes light and fuel 1203 (4) 

material furnished 1203 (2) 

raffling _ 1211 (6) 

rations 1209 (5) 

records of exchange _ 1214(1.17,18) 

not to be removed ~ 1214 (3) 

recreation rooms (see Amusements) 1202 (3), 1214 76) 

repairs to exchange building 1203 (3) 

reports of exchange council 1207 (8), 1217 (2) 

disapproved by commanding officers 1208 (10) 

restaurant authorized 1202 (3) 

rules of order 1211 (5) 

responsibility : 

commanding officer 1204 (3) 

rendering pay roll 1213 (5) 

exchange officer 1205 

exchange steward 1206 (1,3,4) 

salaries of attendants 1206 (6) 

sales slips 1213 (5 g, h, i) 

152 



INDEX. 

Master rolls— Continued. Article. 

time they should cover 901 (1) 

transfers, detachment of officers 91G (17) 

report of 923 

when to be prepared 901 (1) 

N. 

Names of officers and enlisted men to be written in full in correspondence 4 

\aral Academy, appointment to 600 

Naval Auxiliary Reserve 1402 (3j 

Naval Aviation School, instruction at 506 (1.2) 

Naval War College, instruction at 506 (9) 

Navy Cross - 1001 

Navy Department General Orders, distribution of, by commanding officers 8 

Navy ration, no expenditure allowed from company fund, while receiving 1117 

Navy Register, graduation from Marine Corps schools to be entered in 605 

Next of kin: 

Hags used at funerals, safe-keeping of and delivery to 1303 

form of notification to, in case of death under discreditable conditions 1302 

to be ascertained when enlisted man injured or ill 16 

Nicaragnan campaign badge 1005 (If) 

Noncommissioned officers: 

appointment of 607 

copy to be furnished Headquarters 617 

who authorized to make 610 

complements — 

not affected by transfer of applicants for commissions 612 

not to be exceeded 609 (4) 

when in excess through transfer or reenlistment 609 (3) 

when organization under strength 609 (2) 

court-martial probationers not eligible for appointment as 620 

desertion of, vacates position 614 

detail as messman prohibited 30 

meritorious, eligible for appointment as second lieutenant 201 

no promotions when complement exceeded 609 

no transfer during probationary period 611 

reappointment — 

copy of to be furnished Headquarters 617 

how evidenced 616 (5) 

reappointment on reenlistment — 

by enlisting officer 616 

recommenlation for, to be endorsed on discbarge certificate 615 

without examination 608 (8^ 

recommended for commissions 612 

reductions — 

how effected 613 

copy to be furnished Headquarters 617 

transfer on reenlistment 616 (4) 

warrants — 

abbreviations for entry in service-record books 619 

all probationary for six months 607 (2) 

blanks for, furnished 610 (2) 

classes of 607 (1) 

confirmation of 607 (2) 

confirmed, revocation of 607 (2) 

corporals, kind received by 607 (7) 

first sergeants, kind received by 607 (8) 

gunnery sergeants, kind received by 607 (9) 

probationarv — 

confirmed 607 (2) 

for six months 607 (2) 

revocation of 607 (2) 

when duties cease 607 (4) 

quartermaster sergeants, kind received by 607 (7) 

regular and technical I 607 (1) 

regular, are temporarv or permanent 607 (1) 

sergeants, kind received by 607 (7) 

sergeants major, kind received by 607 (6) 

technical — 

are temporary 607 (1) 

isued for technical duties 607 (3) 

how worded 607 (3) 

retained on transfer to United States for discharge 607 (5) 

temporary, action on — 

when duties cease 607 (4> 

when transferred to new post 607 (4) 

when recommended for commissions 612 

who authorized to issue ____,, 610 

150 



INDEX. 

O. . 

Article. 

Officer of the day 503 

duties of 503 (1) 

fire, in case of 503 (5) 

regulations governing 503 

sentries, visiting 503 (2, 6) 

sergeant of guard's report book 503 (7) 

Officers (see also Appointments, Commanding Officers, Correspondence, Examina- 
tion, Marine Corps Reserve) : 

aviation personnel 12 

choice of stations 810 

clothing, sale of, to 301 

duties of — 

details of administration 9 

relations with enlisted men 15 

entering naval hospitals, from stations oat of United States, muster rolls 904 (1) 

equipment, field, for officers up to colonel, inclusive 504 

examination for promotion 601 

general, how addressed in correspondence 3 

instruction of, in military schools 506 

Naval, issue of medals to 1010 

orderlies, entitled to 19(27i, i) 

probationary — 

appointment — 

retention of, recommendation for 926 

revocation of, recommendation for 926 

certificate to be given, upon examination 603 

examination of — 

how conducted • 603 

scope of 603 

weights assigned subjects 603 

written 603 

fitness reports of 926 

uniforms of 301 

punishments inflicted on, to be reported without delay 930 

records, depend on efficiency in line and staff duties 501 

responsibility in making entries in service-record book concerning target 

practice 513 

reports of arrival and departure in and from the United States 932 

staff details 501 

strength of aviation personnel 12 

training of 501 

transportation to rifle range 511 (2) 

under arrest for trial by court-martia! 701 (5) 

uniform 301 

warrant 12, 202 

Offices; 

commanding officer's ; orders, circulars, etc., furnished 8 

staff; orders, circulars, etc., furnished 8 

Operations reports 37 (7) 

Operations and training- 501-600 

Orders: * 

applications for, how addressed 1 

revocation of, how addressed 1 

commanding officer to distribute 8 

to keep file of 7 

court-martial, distribution by commanding officers 8 

distribution of 8 

file of, to be kept 7 

general, to be published to command 7 

insufficient supply to be reported 8 

issued from Headquarters 8 

Marine Corps, distribution by commanding officers 8 

verbal, hOAV acknowledged 22 

Overcoats to be taken on foreign tropical expeditionary service 504 

Overissue, responsibility for 1406 (3) 

P. 

Pacific, Department of (see Department of the Pacific) 35 

Parades, Landing Force Manual governs 502 

Pay: 

accounts — 

final settlement on discharge a_ 1321 

retainer, of reservists 1408 (8) 

160 



INDEX. 

Pay — Continued. *„**»»« 

additional— Article. 

cooks 406 (2) 

expert riflemen, sharpshooters, and marksmen 512 (1) 

messmen 406 (2) 

musicians, specialists 34 (16) 

classification for, with grades in infantry 405 

closing of accounts 403 

credit for, denied for periods of unauthorized absence 409 

data in service-record books on transfer 402 

detailed instructions 410 

expert riflemen, extra 512 (1) 

forfeit of, by own misconduct 907 

longevity, credit for, denied for periods of unauthorized absence 409 

loss of, checkage noted on court-martial memoranda 717 (4) 

marksmen, extra 512 (1) 

marksmanship, extra, continued on reenlistment 515 

messmen, afloat 30 

monthly payments 401 

payment entered in service-record book 402 

reservists 1409 

retired enlisted men, paid monthly 1328 (5) 

rifleman, expert 512 (1) 

servic*e-record book entries of 402 

• sharpshooters, extra 512 (1) 

travel pay 404 

affidavit for, on discharge 404 

Pay clerks, appointment: 

examination for 202 

law and regulations governing 202 

qualifications for 202 

Paymasters: 

assistant; orders, circulars, etc., furnished 8 

collection of indebtedness to exchanges, by 1213 (4) 

Payments entered in service-record books enlisted men 402 

Pay oilieers and their deputies, verification and certification of cash on hand 

held by 1 931 

Pay rolls 924 

entries to agree with court-martial memoranda concerning absences 717 

entries relating to specialists 34 (21) 

forwarding of 924 

Pennants authorized 39 

Philippine campaign Image 1005 (lc) 

Pistols, automatic : 

checkage for loss of 41 (2) 

field equipment 504 

foreign tropical expeditionary service 504 (8) 

loss of 41 (2) 

men. not to be armed with, until instructed 41 (3) 

practice course 508 (2) 

safekeeping of 41 (1) 

Poncho, field equipment 504 

Post commanders, duties of, assisting ex-service men relative to Veterans' 

Bureau 44 

Post council: 

accounts of post funds, etc., audited by . 1102 

composition of 1101 

duties of 1101 

investigation of loss of funds by 1106 

Post fiimdsi 

accounts audited by council 1102 

accounts of, bow kept 1119 

custodian, duties of, on relief 1122 

relief of 1103 

who is 1103 

purchases forbidden from 1108 

records, destruction of 1123 

Post gardens: 
vegetables — 

cultivation of : 1114 

surplus to be sold 1114 

Presentation of medals and badges 1007 

Price list of clothing, etc 305 (9) 

exchange 1211 (2) 

Prison guards, restored probationers or former general court-martial prisoners 

not to be detailed as 701,806 

161 



INDEX. 

Privates, first class: Article. 

allowance of 619 

appointment of — 

copy of, furnished Headquarters 617 

form of ; ~ 619 

not vacated by transfer 619 

who authorized to make 619 

complement 619 

court-martial probationers not eligible for appointment as 620 

desertion of, vacates position 614 

reappointment — 

copy furnished Headquarters 617 

how evidenced 616 (5) 

on reenlistment, recommendation for to be noted on discharge certificate- 614 
reduction of — 

copy furnished Headquarters 617 

who authorized to make 619 

transfer of, does not vacate appointment 619 

Probationary officers 301, 603, 926 

Probationers : 

general or summary court ; discharge upon report of medical survey, how and 

when effected 1314 

restored, not to be given preference in transfers 806 

transfer for duty as prison guards forbidden , 806 

Profits, exchange 1216 

Promotion: 

enlisted men 35 (6), 607-610, 619 

officers, examination for 601 

Property account: 

regimental fund 1112 

Punishments : 

inflicted on commissioned officers to be reported without delay 930 

register of 929 

regulations for 701 (1) 

Purchases from post funds 1108 

Q. 

Quartermaster clerks, appointment : 

examination for 202 

law and regulations governing 202 

qualifications for 202 

Quartermaster sergeants: 

examination for appointment as 608 (5) 

warrants of 607 (7) 

Quarters: 

at posts, for families of enlisted men 208 

for exchanges 1203 

R. 
Rations: 

sale of, to exchanges 1209 (5) 

Record of events 37 

Records: 

destruction of 1123 

disposition of, when organization discontinued 933 

exchange 1214 

officer's, depend on efficiency in line and staff duties 501 

Recreation rooms 1202 (3) , 1214 (7?)) 

supplies for, transportation of 43 

Recruiting- instructions — 209 

Recruiting officers, duties of, in assisting ex-service men in their relations 

with Veterans' Bureau 44 

Recruits: 

clothing issued to 306 

equipment issued to 305 

Reduction of noncommissioned officers 613 

Reenlistment, furloughs granted upon 207 

Regimental fund-s: 

adjutant to be treasurer of 1112 

consists of }tio 

forbidden purchases from 1108 

record of receipts and expenditures 1112 

Register of punishments __ — 929 

Regulations: iiMi . u ., 

excbange, copy for exchange rooms 1211 (4) 

governing Marine Corps 502 

Relations between officers and men _, — „-- — ,=._„ — ,» — , — „,-, 15 

162 



INDEX. 

Article 

Relatives, dependent, to be recorded on beneficiary slips 24 

Repairs to exchange building 1203 (3) 

Reports: 

address — 

delay on proceed orders 11 

on leave 10 

retired list 10, 1329 (6) 

arrival and departure officers to and from United States 932 

court-martial memoranda 710 

deserters — 

apprehended : 711 

discharged as unfit 712 

disposition of, when organization discontinued 933 

elopement applicants 715 

exchange council 1207 (8), 1217 (2) 

steward 1212 (8), 1214 (12), 1221 (7i) 

fitness of officers 925 

choice of station indicated in 811 

probationary 926 

on aviation duty 12 

intelligence 37 (7) 

muster rolls 901-922, 927 

officer under arrest 701 (5) 

operations 37 (7) 

pay rolls 924 

punishments inflicted on officers 930 

transfers and discharges 923 

Reservists. (See Marine Corps Reserve.) 

Residence: 

certificate of bona fide home or, on enlistment papers 205 

change of, reported 10 

travel pay to bona fide home or, on discharge 404 

Responsibility: 

commanding officer, for administration of exchange 1204 (3) 

exchange officers 1205 

exchange steward 1206 (1,3,4) 

rendering pay roll, exchange 1213 (5) 

Restaurant authorized, exchange 1202(3) 

Retention in service to work off indebtedness 1328 

Retired enlisted men: 

paid monthly 1328 (5) 

report of address 1328 (6) 

Retired list, address on. report of 10, 1329 (6) 

Retirement, enlisted men : 

ceremony 1329 (4) 

closing accountst for 1329 (2) 

descriptive list prepared 1329 (3) 

not discharged on 1329 (2) 

regulations and instructions 1329(1) 

* reservists 1407 (4) 

Reviews, Landing Force Manual to gQYern 502 

Rewards for deserters and stragglers 702 

Rifle, care of 305 (7) 

each man to use his own at target practice 305 (4) 

number of, entry in service-record book 305 (8) 

Rules of order, exchange 1211 (5) 

S. 
Sale: 

clothing, etc., to officers 301 

slips, exchange 1213 (5#, h, i) 

Salutes, Lading Force Manual governs 502 

San meero, Calif.: 

brigade at 36 

authority of commanding general of 36 (3) 

correspondence of 36 (4) 

Marine Barracks, training center for Advanced Base Force 505 (3) 

next in command during absence of commanding general 36 (5) 

trophy match (see target practice) 530 

Schools: 

Marine Corps Institute 507 

military — 

Army artillery 506 (10) 

Army General Staff College 506 (8) 

Aviation 506 (12) 

Chemical Warfare -__ 506 (11) 

163 



INDEX. 

Schools — Continued. 

military — Continued. Article. 

courses 506 (3) 

basic 506 (4) 

company officers 506 (5) 

field officers 506 (6) 

General Staff 506 (8) 

Infantry 506 (8) 

Judge Advocate General, office of ~_ 506 3) 

Line 506 "(8) 

Naval Aviation 506 (12) 

Naval War College 1 506 (9) 

object of 506 (14) 

other 506 (12) 

policy 506 (1) 

Quantico 506 (2) 

Signal Corps 506 (11) 

Sea service of enlisted men : 

equalized with home and foreign 809 

selection for 809 

Second lieutenants 

age of candidate for appointment as 201 

meritorious noncommissioned officers may be appointed 201 

Sentinels, duties of 502 

Separation from the service 1301-1400 

Sergeants: 

examination for 708 (4) 

warrants of 607 (7) 

Sergeants major; 

selection of 608 (6) 

warrants of 607 (6) 

Sergeant of the guard's report hook 503 (7) 

Servants, enlisted men not to be employed as 19 

Service, length of, for entrance to Fleet Marine Corps Reserve ■ 1402 

Service-record book: 

abbreviations of warrants in 618 

completing and forwarding of, for discharge and after discharge 1309 

correction of erroneous entries 17,402 (2) 

entries concerning — 

bona fide home or residence 205 (1) 

affidavits for, upon discharge ' 404 

desertion, cause of - ' 706 

disease or injury 1326 

markmanship qualifications 513 

pay data 402 

rifle number 305 (8) 

target practice, responsibility of officers 513 

instructions for keeping 801 (2) 

Service schools, effect of graduation from, on examination for promotion 602 

Ship: 

complements on eve of sailing 803 

duty, assignment to 809 

transfers from, to hospital 801 (3) 

Shoemaker services 1202, 1210 

when no charge for _; 1213 (3) 

Sick leave, enlisted men : 

commandants authorized to grant 809 (3) 

medical surveys to show 809 (3) 

Signal Corps School, Army, instruction at 506 (11) 

Signalmen: 

complements 32 

detail of 33 

examination of candidates 31 (1) 

extra, compensation for 406 (1) 

officers authorized to detail 33 

standards for examination 31 (2) 

termination of detail 33 (3) 

Small Arms Firing Regulations, Army __ 502 

Smallpox, Army transports, inspection of detachments 805 (1) 

Spanish Campaign badge 1005 (16) 

Specialists: 

allowance of, for- — 

aviation 34 (14, 15) 

bands — 34 (16) 

fifth brigade 34 (15) 

first brigade 1 34 (8) 

first separate battalion (engineer) 34(12^ 

fourth brigade ■- — 34 (**) 

164 



INDEX. 

Specialists — Continued. . , . 

allowance of, for — Continued. Article. 

Headquarters 34 (18) 

Managua 34 (14) 

Mare Island 34 (4> 

new commands 34 (21) 

other units to submit recommendations for, to Major General Comman- 
dant 34 (21) 

Parris Island 34 (5) 

posts in United States 34 (2) 

outside United States 34 (3) 

Quantico 34 (6) 

Peking 34 (7) 

second brigade 34 (9) 

staff officers 34 (18) 

tenth regiment 34 (10) 

third separate company (signal) 34 (11) 

authority to rate 34(1,19) 

cooks, bakers, and messmen not to be rated 34 (1) 

extra pay of musicians 34 (17) 

first class, authorized in exceptional cases . 34 (20) 

second class, authorized in exceptional cases " 34 (20) 

restriction as to pay 34 (19) 

Steward, mess, enlisted men not detailed as, when commissary 18 

Staff: ^k^fir tLAX-eUL^vyXl^y -- — ~ , t/o 6~ 

departments, detail toJL- 501 

duties, assignment to 501 

efficiency in performance of, affects record 501 

efficient, vital 501 (2) 

military and administrative, necessity of familiarity with duties of 501 

line and, no separation 501 

returns — 

sent by mail upon transfer, copy of orders, etc., to accompany 804 (3) 

to whom sent on transfer 805 

transfers by 804 (2) 

upon transfer, how prepared, date to be entered 801 (1) 

Steward, exchange. (See Exchange Regulations.) 

Steward, mess, enlisted men not detailed as, when commissary or mess sergeant- 18 

Stoclibooli or card file, exchange 1214 (16) 

Store authorized, exchange 1202 (3) 

Stragglers: 

apprehension or surrender of, to be reported 704 

commanding officer of, to be informed of apprehension by telegram 714 

return of, to proper station 713 (2) 

reward for — • 

copies of, where sent 705 

how worded 702 

notation of, in service-record book 705 

staff returns of : 7l4 

Straggling, discouiagement of 713 (1) 

Stripes, uniform, removal of, upon dishonorable, bad-conduct, and undesirable 

discharge 1327 

Subsistence: 

discharge on foreign-shore station 1322 (5) 

reservists 1405 (3, 4), 1409 (7) 

reservists in training 1409 (5) 

Summary courts-martial, memoranda of 716 

when authorized 701 (2) 

Supervisory examining boards - 604 

Supplies: 

exchange 1209 (3) 

recreation, transportation of 43 

Survey, boards of medical : 

at training station, recommending — 

discharge of recruits 1313 

other than recruits 1313 

T. 

Tags, identification 25 

Tailor services authorized 1202 (3) 

when no charges for 1213 (3) 

Target practice: 

ammunition, oldest to be used in preliminary practice 531 (2) 

quantity to be kept on hand 531 (1) 

"Automatic Rifle Marksmanship," course outlined in, adopted 508 (3) 

165 



INDEX. 

Target practice — Continued. 

competitions, rifle and pistol — Article 

ammunition 530 (9), 531 

arms 530 (8) 

assignment of relays to target 530 (15) 

distinguished rifle and pistol shots 530 (5) 

Division rifle competitions 530 (18-21) 

entry list 530 (17) 

Division pistol competitions 530 (36-39) 

eligibility 530 (2) 

Elliott Trophy match 530 (28-31) 

kind 530 (1) 

Lauchheimer Trophy match 530 (45-47) 

Marine Corps pistol competition 530 (40-44) 

Marine Corps rifle competition 530 (22-27) 

medals, presentation of 530(13) 

method of procedure 530 (14) 

officers in charge 530 (6) 

preliminary practice 530 (7) 

rapid fire 530 (11) 

reports 530 (12) 

San Diego Trophy match 530 (32-35) 

time 530 (16) 

transfers of enlisted competitors 530 (3) 

transfers of officers 530 (4) 

uniform 530 (10) 

course fired yearly 511, 519 

discharge certificate, entries of, on 523 

distinguished marksman, Marine Corps 532 

each man to use own rifle at 305 

eligibility for qualification 512 (3) 

extra pay 512 (l) 

insignia, award of 510 

instruction, detail of officers for _ 509 

junior officers to fire 520 

Marine Band 512 (2) 

muster roll, entries of, in 523 

opening of ranges 511 (1) 

original record 513 

partial firing 522 (2) 

pav rolls, credit for, on__ 512 (4) 

"Pistol Marksmanship" adopted 508(2) 

pistol practice 508 (2) 

practice season 529 

preliminary instruction 509 

prizes 525, 526, 527 

publication of qualification 512 (5) 

qualification in — 

Army 518 

continuation of, by reenlistment 515 

duration of <> 514, 521 

officers, duration of 521 

publication of 512 (5) 

record of 513 

requalification — 

date of effect 517 

duration of 516 

higher and lower grade 516 

record course, for qualification — 

to be fired only once a year 519 

to be fired each year . 511 (1) 

record practice, officers to be present 528 

reports of 524 

entered in service-record book 522 

requalifications 516, 517 

rifle, each man to use own 305 (4) 

" Rifle Marksmanship " adopted 508 (1) 

small-arms firing, Navy 524 

small-arms practice, Army 508 (1) 

service-record, book entries in 522 (1), 523 

supervision of 528 

transfer of detachments to ranges 511 (1) 

transportation to ranges, officers and men . 511 (2) 



166 



t INDEX. j. , 

T*^~JL JZ+o-t] *~***J 00/ *~t~- 4j2j^j%j*UJL. /uOocr^-^L A^^< t - ~ Y^S- fSC 

Telegraph.- Article. 

not to be used in recomending undesirable discharges 1325 

use of — 

identifying deserters ._ 708 

informing straggler's commanding officer of his apprehension 714 

notification of arrival by transfer , 804 

reporting physical fitness of deserters 710 

reporting deaths 1310 

JPelepnonie orders, exchange 1209 (1) 

Training-* assignment of reservists to 1405 (3) 

Training centers, Advanced Base Force — _ 505 

Training of officers: 

assignment to duty 501 

infantry foundation of 501 

line and staff, Marine Corps, no separation of 501 

officers below grade of field officers to perform duty with troops two years, 

upon relief from staff details 501 

officers not again available for staff for two years 501 

policy 501 

records depend on efficiency in line and staff duties 501 

staff departments, half of detailed officers relieved yearly 501 

staff departments, detail to 501 

staff duties, performance of 501 

staffs, military and administrative 501 

Transfers: 

application for, how addressed 1 

Army transport 807, 808 

choice of station, officers may express in report on fitness 811 

enlisted men — 

with technical warrant, to U. S. for discharge 607 (5) 

with temporary warrant 607 (4) 

expeditionary service, exchange 1216 (3) 

Fleet, to, in lieu of discharge 1405 (10) 

for discharge, to nearest barracks 1319 

foreign service, details to 809 

foreign station, from, to Mare Island for bad conduct or dishonorable dis- 
charge, to be expedited 801 (4) 

foreign tropical expeditionary service, to 504 

clothing, equipment, general instructions 504 

hospital, from ship to 801 (3) 

noncommissioned officers not to be transferred during probationary period Oil 

not to be made after closing accounts for discharge 1315 

reports of 923 

restored probationers or former general court-martial prisoners not to be 

given preference in transfers 806 

sea and foreign service 809 

service-record book, entries in 522 (1),523 

ship to hospital 801 (3) 

staff returns-- 804 (2) 

how prepared 801 (1) 

sent by mail, copy of orders to accompany 804 (3) 

to whom sent 805 

to ships on eve of sailing, how made 803 

selection of men _ 801 (5) 

uniform, complete outfit 802 

verification of pay data in service-record books on : 402 

Transport, Army: 

command of marines on 40 

epidemic disease, appearance of in detachment en route for 807 (2) 

messes , 808 (2) 

orders for transfer by 808 (1) 

smallpox, inspection of detachments for 807 (1) 

Transportation : 

discharge on foreign shore station 1322 (5) 

Government, to be used in returning straggles 713 

motor, economy in 42 

officers and men for target practice 511 (2) 

recreation supplies 43 

reservists reporting for active duty 1409 (7) 

stragglers 7l3 

waivers of 1322 

Travel pay 404 

reservists 1409 (7) 

to home or place of enlistment 404 

upon discharge, who entitled to 1304 (2) 

Trial: 

by court-martial 701 

deserters in time of war 713 

167 



INDEX. 

Article. 

Trunk locker, field equipment • 504 

Typewriters, foreign tropical expeditionary service 504 (8) 

U. 

Uniform: 

complete outfit on transfer to ship 802 

gratuity for reservists 1409 (6) 

issue of, to prisoners 307 

manufacture of, for officers-* 301 

officers 301 

removal of distinctive parts in case of dishonorable, bad-conduct, and unde- 
sirable discharges : 1327 

reservists 1406 

retention of — 

when man dishonorably discharged 304 

when men discharged for offense involving moral turpitude 304 

sale of, to officers 301 

V. 

Veterans' Bureau, assistance to ex-service men in their relations with 44 

Victory buttons 1005 (lm) 

Victory medals, World War 1005 (10 

Vocational training 1 for ex-service men 44 

Vouchers: 

exchange 1214 (10) 

fund 1120 

permanent flat files 1214 (11) 

W. 

Waivers of consular aid and transportation 1322 

War Department General Orders, distribution of, by commanding officers 8 

Warrant officers - 12, 202 

Watch, wrist, field equipment _ 504 

Whistle, field equipment 504 

World War: 

Victory button 1005 (lm) 

Victory medal 1005 (II) 

Writing rooms, exchange 1202 (3) 



O 



168 



MARINE CORPS HISTORICAL LIBRARY 

HQMC BOOM 3127 



VB153.A1M3 1921 w/chg.l, copy 2 
U,S, Marine Corps ♦ 

AUTHOR 

Marine Corps Manual, 

TITLE 



Ml 
boot 



Library of the Marine Corps 




3000193341